Maa

I - i

i Letter representing the Maa high front advanced tongue root vowel /i/.

ɨ Letter representing the Maa high front non-advanced tongue root vowel /ɪ/.

ɨ- pn.b. Pronominal prefix indicating second person subject and no object (on intransitive verbs), or third person or plural object (on transitive verbs). Ɨ́dʉ́t kʉnâ saên. You (sg) will choose among these beads. (SN). Ɨ́sʉmá embólúnotó eoŋúán. (You should) Read (Study) chapter four. (W). Ɨ́dʉ́tʉ́dɨt kʉnâ saên. You (pl) will choose among these beads. (SN). Áɨ́dɔ́lɨ́dɔ́lɔ ajá áɨm ɛntɛ́mátá. You (pl) will see that I will pass the exam. [polite] (W). ...peê irík obô ...so that you can lead (go along with) one (of us).

ɨ́-₂ Variant: í-. vblz. Prefix which derives stative verbs from adjectives. In some dialects the resulting stative verbs can only inflect for third person. With some forms and for some speakers, ɨ́- yields a verb meaning "somewhat [concept]". Nɛ́dɔl ajó éísīdāī. He saw that it was good. Kéíkúmo kʉlɔ́ ránkaûn. These whistling thorn trees are many. (SN). Ɛɨpádan ɨlɔ́ mʉrraní ɨ́nâ mótonyî. That warrior will precisely shoot that bird. (W). Eisíntet. It is pinkish. (W). Usage: See usage note at ra 'be'..

ɨ́-₁ pn.b. Pronominal prefix for second person singular imperative for Class II verbs. Ɨ́ngará ɛnkají! Hide yourself behind the house!

-ɨ₁ num. Third person plural suffix. Késesekúánāɨ̄. People are just killing each other. (C) [PL suffix after Middle -a]. Kégólī kʉná bólunot olêŋ. These chapters are very hard. (W).

-ɨ₂ Variant: -i. voi. Impersonal passive suffix. Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áaun ɛnkají. The house is being erected. (Pk). Ɛnyaálɨ olcúma mɛtáa íjīō ɛnkɨkɛ́. The iron bar is to be chewed to make a brush. Ágɨ́rā aanyʉ́ máayakɨnɨ̂ peê atúm ashɔ́mɔ. I am waiting to be given it so that I can go. (Pk). Meyíólōī. It is unknown. (W). Ɛnkányɨt oshî erikíéki ɛnkɔ́p. By respect the world is ruled. (Pk). Nɛ́ararɨ́ mɛshɔ́mɔ He will be forced to go. Néíbukorí, néítejo osíwuo. They were poured out and the wind took them. Áɨ́bʉ́ŋa eneikoní tɛ néréwí ɛngárrɨ tɛ siadí. I have discovered how a car is driven in reverse. (eg. perhaps I have been trying for several days and finally figured it out.) (lit: I have caught that which is done of a car driven of behind.) (W). Óre oshî ɛnkátá naáíjō ɛnâ náshâ néunishôî. In a season like this of rain, planting is done. (Pk). See: -ɨshɔ ‘Antipassive suffix’.

-i [North]₃ asp. [North] Inceptive aspect suffix; enter into a new condition, become. ajieí To become swollen. See: -u ‘Inceptive’.

-ɨ́ mood. Imperative and subjunctive verb suffix. Tɔ́bɔɨnáɨ́ Take it away from me by redirecting it elsewhere. (Pk). Mmɛɨpʉ́táí áɨ́kātā inê amʉ̂ eúlulû nɛ́mɛ́ɛ́ta enkítíŋótó. You can never fill there because it is a bottomless pit. (Pk). Mátʉŋáɨ́. We should leave it behind. (S). Nyáakɨ́ shɔ́mɔ íyakɨ́ ɛnkákuiyia ɛnkʉrmá. Go again and bring maize to your grandmother. (W).

ol-iaatúa Nom sg: ol-íaatúa. Acc pl: il-iaatuaní. Nom pl: il-íaatuaní. n. 1 • Inner wall.

2 • Wall. See: ɛ-sʉntâî ‘Outside wall’; ɔl-mɛ́kɛ́kɛ̂ ‘Reinforcing wall’.

a-ɨbá Variant: a-ibá. In some suffixed forms: -ɨbar. v.mid v.aux+subjn-infinitive. To hate, dislike. Kɛ́ɨ́ba. He hates him. (S). Áɨ́bá emisimísī. I hate the darkness. (W). Áíbáyie. I have hated.

a-ɨbaɨshɔ́ To hate others; hate the company of others. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltʉ́ŋání ɔ́ɨ́báɨ́shɔ akɛparí. The person full of hatred is staying alone. (Pk).

áa-ibaro v.mid v.pl. To hate each other. Kéíbárō. They hate each other.

a-ibayí [North] v.incep. [North] To come to hate.

a-ibayíé [North] To hate s.o./sth.

a-ɨbayú v.incep. 1 • To come to dislike.

2 • [Chamus] To become harmful. tɛ néíbayu ɨltʉ́ŋáná ɨná kɔp when that land becomes harmful to people. See: ɛn-kɨbá ‘Hatred’; ɛ-naɨbá nkasís; ɛnaɨbá ɛnkáí ‘Sth. disadvantaged or problematic’.

a-ɨbakɨbák 3.PF: ɛ-ɨbaábāā. v.prog. 1 • To move in a sinuous, spiral, or circular course; deviate from a straight course; zig-zag, wander. Káɨ́bákɨ́bákɨ́ta aló Nairobi. I am wandering all over the place on my way to Nairobi. Áɨ́báábāā apaásh ɛnkɨ́má. I wandered to avoid the fire.

2 • To be verbally evasive, speak in a manner marked by obliqueness or indirection; beat about the bush, not hit the nail on the head. Téjo eníyíéú míntóki aɨbakɨbák. Say what you want don't be evasive. See: a-ɨbɔtɨbɔ́t [North] ‘To evade’.

a-ɨbalá [àybàlá] v.mid. 1 • To be conspicuous. Áɨbála! I am conspicuous! (Pk) [This could be said by a European in a crowd of Blacks.]. Áɨ́bálɛ. I became conspicuous. (W).

2 • [North] To be likely to happen, be true. Kɛ́ɨ́bála ɨlɔmɔ́n. That thing (referred to) will happen. (S).

3 • To be unambiguous, obvious, plain, clear, evident. Kɛ́ɨ́bála enkoitóí nálo sokóni? Is the route that goes to the market clear? (W). Ɛɨbála ɛncân tááisére. It is clear that it will rain tomorrow. (W).

4 • [North] To be an orange color. See: bárláí ‘Orange color’.

a-ɨbalayú v.mid v.incep. To become apparent or clear; be able to become clear.

a-ɨbalʉnyɛ́ v.dir v.mid. To come to be clear.

a-ɨbalíé To reveal, confess openly, disclose, declare.

a-ɨbalakɨ́ v.dat. To reveal to.

a-ɨbalaanyaá v. 1 • To gradually light up the surface of the earth (by the sun); become dawn. Áɨ́nyɔ peê ɛɨbalaanyáa. I woke up when it started dawning.

2 • To gradually increase the frequency of groaning when an animal or person is dying (the groaning itself may decrease in volume).

3 • To gradually increase the frequency of snoring.

a-ibalaanyarí To lie flat on the ground or bed with hands and legs stretched out. See: a-ɨdalaány ‘To spread out, as of legs’; a-ɨdɛlarí ‘To spread oneself out’.

a-ɨbalayíé v. To clear. See: a-ɨtawáŋ ‘To clear’.

a-ɨbalɨbál v. To shine, glitter.

a-ɨbalú v. To reveal, make known. See: a-ɨbalá ‘To be clear’.

a-ɨbalunyé v.mid. 1 • To reveal, make clear. Ɛɨbálúnyíé ɔláígúɛ́nání ɛmbáɛ naisudórō The chief has revealed the issue that was hidden.

2 • To be about to rise. Usage: sun, moon. Eibalúnyē ndámā. The sun is about to rise. (S). Eibalúnyē sérān. The moon is about to rise. (S).

a-ɨbarbár [North] v. 1 • [North] To wake animals to go out to feed.

2 • [North] To beat s.o. thoroughly with a light stick; flail. Káɨ́bárbar. I'm going to beat him (eg. for leaving the calves). (S).

a-ɨbárt v. To watch over, take care of, inspect.

a-ɨbartá [North] v.mid. [North] To be looked at, watched (said of livestock by other livestock).

a-ɨbartɨcó [North] v.apas. [North] To be on the alert.

a-ɨbartaá [North] 1 • To watch sth. or s.o. as it goes away.

2 • To keep an eye on s.o. younger or inexperienced.

a-ɨbartʉ́ [North] v.dir. 1 • [North] To look for, search for.

2 • [North] To look at sth. as it approaches.

a-ɨbartuníé [North] [North] To look for sth. or s.o. by means of finding sth. else.

a-ɨbát [North] v. [North] To go on the side, shoulder or periphery of a path or road. aɨbatɨbát To keep walking on the soulder or periphery of a path. See: a-ɨbakɨbák ‘To avoid, zig-zag around’.

a-ɨbatisá Variant: a-ɨpatisá. v. To baptise; administer baptism to. Eibatísāɨ̄ ɨltʉ́ŋáná tɛ kánisa. Peple are baptised at church. Borrowed word: English baptise.

enk-ibatisó [North] n. [North] Baptism. Borrowed word: English baptism ?.

a-ɨbaʉbáʉ́ [North] v. [North] To jabber, talk nonsense.

a-ɨbɛbɛ́k v. To be watery, dilute. Ɛɨbɛbɛ́k ɛndá shái amʉ̂ eitú ɛ́pɨ́kɨ́ kʉlɛ́. That tea is light because it has no milk in it. (W). See: a-bɛbɛ́k ‘To be diluted’.

a-ibél v. 1 • To roll sth. onto another side. aibél osóít To roll the stone. See: a-ibelibél ‘To rock from side to side’; a-ɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny ‘To turn over’.

2 • To change direction of sth. aibél inkíshú To change the direction the cows are taking.

3 • [North] To rock (self) from side to side, somewhat regularly.

a-ɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny v. 1 • To turn sth. over; turn around. aɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny emotí To stir sth. in a pot (while cooking).

2 • To alter, change sth. aɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny ɨnkɨláni To change dressing. aɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny ilkigerót To alter writings.

3 • [North] To translate.

a-ɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny ɛnkʉ́tʉ́k To translate (lit: to change the mouth).

a-ɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny inkíshú To cross-breed cows.

a-ɨbɛlɛkɛnyá v.mid. 1 • To turn self over while sleeping.

2 • To alter self. Ɛɨbɛlɛ́kɛ̄nyā Kenya eríkōrē olári lɛ̂ 2002. Kenya has changed its leadership in the year 2002.

3 • To turn around, reverse path of travel.

4 • To go back on one's word.

5 • To reverse behavior; repent. ɨlɔɔ́ɨ́bɛlɛkɛnyátɛ áaiŋua ɨntɔrrɔ̂k those who have changed to leave evil (C).

a-ɨbɛlɛkɛnyakɨ́ v.dat. To transfer to, change to, turn to.

a-ibelekeníé v.apl. 1 • To cause change.

2 • To exchange. See: ɔl-áɨ́bɛ́lɛ́kɛ́nyani ‘Interpreter; changer’; a-manaá ‘To turn’; a-iwuatiwúát ‘To change’.

a-ibeleléŋ v. 1 • To upset, overturn.

2 • To roll.

a-ibeleleŋokí v.dat. To roll into, roll down.

a-ibeleleŋoó 1 • To roll away.

2 • [North] To roll sth. heavy away or over.

3 • To upset.

a-ibelibél v. 1 • To rock sth. from side to side. Ɛgɨ́ra aibelibél ɛmɨ́sa ashɨ́l. S/he is turning the table side to side to scrutinize it.

2 • To rock or sway (self) from side to side; wobble. See: a-ibél ‘To roll’.

a-ɨbɛlɨbɛlɛkɛnyá v.mid. 1 • To keep on changing. Ɛɨbɛlɨbɛlɛ́kɛ́nyá ɨlɔmɔ́n lɛ́na kɔ́p. The news in this land keeps on changing.

2 • To roll over and continue rolling in one direction. The rolling is not 'back and forth'.

a-ibeloó v. To make sth. fall. Kéíbukóri kʉ́lɛ tenímbelóō enkúkúrí. Milk will spill out if you make the calabash fall.

a-ibelorí v.dir v.mid. To fall down, fall off; drop. Kɛ́dánya ɛnkɨ́lasi tenéíbelóri. A glass will break if it falls down.

a-ɨbɨbɨ́ v. 1 • To suck (fruit etc.). This might be done to get liquid out of a fruit where the flesh is inedible. Kɛ́nyɔ́r imótonyí áaibibíá ɨntapʉ́ka. Birds like to suck the flowers. See: a-bɨbɨ́ ‘To suck’; a-nák ‘To suck mother's milk’.

2 • To reduce the weight of sth. Ɛɨbɨ́bɨ Bíitíá osésen lɔ́ ltʉŋáni. AIDS increasingly reduces the weight of a person's body.

a-ɨbíbɨ̄ā v.mid. To increasingly become thin.

a-bɨbɨ́ [North] v. 1 • [North] To suck, eg. blood directly from a cow's vein.

2 • [North] To sap, drain, devitalize, ie. to drain blood, strength, etc. from s.o. or sth. weak in the first place.

a-ɨbɨbɨarí v.dir. To shrivel.

a-ibiitiá v. To have health slowly decline, reduce in size; become very thin due to illness. Ɛgɨ́ra aibiitiá. It is taking him away slowly. Áaibiitíaa bíitíá. AIDS will wear me out slowly.

a-ibiitiarí [àybììtìàɾí]; note that [tìà] is one mora, though not palatalized [tyà] v.dir v.mid. To go down in health, fail to grow, despite food. Kɛ́gɨ́ra ɛná kɛráí aibiitiarí. This child is going down and down in health.

a-ibíl v. 1 • To come loose.

2 • To fall off, flop off (eg. because of being too big). Kébílo. It has fallen off. (eg. meat falling off a bone after boiling a long time) (S). Kéíbīlō mpɛrɛ́. The spear blade came off. (S). Kéíbóló. It has fallen off. (S).

3 • To fade. Ɛnkɨlâ náíbil emúa A cloth that changes color.

4 • [North] To be very fat.

5 • [North] To cook meat such that the fat is rendered and rises. See: a-pukú ‘To come off, get out’.

a-ibirú v. 1 • [North] To fail to meet the desired goals.

2 • [North] To fail to germinate (of plants).

3 • [North] To fail to rain at an expected time of the year.[North]: a-ɨbɨrʉ́, a-ibirú.

1 • To miscarry, abort. Eibírū. She will miscarry.

2 • To give birth prematurely. Kɛ́ɨ́bɨ́rʉ́a She has give birth prematurely. (S). This can be used of any female, human or animal.

3 • To anticipate prematurely.

a-ibiruníé v.dir v.cause. To cause an abortion.

a-ɨbɨrɨ́sh [South] v. 1 • [South] To be without appetite or desire to eat.

2 • [South] To be proud; stay aloof. See: a-bɨrɨ́ ‘To sip’.

a-ɨbɨrrɨbɨ́rr v. To think about, ponder, consider. See: a-damʉ́ ‘To think’.

a-ɨbɨ́s v. 1 • To sob; whimper.

2 • [North] To be so full that closing the container makes a liquid overflow.

a-ɨbɨsɨbɨ́s 1 • To leak; seep out. Ɛgɨ́ra oltóô aɨbɨsɨbɨ́s. The barrel is leaking.

2 • To keep on sobbing. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨbɨsɨbɨ́s. The child is sobbing.

a-ɨbɨsakɨ́ [North] v.dat. [North] To crack a bone open in order to remove a bit of fat (not marrow).

a-ibisíóŋ [North] v. 1 • [North] To be somewhat sick, feel unwell. Ɨmɛdáā ɛnkɨ́tɛ̄ŋ náíbisíoŋ. A cow that is sick cannot eat grass. (L). Syn: a-múéí ‘To be sick’; a-nyaalá ‘To be ill’.

2 • [North] To be cold, unfresh (eg. yesterday's food).

a-ibók PF: a-iboó. PL IMP: ímbōōī. v. 1 • To hinder, prevent, block sth. from moving. Éíbok. He will hinder it. Mbóoó 'Block him!'. Ɛ́mboó lɛ́lɔ́ ashɔ́ mɛ́puo áanak. Prevent those calves from going to suckle. (Pk). Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɛnkáyíóní aibók inkíshú peê méítóki áapuo oséro. The boy has gone to prevent the cows from going into the forest.

2 • Detain, retain. Ádɔ́l oshî eibokí entítō nabô najuŋ kʉnâ kíshú. I normally see one girl who is retained so as to inherit the cows. [ie. when a woman has had no sons].

3 • To restrain morally. aibók entorróní peê mépúkú To prevent a wrong from happening. See: a-iboorí ‘To be blocked’.

a-ibookí [North] v.dat. [North] To rebuff, spurn.

a-ibón v.prog. 1 • To exercise the office of ritual expert (ol-oibóni). The ritual expert may divine, foretell, prophesy; make and dispense traditional medicine; or treat s.o. ritually. Éíbon ɔlárrabal. He will divine/fortell the war. (W -K). aibón emurúa to treat a site ritually with blessings to make it fit for a ceremonial settlement.

2 • To do witchcraft.

a-ibonú ́Tō exercise the office of ritual expert.

a-ibonishó To divine, exercise office of ritual expert. Eibónīshō olóíboni. The diviner is divining. (W).

a-ibonokí To prophesy, etc., on behalf of s.o.

a-iboníé To prophesy, treat ritually, fortell with or at.

a-ibonishoré To exercise the office of ritual expert with/at.

áa-ɨbɔŋakɨ v.pl. To be caught (plural); an illicit sexual relationship, commit adultery.

a-iboó v.pf. Subjunctive or Perfect(ive) form of a-ibók. See: a-ibók ‘To hinder’.

a-iboorí v.dir v.mid. 1 • To be blocked from somewhere; stopped from moving on. Éíbóórî ɨltʉŋaná tɔ réyiet peê elotú ɛnkárɛ The people were blocked by the river when the water flowed.

2 • To move off in stages. See: a-ibók ‘To prevent; block,’.

a-ibooyó v.dir. 1 • To prevent, stop, block, barricade, restrain. Ɛgɨ́ra olkíboóyō aibooyó inkíshú. The swallow is blocking the cows. (Pk).

2 • To restrain in a moral or non-maerial sense. See: a-ibók ‘To block’.

a-ibororó v. To rave, speak deliriously, esp. from sickness.

a-ɨbɔ́rr v.s. 1 • To be white. Ɛ́ɨ́bɔ̄rr. It is white. Ɛɨ́bɔ̄rr. It is white. (W). aɨbɔ́rr kʉtʉ́k To have a white face (of animals) (lit: to be white the mouth). Kɛ́ɨ́bɔ̄rr oshî intápʉka ó ltépésí. [óltepesi] The flowers of an acacia tree are white. Kɛ́ɨ́bɔ́rráa kʉná kíshu. These cows are white. (SN). Eibórru. It will become white. Kɛ́ɨ́bɔ́rrá. It became white. (S). Kéíborríéki tááisére. It will be made white tomorrow. náɨ́bɔ̄rr white (lit: that which is white) (W).

2 • To be pale or palid (eg. from sickness, dry skin, dust); be the color of a mzungu/white person. ɔltʉŋáni ɔ́ɨ́bɔ̄rr a white person (ie., European). Ɨ́mbɔ́rra! You've become white! (from sickness). Kéíbórru oshî olcóni lɔ́ ltʉŋáni omúéí. The skin of a sick person becomes white (ie. flaky, dry).

3 • To be unfortunate; unlucky. Usage: insult. Ɨ́mbarrá! May you always be found out! "Nákaɨbárrā ɨmɨncɔ́ oshî ɨnkɛ́ra ɛndáa!" "You-be-white! You never give the children food!".

4 • To desist. Ɨ́mbɔrrá. Stop! (eg. said to a child who is goofing off and consistently making others laugh).

5 • To be peaceful. Ɨ́mbɔrrá. Have peace. (eg. said to s.o. departing on a journey).

6 • [North] To be dried up (of land).

a-iborrú v.incep. 1 • To whiten, become white.

2 • [North] To dry up.

a-ɨbɔ́rr ɔnyɛ́k v.s. To be immoral, promiscuous. ɔltʉŋáni ɔ́ɨ́bɔ́rr ɔnyɛ́k person who is immoral, promiscuous. See: a-ɨbɔ́rr ɔ́ŋʉ ‘To be immoral’.

a-ɨbɔ́rr ɔ́ŋʉ v.s. 1 • To be immoral, promiscuous (lit: to be white (as to) the eye). See: a-ɨbɔ́rr ɔnyɛ́k ‘To be immoral’.

2 • To have poor judgment, not choose best of several options. Kɛ́ɨ́bɔ̄rr ɔ́ŋʉ. He has poor judgement.

enkitók náɨ́bɔ̄rr ɔnyɛ́k Prostitute (lit: a woman who is white-eyes).

a-ɨbɔ́rr ɔ́shɔ́kɛ [North]: a-ɨbɔ́rr nkɔ́cɛ́kɛ. v.s. 1 • To be soft-hearted, compassionate, generous, munificient (lit: to be white (as to) the stomach). ɔltʉŋáni ɔ́ɨ́bɔ̄rr ɔ́shɔ́kɛ compassionate person (Pk). Káaɨbɔ̂rr ɔ́shɔ́kɛ. I am compassionate. (lit: The stomach whites me/My stomach is white.). Kɛ́ɨ́bɔ̄rr ɔ́shɔ́kɛ. He is kind-hearted/generous/emotional. (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́bɔ̄rr ɔ́shɔ́kɛ ɛldɛ̂ payíán. That man is compassionate. (lit: The stomach [nominative] is white that man [accusative].).

2 • [North] To be open, unfettered. Ant: a-rɔ́k ɔ́shɔ́kɛ ‘To be hard-hearted’.

a-ɨbɔrrá v.mid. To be(come) bewildered, shocked. Áɨ́bɔ́rra. I got shocked/bewildered. (lit: I am white.) (Pk).

ɛnk-ɨbɔ́rra Nom sg: ɛnk-ɨ́bɔrra. [North] Acc sg: nk-ɨbárra. n. 1 • Whiteness. Áɨ́sídáí ɛnkɨ́bɔrra ɛ́ nâ kɨlâ. The whiteness of this cloth is good. (Pk).

2 • The part of the month when there is moonlight. Ɛtabáwūā ɛnkɨ́bɔrra amʉ̂ ɛɨshʉnyɛ́ ɛnáɨ́mɨ̂n. The part of the month when the moon is bright has come because the dark period has ended. (Pk). See: a-ɨbɔ́rr ‘To be white’.

ɛnk-ɨbɔ́rra ɔ́lapa Nom sg: ɛnk-ɨ́bɔrra ɔ́lapa. n. New moon and days following.

a-ɨbɔrrɨbɔ́r v. 1 • To beat gently as not to cause pain but to draw attention. aɨbɔrrɨbɔ́r ɛnkayíóni meinyô To beat the boy gently to make him wake up.

2 • To make the cows wake up from lying down and start grazing or drive them away. Ɛgɨ́ra olcékut aɨbɔrrɨbɔ́r inkíshú mɛshɔ́mɔ áadaa The shepherd is waking up the cattle to go and graze.

a-ɨbɔrríé omóm v.phrase. To cause one to be liked (lit: to cause the face to be white). Kááɨ́bɔ́rrie omóm. I will cause you to be favored/liked. (lit: 'I will cause you to become white the face.').

a-ibót v. To hack off (esp. meat).

a-ɨbɔtɨbɔ́t [North] v. 1 • [North] To not go straight to the destination; evade.

2 • [North] To verbally evade or "beat about the bush". See: a-ɨbakɨbák ‘To evade’.

a-ibúk v. To pour back and forth. See: a-ibukoó ‘To pour away’.

a-ibukoó v. To pour away, pour out, spill. Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɛnkɛráí aibukoó ɛnkárɛ́ natíī ɛnkɨkɔ́mpɛ. The child has gone to pour away the water that is in the cup. Ɨ́ntalamáɨ́ ɛnâ kɛ́ráɨ́ dalût amʉ̂ kéíbukóō kʉnâ motorí. Keep away this mischevious child, because he will pour out this soup. (Pk). Néíbukorí, nɛ́ya osíwuo. They [flies] were poured out, and the wind took them. Egɨ́ra Lɛpáapa agɛlʉ́ ɨlpáɛ́k oóíbukorí. Lepaapa is trying to pick up the corn that spilled. (W). See: a-bukú ‘To pour out’; a-isuaayá ‘To splash about’.

a-ɨbʉlaá [North] v.dir. 1 • [North] To spread out.

2 • [North] To surround, go around.

3 • [North] To sprout. See: a-bʉ́l ‘To increase, flourish’.

a-ibulekény v. To be ill; unwell. Kɛ́gɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aibulekény. The child is unwell.

a-ɨbʉlʉ́ v.dir. 1 • To spread over the whole surface or area; sufficiently cover a locality. Eibúlūā ɛncân ɛnkɔ́p pɔɔkɨ́. The rain has spread over the whole land/area.

2 • [North] To predominate. See: a-bʉ́l ‘To increase, flourish’.

a-ɨbʉ́ŋ v.prog. 1 • To catch (sth. moving). Ɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋá ɛnkɛráɨ́ ɛmpɨ́ra natanaŋákā Kónené ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ éôsh ɛnkɔ́p. The child (has) caught the ball that Konene has thrown before it hit the ground. Eteléjūā inkúény atûâ ají nɛ́ɨ́bʉŋ. They tricked the birds into the house and then caught them. (W). Ɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋá enkúenyî tɔ lmútego. He has caught the bird with a trap. The Maasai do not traditionally build traps, but might catch certain types of birds by sealing them in holes.

2 • To seize sth. aɨbʉ́ŋ inkíshú naáwakɨ́ To seize cows that were stolen. See: a-úáp ‘To seize’; a-ɨkɔ́ny ‘To seize’; a-ɨsɨmaá ‘To seize’.

3 • To arrest. Ɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋâ ɨsɨ́karɨnɨ́ ɔlapúrroni. The policemen have arrested the thief. (ie. he has his hands tied up and has been carried off to jail).

4 • To rape. aɨbʉ́ŋ enkitók i) To rape a woman. ii) To arrest a woman.

5 • To hold. Nɛ́ɨ́bʉŋɨ áaijulul. They hold it (the child) upside down. Ɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋá ɛnkɛráɨ́ ɛnkalámu. The child held the pencil.

6 • To touch. Ɨ́mbʉŋá ɔlŋanayíóī. Touch the fruitǃ (W). Ɛtʉ́bʉ́lʉ́á ɛnkɛráɨ́ amʉ̂ ɛɨbʉ́ŋá ɔltápʉ̂t. The child is now grown up because she is able to touch the ceiling. (W).

7 • To stick to following a certain path. Ɛɨbʉ́ŋâ inkíshu enkóítóí áapuo oreyíét. The cows have followed (lit: caught) the path to the river. (W). Ɨ́mbʉŋá ɛnâ óítóí amʉ̂ nɨnyɛ́ nékírík enetíī ilótorok. Follow this path because it leads you to where the bees are. Usage: A-sʉ́j 'to follow' is used for following sth. from behind, while a-ɨbʉ́ŋ is used for following along the length of sth., or going 'through' it..

8 • To enter into a new condition; become. Ɛɨbʉ́ŋá olóíriruá ɛnkɛ́ráí. The child has become crazy. (W) (lit: An evil spirit has attacked the child.). Ɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋá oltíkaná. He has become sick of malaria. (lit: Malaria has attacked him.). Ɛɨbʉ́ŋá ɛnkányɨt. He has become respectful/obedient. (W) (lit: Respect has caught/attacked him.). Usage: A-ɨbʉ́ŋ is not used for 'attacking' in war, or for being 'attacked' by a swarm of bees, as its central idea is that of 'grabbing' such that one can hold or touch sth. A-ɨ́bʉ́ŋ also cannot be used to express sth. like 'He became a teacher'..

9 • To keep on doing sth. Ɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋá ɛnkányɨt. He has become respectful/obedient. (lit: He has got hold of respect.).

10 • To discover, realize, notice. Áɨ́bʉ́ŋa eneikoní tɛ nérēwī ɛngárrɨ tɛ siadí. I have discovered how to drive a car in reverse. Ɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋá olmalimúí ɛnkɛ́ráɨ́ épúrrítô ɛntɛ́mátá. The teacher has caught a child cheating in the exam.[èpùrrìtò] with low fallinɡ or stress on final mora]

11 • To take care of. Ɨ́mbʉŋá taá ŋútúnyí o mínyī. Take care of your father and mother. (W). Ɨ́mbʉŋá ɨnkɛ́ra. Take care of the children. (W). See: a-náp ‘To carry, take care of’.

a-ɨbʉ́ŋ ɨsɨ́nkɨ̄r To fish. Ɛshɔmɔ́ láyiok áaɨbʉŋ sínkirrî. The boys have gone fishing. (SN). See: a-rrésh ɨsɨ́nkír ‘To fish’; a-ɨtayú ‘To remove’; a-ŋorú ‘To fish’.

a-ɨbʉŋá To coagulate. Níwóu ɔsárgɛ́ láí... amʉ̂ kɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋa nɛ́ākʉ̄ inkírí. You tap my blood ... because it will coagulate and become meat.

a-ɨbʉŋaá v.dir. 1 • To take s.o.'s domestic animals without permission but not without sending word; borrow.

2 • [North] To climb or walk across sth.

a-ɨbʉŋakɨ́ 1 • To hold sth. on behalf of s.o.

2 • To take a gift to s.o.

3 • To catch a person redhanded, especially in an illicit sexual relationship.

aɨbʉŋarɛ́ [North] 1 • [North] To unite.

2 • [North] To collaborate.

a-ɨbʉŋɨshɔ́ To be sticky. Kɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋɨ̄shɔ̄ ɛnaishó óo lotórok. The honey is sticky. Kɛ́ɨ́bʉ́ŋɨ̄shɔ̄ ɛsárŋāb olêŋ. The mud is very sticky.

a-ɨbʉŋarɛ́ v.mid v.inst. To attach oneself to. See: a-ɨbʉ́ŋ ‘To catch, hold, requisition’.

a-ibúrt v. To afflict great pain and suffering to the body so that an existing wound increasingly becomes enlarged, or more sores develop.

a-iburtó v.mid. To have great pain. aiburtó ɛnkaɨná To get more pain on the hand (more sores, wounds).

a-ibususó v. To lie down as one who is dead. Míntóki aibususó ánaa olotúá hɔ́ɔ́ nɨ́naʉ́ra. Don't lie like a dead person even though you are tired.

a-ɨ́c [North] v. 1 • [North] To pass, be over.

2 • [North] To emaciate. See: a-ɨ́sh ‘To finish’.

a-ɨcʉ́ [North] v.dir. 1 • [North] To conclude.

2 • [North] To finish completely.

3 • [North] To kill off completely.

a-icuníé [North] v.dir v.mid. 1 • [North] To be over, finished, concluded.

2 • [North] To be used up.

a-ɨcamɨcám [North] v. [North] To taste sth. See: a-ɨshám ‘To taste’.

a-ɨcamʉ́ [North] v. [North] To like sth.; like food.

a-ɨcamunóí [North] v.mid. [North] To taste good. Kɛ́ɨ́camúnōī. It has a good taste. (SN). Mɛɨcamúnōī. It doesn't have a good taste. (SN). See: a-ɨcamú ‘To like (food)’.

a-ɨcankarrá [North] v. [North] To argue loudly. Ɨ́kɨ́ncankárratɛ. We argued loudly. (S). See: a-ɨshankárr ‘To argue’.

a-ɨcɨák [North] v. [North] To meet s.o. or find sth. by chance.

a-ɨcɨakɨ́ [North] v.dat. [North] To follow instructions exactly. See: a-ɨshɨaakɨ́ ‘To put sth. just right’.

a-ɨcɨaakɨnɔ́ [North] v.dat v.mid. 1 • [North] To arrive opposite to.

2 • [North] To be right, just, fitting, appropriate, deserving.

-icie [North] voi pf. [North] Perfect(ive) Antipassive suffix. Kɛ́tárányícīē. He/she was a singer. See: -ɨshɔ ‘Antipassive suffix’.

a-ɨcɨ́m [North] v. 1 • [North] To suckle a dry breast or udder. Usage: esp. of calves.

2 • [North] To suck or nibble on sth. See: a-ɨshɨ́m ‘To suck, chew’.

a-icíó [North] v. [North] To give birth. Kétíície. She gave birth. (S). See: a-ishó ‘To give birth’; a-íú ‘To bear offspring’.

a-ɨcɨ́r [North] v. 1 • [North] To cry, weep, mourn (not necessarily shedding tears). Nélō Sɨdáɨ́ aɨcɨraá. Then ostrich went off weeping. (S).

2 • [North] To lament. See: a-ɨshɨ́r ‘To weep’; a-ɨsogɛ́t ‘To cry’.

a-ɨcɨrcɨ́r [North] [North] To whimper, be weepy, keep on crying or weeping.

a-icirkalíé [North] v. [North] To use sth. wastefully and carelessly.

a-ɨcɨrtɨ́t [North] v. [North] To slip, slide down. See: a-ɨshɨrtɨ́t ‘To slip, slide’.

a-icirtitíé [North] 1 • [North] To smooth sth., esp. the walls of a traditional house with cow dung or mud.

2 • [North] To make slippery.

a-ɨcɨ́ʉ́ [North] [àtʃyʊ́] v. [North] To get well, recover from illness. Káɨ́cɨ́wa. I got better. (S). See: a-ishíú ‘To recover’.

a-iciuníé [North] v.apl. [North] To heal sth.

-ɨcɔ [North] voi. [North] Variant (esp. North Maa) of the Antipassive suffix -ɨshɔ.

a-ɨcɔ́ [North] v. 1 • [North] To give. Kɛ́ɨ́cɔɔ. He gave it. (S).

2 • [North] To allow, permit, let. See: a-ɨshɔ́ ‘To give’.

a-icooyó [North] v.dir. [North] To give away, give out (eg. a daughter in marriage).

icói [North] [North] Nom sg: ícoi. [North] Acc pl: icôn. [North] Nom pl: icôn. n. [North] Yield, issue (of a person, field, etc.). See: a-ició [North] ‘To give birth’.

a-icóp [North] v. 1 • [North] To wear, put on.

2 • [North] To cover extensively (eg. locusts covering a hillside). See: a-ishóp ‘To dress’.

a-icopó [North] v.mid. 1 • [North] To be dressed. Kéícópe. She is dressed. (S).

2 • To be dressed up, decked out.

a-icú [North] v. 1 • [North] To be alive. See: a-ishú ‘To be alive’.

2 • [North] To be trustworthy.

a-ɨ́d v.prog. 1 • To jump up and move horizontally and land on the other side of sth.; jump over sth., spring over sth. Ɛɨdɨ́ta enkíne ɔlpááshíé. The goat is jumping over the fence. Ɛ́ɨd ɛnkáyíóní ɔlpááshíé ɨ́sááî uní. The boy will jump over the fence for three hours. Ɛ́ɨd ɛnkáyíóní ɔlpááshíé tɔɔ́ ɨ́sááî úni. i) The boy will jump over the fence for three hours (multiple times). ii) The boy will jump over the fence three hours hence. Ɛ́ɨd ɛnkáyíóní ɨ́sááî uní. The boy will jump over three clocks/watches. (*The boy will jump for three hours/*The boy will jump three hours hence.). Ɛɨdákɨ ɔlpááshíé. The fence has been jumped over. Ɛ́ɨ́dɨ̄shɔ̄ ɛná áyíóní. This boy can jump over things. Áaidie ɔlpááshíé. He will make me jump over the fence. Áaidíé ɔlpááshíé. He made me jump over the fence. Éípid ɛtargéetî aɨ́d ɛncaní. The grasshopper will jump over the twig. See: a-ipíd ‘To jump’.

2 • To skip a stage. Ɛ́ɨ́dá ɛnkáyíóní inkilasiní uní. The boy has skipped Standard 3. (ie. He went directly from Standard 2 to Standard 4 in school.).

3 • To be ahead of; overtake; supersede s.o. in terms of sth. Ɛ́ɨ́dá ɛnkáyíóní inkulíē tɛ súkuúl. The boy has overtaken the rest of the boys in school.

4 • To mentally blank out or wander for a time; forget some items in a sequence of items. Ɨ́ŋgɨlá lɛ́lɔ̂ ɔmɔ́n amʉ̂ áaɨdâ. (i) Repeat those words because I missed them (eg. I was not paying attention while you were talking). (ii) Repeat those words because I skipped them (eg. I forgot to say them during my speech, but you know what they are and so can say them for me). (lit: Repeat those words because they jumped over me.).

a-ɨdakɨ́ 1 • To jump onto or into; spring at sth. Átɔ́dúáa náají oltʉ́lal ɔɨdákā ɛnkají. I have seen a baboon that jumped onto the house. Ɛɨ́dākɨ̄ ɛnkáyíóní ɛnkárɛ́. The boy will jump into the water. Áaɨdakinyíé ɔlpáyian ɛnkayíóni ɛnkárɛ́. The man has made the boy jump the water for my sake.

2 • To get on the back of; copulate with, as of animals. Ɛɨdákā ɔlɔ́ɨ́ŋɔ́nɨ́ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. The bull has gotten on the back of the cow.

a-ɨdakɨnɔ́ [North] v.dat v.mid. [North] To spring at.

a-ɨdaayá SUBJN: ndaa. v. To perish; be finished off, be destroyed. Mɛáta ɔltʉŋáni oyíéú nɛ́ɨ́daáya. There is no one who wants to perish. Ɨ́ndaaɨ́! Die!

a-ɨdác [North] v. 1 • [North] To step on. See: a-ɨdásh ‘To trample’.

2 • [North] To malign s.o.

a-ɨdacaá [North] v.dir. 1 • [North] To pass by; have a brief stop-over on the way to somewhere else.

2 • [North] To run over, step on as one goes forward.

a-ɨdacʉ́ [North] v.dir. 1 • [North] To pass by; have a brief stop-over on the way to the point of reference.

2 • [North] To run over, step on as one comes back.

a-ɨdacɨdác [North] [North] To tread here and there.

a-ɨdaikíé v. 1 • To eat up, finish food. This is not used for consuming liquids (water, petrol, sodas, etc.). See: a-daá ‘To eat’.

2 • To exterminate, destroy, kill. This can be used for destroying people, animals, maize fields, buildings, forests, pests, ants, etc.

a-ɨdák v. To perish.

a-ɨdakíé [North] [North] To exterminate. See: a-ɨdaikíé ‘To exterminate; eat up’; a-mʉ́t ‘To finish’.

a-ɨdaakinó v.dat v.mid. To destroy each other.

a-ɨdalaány v. To spread out, as of legs. aɨdalaány embúku To spread out the pages of a book.

a-ɨdalaanyarí To lie flat with legs spread out. See: a-ɨdɛlarí ‘To lie flat with legs and hands spread out’; a-ɨbalaanyaá ‘To gradually light up; increase’.

a-ɨdáŋ v. 1 • To be disfluent in speech (not necessarily permanently), potentially involving hesitation, stammering, misuse one word for another, mis-statement, etc. Átéjo áɨ́rɔ́ Maâ náɨ́dɑ̀ŋ amʉ̂ mayíólo aɨrɔ́rɔ I tried to speak Maa but I stumbled because I do not know how to speak it. Kɛ́ɨ́daŋ ɔltʉ́ŋání tenéírut. A frightened person stammers. See: a-ɨramɨrám ‘To have a permanent speech disorder’.

2 • To be confused, dumb-founded.

3 • [North] To utter meaningless or unimportant words; prattle.

a-ɨdaŋɨdáŋ To keep on being awkward in speech; continue talking but not be of any help to anyone. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨdaŋɨ́daŋ person who is awkward in speech.

a-ɨdaŋíé To confuse, cause to loose track of what s.o. is doing or thinking.

a-ɨdáp v. To make plodding movements (possibly in one position) with the palms of the hands or the soles of the feet.

a-ɨdapɨdáp 1 • To flatten sth. by repeated hitting or beating.

2 • To remove the fat layer of meat from the sides and ribs of a cow (such that just the ribs are left).

3 • To defeat s.o. in verbal argument or debate.

4 • [North] To go to many different place and not directly to one's destination. See: ɛn-dâp ‘Palm (of hand), sole (of foot)’.

a-ɨdapásh v. 1 • To scatter. Míntóki aʉ́m kʉnâ tokitín, ɨ́ndapashá. Do not heap these things together, scatter them. (Pk).

2 • To spread sth. out in a wide flat arrangement. This includes spreading sth. like a sheet out, or spreading corn on a sheet.

a-idapashá To spread (self) out, disperse (members of a group). Bási émintóki áaɨshɔ ɛɨdapásha. So don't let them disperse. Ant: a-sót ‘To gather; heap’. See: dápásh ‘Broad, wide’.

a-ɨdapdáp [North] v. 1 • [North] To allocate oneself or grab a large track of land.

2 • [North] To slaughter crudely, with broad strokes, in order to carry off the meat (eg. as would be done by thieves). See: a-ɨdáp ‘To plod’.

a-ɨdásh [North]: a-ɨdác. v. To flatten by stepping on; trample underfoot, squash, crush.

a-ɨdatɨdát [North] v. [North] To dream. See: a-ɨdɛtɨdɛ́t ‘To dream’.

a-idaudáú [North] v. [North] To rave. See: a-yiaŋiyíáŋ ‘To rave’.

a-ɨdɛkɛ́t v. To be slippery, slick. Ɛɨdɛ́kɛt ɛnkɔ̂p tɛ nɛ́sha. The land is slippery when it rains. Syn: a-ɨshɨrtɨ́t ‘To be slick’.

a-ɨdɛkɛtarí v.dir v.mid. To slide; move obliquely or sideways, usually in an uncontrolled manner. Ɛɨdɛkɛtári ɛŋgárrî tɛ nkɔ̂p náshal. A vehicle slides on a wet surface. See: a-ɨshɨrtɨ́t ‘To slide’.

a-ɨdɛ́l v. To get a liquid little by little from a reservoir (or udder for milk) until it is enough.

a-ɨdɛlʉ́ To scoop out when there is little liquid. See: a-okú ‘To fetch water’.

a-ɨdɛlá v. To be nursing (of a mother). Ɛ́tɛ́rɛ́wá yieyíô ɛ́ɨ́dɛ́lâ. He has chased our mother away while she was still nursing.

a-ɨdɛlarí v.dir v.mid. To lay oneself down with hands and legs spread out; or, flop oneself back (eg. in a chair) with hands and legs out. This can be due to exhaustion, sleep or sickness. Óre amʉ̂ ánáʉ́ra olêŋ, káyīēū náɨ́dɛlári tɛ ndapásh. Because I am too tired, I want to lie flat on the bed. Usage: a-ɨdɛlarí implies exhaustion, extreme sleepyness, or sickness. a-ɨdalaány (or a-ɨdalaanyarí) focuses specifically on the position of the legs and could not be done in a chair; a-ɨbalaanyarí is quite general and need not imply exhaustion, but could not be done in a chair. All these are subtypes of a-ɨrrág.. See: a-ɨdalaány ‘To spread out, as of legs’; a-ɨbalaanyaá ‘To gradually light up; increase’; a-ɨrrág ‘To lie down’.

a-ɨdɛ́ny v. 1 • To pile up, heap up.

2 • [North] To patiently get milk little by little from a cow that doesn't let milk. See: a-ɨdɛ́l ‘To get a liquid little by little’.

a-ɨdɛtɨdɛ́t v.prog. To dream. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí náʉrʉra aɨdɛtɨdɛ́t. A sleeping child is dreaming. (Pk). Ɛɨdɛtɨdɛtɨ́ta. He is dreaming. Ɛɨdɛ́tɨ́dɛ́tɨ́ta. He is dreaming. (W). See: a-ɨdátɨdát [North] ‘To dream’. See: ɛn-kɨ́dɛ́tɨdɛ́tata ‘Dreaming’; ɛn-kɨ́dɛ́tɨ́dɛt ‘Dream’.

a-idiá v. To be a mean, worthless person. Éídia ɛldɛ́ páyian. That man is a mean worthless person. See: ol-dîâ ‘Dog’.

ídîâ [ìdìà] in context] Nom sg: idîâ, ídîâ. dem. Feminine singular demonstrative; 3rd degree of distalness; that (far-away but potentially still visable). ídîâ búku that book (far away but visible). Ídîâ wúâs táatá ínosíé ɨlashɔ́. Today have the calves graze at that plain. A: Kánʉ ɨ́ndɨ́pa atɛshɛ́ta ɛnkají? B: Áɨ́dɨ́pa ídîâ ɔlɔ́ŋ. A: When did you finish building the house? B: I finished it the other day. (Speaker B is not being specific about which day, except that it is in the past.). Emúóíta olóíŋóní; áâ taá ɨ́lɔ̂ láínyáŋúá ídíâ káɨ́ olôŋ. The bull is sick, that is, the one that I had bought the other day. (W). See: lékûâ ‘Those’; Pronouns-Demonstratives.

idia-ɔlɔ́ŋ adv. Distant future, including day after tomorrow.

a-ididimán v. To aggrandize, expressing qualities traditionally associated with men. Usage: Colloquial. Tónyuaa índidimaná tánapʉ́ ɨ́lɔ̂ olá oiróshi. Try to express manly qualities and carry that heavy luggage. See: a-nyɔ́k ‘To work hard’.

enk-ídídíman n. The expression of masculine qualities.

ídîê [ìdìè] Nom sg: ídîê. dem. Distal place demonstrative indicating a place very far away; there. Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɔláyíóní aulúó aló ídîê ó ídie. The boy has gone all over the place, there and over there. See: Pronouns Þ Demonstrative pronouns.

a-ɨdɨɨdá [North] In some suffixed forms: a-ɨdɨɨdán. v. [North] To jump up and down (not necessarily over sth.). See: a-ŋoró ‘To jump’; a-ipíd ‘To jump’; a-ɨ́d ‘To jump over’; a-dʉmʉ́ ‘To jump (as in a dance)’; a-itíám ‘To jump, hop’; a-ɨpɨrɨ́ ‘To jump’.

a-ɨdɨɨdaná To be restless, moving from place to place; pace. Míntóki aɨdɨɨdaná tɛmbatá ɛ́ nkɨma amʉ̂ ékīnyīā. Don't be restless near the fire because you can be burnt. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨdɨɨdána person who is restless.

a-idík v. 1 • To join. Éídik. He will join them.

2 • To lengthen. aidík ɛnkɛɛnɛ́ peê ɛbaɨkɨ́ atɛɛ́na ɔlɔɨŋɔ́nɨ To lengthen the strap so that it could tie the ox. aidík ɨlɔmɔ́n To lengthen news.

a-idikidík 1 • To keep on joining together.

2 • To join thoroughly.

3 • [North] To tie to sth. which is in motion (eg. a goat to another goat).

a-idikokí To join up with. aidikokí olgosôî ɔlɨkâɨ̂ To join the rope with the other one.

a-idikoré [North] [North] To accompany s.o. as a sign of loyalty.

a-idikidikoré v.mid. To follow up with; get involved in or with. Te níndikidíkoré ɛná síáai, nááyá ɛlʉ́kʉ́nyá. If you keep on involving yourself in this issue, I will kill you. (lit: If you keep on joining yourself with this issue, I will take-you the head.).

a-ɨdɨ́k v. To throb, throb with pain (eg. from an injury), ache. Ɛ́ɨ́dɨk. It throbs with pain.

a-ɨdɨkɨdɨ́k To throb with pain repeatedly.

a-ɨdɨ́m v.aux+Subjunctive-Infinitive. 1 • To be able, capable, have the strength to do sth. Áɨ́dɨm ataára ɔlŋátúny metúá. I can kill a lion. (W). Máɨ́dɨm ataára ɔlŋátúny metúá. I cannot kill a lion. (W). Káɨ́dɨm ayiéw táísere. I will be able to come tomorrow. (S). Átáánɨ́kɨ amʉ̂ káɨ́dɨm aɨbʉ́ŋa. I am near to it because I can touch it. (Pk). Áɨ́dɨ́ma ataára ɔlŋátúny metúá ŋolé. I was able to kill the lion yesterday. (W). Áɨ́dɨ̂m ataára ɔlárrɔ metúá tááisére. Tommorow I will be able to kill a buffalo. (W). Máɨ́dɨ̂m ataára ɔlárrɔ tááisére. Tommorow I will not be able to kill a buffalo. (W).

2 • To be competent at sth. Ɔltʉŋáni ɔ́ɨ́dɨm ataása esíáai A person who is competent in doing the work.

3 • To indicate that sth. might occur; can, may, perhaps. Ɛɨdɨ́māyʉ̄. It is possible. (W). Mɛɨdɨ́māyʉ̄. It is impossible. (W). Káɨ́dɨm ayéu tááisére. I may come tomorrow. (S).

4 • [North] To be powerful, able. Kɛ́ɨ́dɨ̄m Nkaí. God is able/powerful. (S).

a-ɨdɨmá v.mid. To be capable; be of equal strength. Kɛ́ɨ́dɨ́mā. They can face each other (their strength is equal; they have the same ability). Kɛ́ɨ́dɨmáro. They can face each other (their strength is equal). [This form focuses more on reciprocal action, of doing sth. to one another, than does kɛ́ɨ́dɨ́mā.].

a-ɨdɨmʉ́ v.dir. 1 • To be able to carry. Maɨdɨ́mʉ ɛlɛ̂ olá. I will not be able to carry this luggage.

2 • To overcome. Káɨ́dɨ́mʉ ɛnâ nyamáli. I will overcome this problem.

3 • To prove capable or fit; meet requirements; measure up to. Ɨ́ncɔɔ ɛwálátá naɨdɨ́mʉ nɛ́nâ kikilikuanát ɛnyɛ́na. Give him an answer that will answer those questions of his. (Pk). Ɛɨtʉ́ aɨdɨ́mʉ ataára ɔlŋátúny metúá ŋolé. I was not able to kill the lion yesterday. (W).

a-ɨdɨŋá v.mid. To be congested, crowded, filled or occupied to the point of overflowing. Kɛ́ɨ́dɨ́ŋa ɛná áji. This house is congested/crowded. See: ɛn-kɨdɨŋá ‘Congestion; overcrowding’.

a-ɨdɨ́p v v.aux+subjn-infinitive. 1 • To finish, complete (a task). Máapé áaɨdɨp entúróré ɛnkɔ́p peê kípúó áŋ. [kípúó ! áŋ] Let us go and finish up the cultivation so that we can go home. (Pk). Káɨ́dɨ́pa. I have finished it. (S). Káɨ́dɨ́pa píi ŋolé. [káydɪ́pa] I finished it completely yesterday. (SN). Óu tádɛkɛnyá amʉ̂ káanyu, káke mílotú taá dáma amʉ̂ áɨ́dɨ́pa} ɨna kátá ashɔ́mɔ. Come in the morning because I will wait for you, but don't come in the afternoon because I would have left by that time. (lit: ... because I would have finished to go by that time.) (Pk). Usage: a-ɨdɨ́p refers to finishing or completing a task. a-ɨshʉ́ refers to finishing or exhausting some object such as food. Thus, the command íncu! is appropriate for tell s.o. to finish off the food in a bowl, but not Tɨ́ndɨpa..

2 • To be sufficient. See: a-ɨshʉ́ ‘To finish’; a-itíŋ ‘To finish’; a-baɨkɨ́ ‘To be sufficient’; a-ɨmʉ́ ‘To be sufficient’.

3 • After. Áyíéú shái aɨdɨpá atadáayu. I want tea after I have eaten. (W).

a-ɨdɨpá v.mid. 1 • To be complete.

2 • To be ready to use.

3 • To be sufficient.

a-ɨdɨrɨdɨrʉ́ v. To carry a heavy load towards the speaker.

a-ɨdɨrɨdɨraá To carry a heavy load away.

a-ɨdɨrɨdɨrakɨ́ To carry a heavy load to.

a-idís v. 1 • To drizzle.

2 • To be cloudy, stormy, overcast. See: ɛn-cán ‘Rain’; a-ɨtɨpɨtɨ́p ‘To drizzle’; a-ilísh ‘To be moody’.

3 • To be in bad moods.

a-idisíé enkomóm v. To wrinkle the face. Éídísíé oltásât enkomóm amʉ̂ ɛtagóre. The old man has wrinkled his face because he is angry. See: enk-omóm ‘Face’.

a-idiyiadí v. To be anxious, worried; be stressed about. Kéídiyíádi ɔltʉ́ŋání tenéjokiní, "Ɨ́yɛ̄.̀ A person will be worried if he is told, "You will die". See: a-ɨŋaɨŋáɨ́ ‘To be worried, anxious’.

a-ɨdɔndɔ́rr v.prog. 1 • To tame or train a young donkey by teaching it to carry a pack. aɨdɔndɔ́rr olkurrarrú mɛtánapa ololá To train a young donkey to carry the pack. See: a-irót ‘To load with a pack’.

2 • To subdue, tame.

2 • [North] To train, teach.

3 • To make sth. or s.o. move away. Usage: colloquial. Ɨ́ndɔndɔrráí ololá linó ɨ́wa amʉ̂ ɨmayíéú Take up your load and go because I don't want (your stuff). [rude]. Áɨ́dɔ́ndɔ́rrɨ́ta. (i) I am training a young donkey by loading it with a pack. (ii) I am making sth. move.

4 • [North] To coax a cow to give milk by stroking it.

a-idóŋ v. 1 • To beat or pound into small pieces using an instrument; fashion with force; grind. aidóŋ enkurmá To grind maize into flour. Eidóŋutûô They have beaten sth. towards this direction. Eidóŋutúa. They have beaten sth.towards this direction. (SN). See: a-ár ‘To beat’; a-bɛ́l ‘To beat’; a-ósh ‘To beat’; a-iut'út ‘To grind grain’.

2 • To castrate by pounding; demasculinize. This is done by pressing the nerves that connect the testicles of a male animal with the rest of the body to make it non-productive. aidóŋ ɔláshê mɛtáa ɔlkɨ́tɛ́ŋ To castrate a calf to make it an ox. Kéídóŋōyī alɛ́ áɨ́ŋɔ́nɨ́. This bull can be castrated (ie. by pounding the testicles with a stick). (SN). See: a-gɛlɛ́m ‘To castrate’.

3 • To forge iron. aidóŋ olcúma To forge metal.

4 • To beat, cane. Note: In SN, this is the common word for beating a child with a stick for the purpose of discipline Etymology: Proto-OngamoMaa *-idoŋ- 'beat, forge (v.)', (Vossen 1989:195) from PEN *-doŋ- 'beat repeatedly, forge, castrate completely' (. Vossen writes, '"the primary meaning is probabaly 'to beat', since it is found in both primary branches of Easten Nilotic. Moreover, 'to beat' is less specific that 'to forge' or 'to castrate' which both presuppose the action of beating" (Vossen 1982:330-31)..

a-idoŋidóŋ To keep on beating/crushing/grinding/pounding over and over.

a-idoŋú [North] v.dir. [North] To forge.

a-idoŋidóŋ v.prog. Restrict: liguid. To drink fast, chug down. Áídoŋídóŋíto kʉlɛ́. I am chugging down milk. See: a-ók ‘To drink’.

a-ɨdɔ́p v. 1 • To make worse, aggravate, exacerbate; finish off. Mɨ́kɨ́ndɔp, ɨncɔɔ́kɨ mataárarɛ ɛnyamálī áí ɔ́pɛny Don't aggravate it for me, let me struggle with my own problem.

2 • To ruin.

3 • To finish off, give "coup de grace" to kill an animal that will certainly die anyway. See: a-ɨgɔlaá ‘To kill an animal that will certainly die anyway’.

a-idós v. 1 • To pluck out, pull out sharply; strip.

2 • To take back all possessions.

3 • [North] To sneak.

4 • [North] To skin or scrape (eg. one's knee). Éídósó nkɔ́p. He scraped on the ground. (S).

a-idosú 1 • To pull out, extract, uproot.

2 • [North] To sneak away from and arrive.

3 • [North] To run out of sth.

a-idukudúk v. 1 • To repeatedly do sth.

2 • [North] To have stomach upsets which throb with pain. See: a-ɨdɨ́k ‘Throb with pain’.

a-idúl v.prog. 1 • To drink excessive amounts of a liquid after short intervals. Usage: colloquial. Ɨ́mʉ́t inkíshú teníndul ɛnáíshó. You will finish (sell all) cows when you drink alcohol excessively.

2 • To make the sound of liquid in a container. See: a-ilúg ‘To drink excessively’.

a-idurúk v. 1 • To be morally or socially unclean; defiled. Mɛjɨ̂ŋ oshî ɨlɛ́wâ ɛnkají ɛ́ ntɔ́mɔ́nɔ́nɨ amʉ̂ kéídúruk. Men don't get into the house of a woman that has just given birth because it is unclean. Kéídúruk ɛnkâŋ ɔ́ ltʉŋáni ɔtaará ɔlɨkâɨ̂ metúá The home of a murderer is unclean.

2 • To be dirty, unclean; untidy. Eidúruk ɛná áji amʉ̂ méôr enkítok. This house is dirty because the woman doesn't sweep it. See: ol-dúruk ‘Uncleanliness; dirt; defilement’.

a-ɨdʉ́rr v. 1 • To migrate, move house. (K)áídʉ́rra. I have moved my house. (S).

2 • To mentally move from one thought to another; mentally wander. Óre aké téípa nɛ́ɨ́dʉrr ɨnkɛ́ra e sukúul ɨndámunot. In the afternoon/evening, school children's minds wander (migrate). Ɛ́ɨ́dʉ́rrâ ɨndámunot ɔ́ lɛ Tara. Ole-Tara's thoughts have wandered. Áaɨdʉrrâ ɨndámunot. My thoughts have wandered.

a-idurríé To move house, cattle (transitive). Shɔ́mɔ tátala ínê peê tenéleŋ níkipuonú áadurrie inkíshú. Go and survey there, if you find it green enough with pasture then we can take the cows. Képūō ɨltʉŋaná ɔ́ɨdʉ́rr áaɨrragarie inkíshú ɛnyɛ̂ inkáŋítie. The migrants will sleep away at other people's homes with their cows. (Pk). See: a-iwúót ‘To migrate’.

-íé In some suffixed forms:: -iek, -yie. appl. 1 • Applicative suffix for Class I and Class II verbs with a range of meanings:

1a • Instrument. Ɛshɔmɔ́ enkítok aokunyíé oltóo ɛnkárɛ́ tɔlkɛ́jʉ. The woman went to fetch water with a barrel at the river. Kóre tɛ nɛ́tashá ŋolé ánáátá kinotô ɛnkárɛ́ nikíntukúyie inkíshú. If it could have rained yesterday, we could have gotten water that we (could) spray/wash cows with. (W). Éípukóti apá olashé ótalakíéki orkíné. The calf that was used to pay for the castrated he-goat was a blend of black and white in color. (Pk). Ápíkie enkikómpe ɛnkárɛ́ emotí. I will use the cup to put water into the pot. (W). Kídúŋókínyie táatá. You will cut it for me using it. (W).

1b • Accompanyment. Nɛ́kuɛtunyíéki kʉlɛ́ ɛɨtɔkɨ́tɔk. They rushed with the milks when they are still fresh. Káyíéú náítóki aasishoré Mɛɨpɔnyɨ́. I want to work with Meiponyi. (Pk) [a-as-ɨshɔ(r)-íé(k) INF.SG-do-APASS-INST].

1c • Reason. Etííie ɔlayíóní ɔlpayíán ɛnkají. The boy is in the house with/because of the man. (The boy depends on the man for food or accomodation).

1d • Source. Áapurroríé ɔlmʉrraní imbeníá. The warrior will steal the bags from me. (W).

1e • Location. Nérukúnīē aké isírúai. Elands just came out [from a place which was hit]. Náa ɛncɔ́rrɔ-ɛ́-mʉny apá ɛ́tʉmʉratíeki. And it is Ngong town where they were circumcised. iloówuonie ɛnkárɛ́ the ones that stay at the water (C). Néishúnie ɛnkátiní ai tɛ ínê. My story ends there.

2 • Causative suffix for Class II verbs (ie. most stems which begin with i-). Áaidie ɔlpááshíé. He will make me jump over the fence. Áaidíé ɔlpááshíé. He made me jump over the fence. Áaɨŋatie ɔlŋátúny. He will make me flee from the lion. (W). Áaɨŋatíé ɔlŋátúny ŋolé. He made me flee from the lion yesterday. (W). Káídúrrie inkíshú toldonyíó. I will move the cows away from the mountain. (lit: I will make the cows move from the mountain.). Áíwúáŋie embúku. I will move the book. (lit: I will make the book go aside.) (W). Eishúrie. She will make it overcooked. Éíshúríé. See: ɨtV- ‘Class I Causative’.

-ie asp. Form of Perfect(ive) that occurs after Away directional and on Perfect(ive) Instrumental/Class II Causative. nɨ́ɨ́máyie that you have passed through. Éíshúríé. See: -a(k) ‘Perfect(ive)’.

a-ɨ́g [North] v. [North] To brush one's teeth.

a-ɨgaanyá v. To squat.

a-ɨgál [North] v. 1 • [North] To roam about.

2 • [North] To be idle.

a-ɨgány v. To fill, cause to occupy the whole of. aɨgány emotí ɛnkárɛ́ To fill the pot with water.

a-iganyá To be filled. See: a-ɨpʉ́t ‘To fill’.

a-ɨgará v.mid. 1 • To obstruct from seeing; hide behind. Ɛɨgárā ŋolé. He hid himself behind sth. yesterday. Ɛɨgára táaisére. He will hide himself behind sth. tomorrow. Meiŋúárɨ̄ ɔltʉŋáni te néígara ɛncaní. A person is not left when he/she goes to hide behind a tree. (KS). Ɨ́ngará ɛnkají! Hide yourself behind the house!

2 • Ɛɨgára ɛnkáji enkíné. The house will obstruct/hide the goat from view. Ɛɨgárā ɛnkáji enkíné. The house obstructed/hid the goat from view. Ɛɨ́garɨ́ta ɛnkáji enkíné. The house is obstructing/hiding the goat from view. Ɨ́ngará peê mélíoyu. Obstruct the sight of him so that he will not be seen. (eg. stand in front of him). Melíoo Karen amʉ̂ ɛɨgarɨ́ta ɛnkáji. Karen cannot be seen because the house is obstructing.

a-igaríé v.cause. To hide behind sth. aigaríé embúku o lórika To hide a book behind a chair.

a-ɨgarakɨ́ v.dat. 1 • To shut an opening or passage temporarily. Ɨ́ŋarakɨ́ kʉ́tʉ́k ají. Close the door temporarily.

2 • To pass next to. Óre tenílō láâm iŋúáā NEGST náa ɨ́ŋárākɨ̄ HFB. When you go to the road from NEGST you will pass next to HFB.

a-igarakinó v.dat v.mid. 1 • To lean on.

2 • To rely on.

a-igataá v.dir. Restrict: Liquid. To sip a little bit of sth. Eigatáyie ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ ɛnkárɛ́. The cow has sipped little water. See: a-ók ‘To drink’.

a-igér v.prog. 1 • To brand designs; make beauty scars. aigér enkomóm to tatoo the face. This may be done with a razor blade on a cow, warrior, or a girl. On a person, the design is generally many short lines around the stomach. It may be done with a needle on a woman's face or breasts. Sap of the ol-ŋéríántús plant is worked into the cuttings to make dark blue tatoo marks.

2 • To write. Áígéríto embúku tɛ nkálamu. I am writing a book using a pen. (Pk). Ɨncɔɔ́kɨ ɛnkardási náígérie kʉlɔ̂ róreí. Give me a paper to write these words. (Pk). See: a-ɨgɨ́s ‘To mark, carve’; a-sɨ́r ‘To mark’. Usage: A-ɨgɨ́s or a-igér could be used for making individual block letters. Only a-igér would be used for joined cursive letters.. See: ol-kígérótó ‘Writing; registration’.

3 • To employ; register. aigér tɛ síáai to employ (lit: write in the job). Kéígēr Peter John. i) Peter will write the name "John" (eg. on a piece of paper). ii) Peter will employ John. (K)áígéro. I have employed him. (S). The connection between "write" and "employ" is that to be employed in a job, one will have his/her name written down in a book.

4 • [North] To mark a ring around a tree when felling it.

a-igerokí To write to s.o.

a-igerokinó v.dat v.mid. 1 • To be inscribed.

2 • To write to each other (pl only).

a-igeroó To keep on writing sth. aigeroó ɨmpála To keep on writing and sending letters.

a-igerú 1 • To write to me.

2 • [North] To surround prey or enemies such that there is no escape.

a-ɨgɨ́l v.prog. 1 • To repeat. Ɨ́ngɨlá lɛ́lɔ̂ ɔmɔ́n amʉ̂ áaɨdâ. Repeat those words/news because I missed them. (eg. I was not paying attention). Áɨ́gɨ́lɨ́ta ɛndarása ɛ Kinkɛrɛ́sa amʉ̂ átárríe ɔlárɨ ɔshɔmɔ́. I am repeating the English class because I failed last year. (W). Káɨ́gɨl aló nkárɛ́. I will go for water again. (S).

2 • To do again, repeat. See: a-nyaaká ‘To have repeated’; a-itokí ‘To repeat’.

a-ɨgɨlʉ́ [North] To make a circle around.

a-ɨgɨrrɨgɨ́rr v.prog. 1 • To sharpen with a typically metal file. Restrict: Metal. Áɨ́gɨ́rrɨ́gɨ́rrɨ́ta ɔlálɛ́m mɛtɨ́pɨja I am filing/sharpening a sword so that it becomes sharp.

2 • To cut by repeatedly rasping with metal. Ɛɨgɨrrɨ́gɨ̄rrā esekenkêî é lusíé adúŋ peê épûrr ɛnkají. He cut the metal of the window in order to rob the house.

a-ɨgɨrrɨgɨrrɨshɔ́ v.apas. To begin to establish one's self in life with reference to the accumulation of cattle, household items, goods. See: ɔl-gɨ́rrɨ́gɨ́rrɛ́t ‘File’; a-iutu'út ‘To grind’.

a-igís v.prog. Restrict: human. To jump up with legs off the ground at the same time and quickly back onto the same surface (as in men dancing), or to another lower surface. Káígísíto. I am jumping. Éígísô ŋolé ɨlmʉ́rrân tɛ bɔ́ɔ. Yesterday warriors jumped inside the kraal. Áagisíé osinkólīō. The song has made me jump (to its rythm). Áígísókō atûâ ɛnkárɛ́. I jumped into the water. See: a-ŋoró ‘To jump’; a-ipíd ‘To jump’; a-ɨ́d ‘To jump over’; a-dʉmʉ́ ‘To jump (as in a dance)’; a-itíám ‘To jump’; a-ɨpɨrɨ́ ‘To jump’.

a-ɨgɨ́s v.prog. To produce semi-permanent marks that are not continuous with one another (eg. block letters, cuts on the skin to facilitate healing, tread on tyres or bottom of shoes, carving in wood or metal); mark, carve. Káɨ́gɨ́sɨ́ta. I am carving, marking. Usage: a-ɨgɨ́s would not be used for writing a book (cf. a-igér)..

a-ɨgɨ́s ɛnkɔ́shɔ́kɛ To cut the stomach with short cuts, perhaps around the belly area, eg. for treating a disease. See: a-igér ‘To mark, write’.

a-ɨgɔlaá v.dir. 1 • To kill an animal that will certainly die anyway. Eigoláítie inkíshu oláshê. The cows have killed a calf that was already weak. This could be done for compassionate reasons. For example, when migrating if a weak cow is just unable to move further, it might be killed so that it would not be taken by hyenas.

2 • To ruin sth. that is already seriously damaged, so it is unusable.

a-igolarí v.dir v.mid. To die (of an already weak animal). Eigolári ayɛ́. It has died (an already weak animal).

a-igór v. 1 • To moan, groan.

2 • To make a sound from fear or pain (eg. because of an attack or severe sickness). This is distinguished from mooing and from cries made by humans. See: a-ɨshɨ́r ‘cry’.

a-igorgór [North] Variant: a-igorrugórr; a-igorogór. v. [North] To scrape off (eg. bark from a stick, fuzz from a hide). See: a-cʉ́rt ‘To scrape’. Usage: A-igorgór implies more difficult removal than does a-cʉ́rt..

a-igúán [North]: a-ɨgúán. v. 1 • To advise, counsel. See: a-igúɛ́n ‘To advise’.

2 • [North] To judge.

a-ɨguaná [North] [North] To deliberate, hold a meeting.

a-ɨguanarɛ́ [North] [North] To reprove, judge.

a-ɨguanakɨ́ [North] [North] To win over to an idea or counsel; convince.

ɛnk-igúána [Purko] n. [Purko] Meeting. See: enk-igúɛ́na ‘Meeting’.

a-ɨgúár [North] v. [North] To scratch an animal lightly, esp. on the dewlap. Káɨ́gwára. I have scratched it. (S). See: a-ɨgʉrgʉ́r ‘To scratch’.

a-igúɛ́n [North]: a-igwán. v. 1 • To advise, give counsel with wisdom. Éíguɛn ɔlpáyian ɨlayîôk lɛnyɛ́nā imbáa ɛ́ páyíánisho. The man will counsel his sons on issues concerning manhood. This can take the form of a knowledgeable person advising s.o. with less experience or wit; or it can take the form of each person in a meeting contributing their viewpoint for all to hear. Syn: a-ikók ‘To advise, counsel’.

2 • To give judgment; charge.

a-iguɛná v.mid. To discuss.

1 • To discuss, consider. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔláígúɛ́nání ashukú ɨ́nâ báɛ peê epuo emúrúá áaiguanarɛ. The chief has referred (returned) that issue so that it can be dealt with by the people of the area. (Pk).

2 • [North] To decide.

a-iguɛnakɨ́ To give counsel; preside over.

a-iguɛnarɛ́ To reflect deeply on sth.; ponder. See: ɔl-aigúɛ́nani ‘Chief, judge’; enk-igúɛ́na ‘Meeting’; a-ikumú ‘To judge’; a-rɨ́sh ‘To judge’.

enk-igúɛ́na Nom sg: enk-íguɛnā. Acc pl: ink-iguɛnát. Nom pl: ink-íguɛnat. [Purko] Acc sg: ɛnk-igúána. [North] Acc sg: nk-igwána. n. Meeting. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitiŋíé ɛnkigúána. The man is bringing the meeting to an end. (Pk). See: a-igúɛ́n ‘To judge, counsel, advise’; ɔl-aigúɛ́nani ‘Advisor’.

a-igúɛ́r v. To cause to be calm or still. This is usually done to animals by scratching a little bit on their bodies. It is rarely done to humans, but when used it could be done by gentle urging or flattering. Ínguɛrá ɔlámʉyɛ peê itúm airóto. Make the male donkey calm so that you can load it. Syn: a-ɨtɔbɔ́r ‘To cause to be calm or still’.

a-ɨgʉɨgʉɨarɨ́ [North] [aɪgwɪgwɪarɪ́] v. [North] To drag oneself along slowly.

a-igunyagúny v. To start moving (of a child). Eitérūā ɛnkɛráí aigunyagúny. The child has started to move.

a-igunyagunyíé To harass playfully or maliciously (especially by ridicule); provoke with persistent annoyances; frustrate.

a-igurán [North]: a-ɨgʉrán. v.prog. 1 • To play. (K)ɛ́ɨ́gʉranɨ́ta. He is playing. (S). This playing could be racing, drama, dancing (though not ceremonially), or anything else a child would play at; the word is associated with happiness and fun. For reference to an adult, see sense 3. Ɛgɨ́ra náají inkáyiok áasotu intóto naíguránie. The boys are collecting pebbles for playing with. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛrâ kʉ́tɨtɨ́ áairrugo ɛgɨrá áaiguran. The small children are bending down as they play.

2 • To dance, jump, sing. Eigúran ɨlmʉ́rrân ó ntóyie tɛ bɔ́ɔ. Warriors and girls dance in the centre of the kraal.

3 • To be playful; joking; act in a funny or teasing way.

4 • To be irresponsible. This could be said of a person who had been a 'good' person, but now seemed to be 'playing' with life.

5 • [North] To compete.

a-iguraníé To play with, joke with. Mɨ́ngʉ́ráníé áɨ́kátá ɨlasúrīāā! Never play with snakes! (W).

ɔl-tʉŋáni oigúran A playful person. See: en-kigúran ‘Play’; a-rány ‘To dance’; a-cá ‘To dance’.

a-iguraníé v. play.with.

1 • To play with.

2 • To joke with. See: a-igurán ‘To play’.

a-ɨgʉrgʉ́r v. To scratch.

a-ɨgʉ́s v.prog itr. To be shakable, unsteady. Ɛ́ɨ́gʉs ɛná bokíshi. This house pole is not steady. (Pk). See: a-ɨgʉsʉgʉ́s ‘To shake’.

é-ígūsāt [North] v. [North] Emaciated; thin. Éígúsát kʉná kishu These cows are thin. Syn: sâs ‘thin’.

a-igusigusíé Variant: a-igus!ugús!ie; a-igusugusíé. v. To shake sth. See: a-ipirripírr ‘To shake’; a-ɨŋʉnʉŋún ‘To shake’; a-ɨpɔ́sh ‘To shake’; a-iseiseiye ‘To shake’; a-inyenyé ‘To shake’; a-ɨkíj ‘To shake’.

a-ɨgʉsʉgʉ́s v itr. To move back and forth in an unstable manner; shake. Káɨ́gʉsʉ́gʉs. I'm shaking. (S).

a-igusugusíé v.inst. To shake sth. See: a-ɨgʉ́s ‘To shake’.

a-ɨgʉ́t v.prog. To change one's position by a short displacement (eg. from one chair to another); move a bit from one point to another; shift position. (K)áɨ́gʉ́tɨ́ta. I am moving a short amount.

a-ɨgʉtaá v.dir. To move away.

a-igutíé To move sth. further away.

a-ɨgʉtʉ́ v.dir. 1 • To move this way, draw near.

2 • [North] To grow a bit.

a-igutuníé v.dir v.mid. 1 • To bring sth. closer.

2 • [North] To move sth. back into place.

a-ɨgʉtʉmá v.mid. To squat, sit. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltʉ́ŋání aɨgʉtʉmá tɛ ɛnkaló olcaní. Somebody is squatting next to the tree. Ɛɨgʉ́tʉ́mā táatá. He will squat today / He is squatting now. (W). Ɛgɨ́ra taá atɔ́n aɨgʉtʉmá. He was just sitting. Ɛɨgʉ́tʉ́mɛ ŋolé. He squatted yesterday. (W). Íngutumayú peê ilutóo esekenkêî. Squat so that you can go through the fence. (W).

a-ɨgʉtʉmakinó v.dat v.mid. To squat against sth. See: a-saganyá; a-ɨsaganyá ‘To squat’.

a-ɨgʉyʉgʉyaá [North] [North] To take sth. away slowly. See: a-ɨkʉyʉ́k ‘To drag sth.’.

a-ɨgʉyʉgʉyarí v.dir v.mid. To move slowly. See: l-ɔɨgʉyʉgʉyári ‘Tortoise’.

a-ií v.prog. To sharpen by rubbing, as on a whetting stone or a file. Káíi ɔlálɛ́m peê epijú. I will sharpen the sword so that it becomes sharp. Káíīē ɛlɛ́ tʉŋáni ɔlálɛ́m. I will make this man sharpen the sword. Káííto ɔlpánka. I am sharpening the panga. See: en-kií ‘Sharpening stone’.

íîp num. Nom sg: íîp. Hundred. iip nabô

a-íj v.prog. To warm one's self, by fire or sun. Áíjíto ldámā. I'm basking in the sun. (S). Ɛ́ɨ́nɔsáká ŋolé iyíóók kókóô ɛnkatiní kííjito ɛnkɨ́má. Grandmother narrated to us a story yesterday as we warmed ourselves at the fireplace. (Pk).

a-ɨjɨlɨlɨ́ v. To drain to the last drop, completely finish a liquid. This can be said of a person finishing off a cup, or of animals finishing off the last of the water in a dam.

a-ɨjɨ́p [North] v.prog. 1 • [North] To follow, move after. Káɨ́jɨ́pɨ́ta. I am following. (S). "Kéísúpat aná áji": "anâ" náɨ́jɨpɨta "kéísúpat". (In the sentence) "Kéísúpat aná áji", "(The word) "anâ" comes after "kéísúpat". (SN). See: a-sʉ́j ‘To follow’; a-tubaké ‘To follow’.

2 • [North] To follow from a distance. See: a-irukurukoré ‘To follow closely’.

a-ɨjɨpaá v.dir. Variant: a-ɨjʉpaá. 1 • To follow.

2 • [North] To be on s.o.'s trail, follow s.o. who went by hours or days ago.

a-ɨjɨpʉ́ [North] v.dir. [North] To follow after.

a-ɨjɨpaá Variant: a-ujipaa. v. To follow sth. that is moving, or stationary but ahead; (eg.tracking an animal, spying out the enemy, following s.o. who is several kilometers ahead); the follower might or might not be able to see the person/animal being followed. See: a-írúkúrúkore; a-sʉ́j; a-tubaké ‘To follow’.

a-ɨjɨrrɨjɨ́rr v.prog. Restrict: Liquid. To fall in drops; trickle. Ɛɨjɨrrɨ́jɨ̄rrʉ̄ ɛnkárɛ tɛ ncɔ́rrɔ̂. The water trickles from the spring. See: a-rukó ‘To flow’.

íjīō like.

n.r. Like. Nɛ́jɨ̄ŋ ɛnkɨ́tɨ kɛ́ɛya naíjīō emorroójī. They were affected by a disease that looks like "rushes". See: íjō ‘Like’.

a-ɨjɔlɔjɔ́l v. 1 • To overturn, turn upside down.

2 • To pour out slowly, decant. See: a-ijulujúl ‘To overturn’.

a-ijoó v.dir. To swallow, consume. Etiíjóyie nkiriŋó. He swallowed the meat. (S). Tíijóí! Swallow it! (S).

a-ijórr v.prog. To jump; hop. Éíjórró ɔltʉ́ŋání aiŋataá ɔlásʉ́ráí. The person has jumped away from the snake.

a-ijorrokí Syn: a-itíám ‘To jump; hop’. To jump to.

a-ijorrjórr [North] v. [North] To walk briskly and in a carefree style; canter.

a-ijorríé [North] [North] To lead in a carefree style.

íjō Variant: íjīō. Similar, like (lit: you will say). A: Kóreê Leríóŋka? B: Áíjó kéwuo Lérioŋka ɛnkají inó. A: Where is Lerioŋka? B: It's like Lerioŋka has come to your house! [polite] (W). Context: Speaker B is somewhat surprised that speaker A has asked where Lerioŋka is, because B thought Lerioŋka was with A. Átódúaa eŋúes naáíjīō ɔlŋátúny. I saw an animal like a lion. Átóníŋo oltóíló laíjō ɛsɨ́ŋátá tiaúluo. I have heard a sound like a sneeze outside. Ɔlcʉ́ma taá ɛnyaálɨ mɛtáa íjīō ɛnkɨkɛ́. It is the iron bar to be chewed to make like a brush.

ne-íjō

na-íjō [South]

n-íjō [North] Like (feminine).

a-ɨjʉjʉmá Variant: a-ɨjʉjʉmwá. v. 1 • To sit hunched up.

2 • [North] To pretend to be able to do a lot, but not be able to.

a-ɨjʉ́k v. To pretend.

a-ɨjʉkʉjʉ́k v. 1 • To release smoke. Ɛɨjʉkʉ́jʉk ɛnkɨ́ma. The fire releases smoke. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáji aɨjʉkʉjʉ́k olêŋ. The house is releasing smoke.

2 • To bluff; frighten s.o. by pretending to be stronger than one really is. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨjʉkʉjʉ́k arɛ́p kɛwán. The man is bluffing praising himself. See: a-wuasá ‘To bluff’.

a-ɨjʉkʉmá [North] v. [North] To sit hunched up. See: a-ɨjʉjʉmá ‘To sit hunched up’.

a-ijúl v. 1 • To pour a liquid back and forth (eg. to cool it). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aijúl oloshoró. The child is pouring the porridge back and forth. (Pk).

3 • To rotate sth. Loípī ɔíjulo lénkishon. Shadows of life rotate. (S).

a-ijulujúl To decant.

a-ijuló [North] To move back and forth.

a-ijuló v.mid. 1 • To move back and forth; oscillate.

2 • [North] To be dizzy.

a-ijulujúl v. 1 • To pour back and forth. Ínjulujuló shái mɛ́ɨ́rɔpɨjá. Pour tea back and forth so that it becomes cold.

2 • [North] To overturn, turn upside down. See: a-ɨjɨlɨlɨ́ ‘To drain to the last drop’.

a-ɨjʉlʉjʉ́l v. To turn sth. upside down from its normal position, either vertically or sloping.

a-ɨjʉlʉjʉlá v.mid. 1 • To be overturned. Óre adé peê ɛɨjʉlʉ́jʉ̄lā ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ náālōtū adɔ́l. When the sun goes to the west, I will come to see you (ie. in the evening). (lit: When the sun is upside-down, I will come to see you.). Ɛɨjʉlʉjʉ́lɛ emóti néíbukóri ɛndáâ nátií. The pot turned upside down and the food in it poured out.

2 • To change from previous situation. Ɛɨjʉlʉjʉ́latɛ ɨlɔmɔ́n moókīrē áâ ɨlaŋolé The news have changed they are no longer the ones of yesterday.

a-ijulúl v. 1 • To hold upside down. Néíbuŋi áaijulul They hold it (the child) upside down.

2 • To carry the spear such that its blade is downwards and the shaft is upward. (Normally the spear is carried with the blade upward, and the shaft downward.). In S, this indicates walking with spear pointing back so that it is ready to face the enemy when it is raised over the head.

a-ijululó v.mid. To bend one's back forward from the waist on down so that the buttocks are sticking out or upward. aijululó aokú ɛnkárɛ́ To bend to fetch water. See: a-irrúg ‘To bend forward’.

a-ijuluús v. To be in sad moods; not happy. ɔltʉŋáni oijulúus person who is in sad moods. See: a-nʉkʉ́ ‘To be foggy; be in sad moods’.

a-ɨjʉtʉtarí v.dir v.mid. To clear away. Ɛɨjʉ́tʉ́tárí ɨnkátampo. The clouds have cleared off. (W). See: a-jút ‘To erase, rub (off)’.

a-ɨ́k₁ v itr. Restrict: food. To become overcooked, scorched, or burned due to excessive heat so as to affect color or taste. Kɛ́ɨk amʉ̂ metíī ɛnkárɛ náɨ́dɨp. It will become burned because there is not enough water. Ɨ́ŋʉrá peê mɛ́ɨk ɛndáâ. Watch so that food will not burn. Ɛ́ɨ́ká ɛndáâ náyīārā. The food that is cooking is burned.

a-ikíé To make food burn. See: a-ishurá ‘To get burned (of food)’.

a-ɨ́k₂ v.prog. Restrict: Teeth. To brush teeth. Ɨ́ɨká ɨlálá. Brush your teeth. Kɛ́ɨ́ka ɨlalá. The teeth have been brushed.

a-ikíé To use to brush teeth with.

a-ɨ́k₃ v.prog. To put on top of; hang, suspend, esp. for safekeeping or preservation. Ɛ́ɨ́k olówuaru kéri inkírí tɔ lcáni. A leopard hangs meat on top of a tree. Kɛ́ɨ́ka. It is put away. (S). Tɨ́ɨka tɛ mɨ́sâ. Put it on top of the table! (S). See: a-ililí ‘To suspend’; a-rríny ‘To put away’.

a-ikíé To use to hang sth.

a-ɨká v.mid. 1 • To be suspended, hanging. Ɛɨkɨ́ inkikompení tɔ lkɨ́tara. Cups are shelved on the shelf. (lit: Cups are suspended on the shelf.). See: a-ɨ́k ‘To suspend, hang’.

2 • To be aloof; haughty, arrogantly superior, puffed up, proud; disdainful; flirtatious. Kɛ́ɨ́ka ɔlmʉrraní tɛnɛ́ɨ́shɔrɨ ɛndáa tenétií inkítuaak. A warrior will appear flirtatious when he is given food in the presence of women. (lit: A warrior is suspended when he is given food in the presence of women.). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨ́ka person who is aloof, haughty. See: a-dɛɛnyá ‘To be proud’; a-ɨtɔkɔɔ́s ‘To show off; flirt’; a-ŋɨdá ‘To be proud’; a-ɨpɛɛjá ‘To be suspended; puffed up’; a-ɨtaakunó ‘To pretend’.

a-ɨkaabakɨ́ v. To temporarily and loosely put a cover on top of sth. aɨkaabakɨ́ esíoote oltúpa To close the bottle loosely. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨkaabakɨ́ ɛnkɨlâ osésen. He is loosely covering himself with a cloth. See: a-iteleikí ‘To put on top of’.

a-ikaakinó v.mid. To fail to take care of a responsibility out of mutual belief that another member of the group would take care of it. Néíkaakínō ɨnkɛ́ra. The children each expected the other to do the job and so altogether the job was not done. (W). Even if a sentence with this verb has a singular subject, it is still understood that there was another party who likewise expected the singular referent to do the job and so that party did not carry it out either. Note: kk (W) does not recognize any other possible root inside the word.

a-ɨkabakɨ́ v. To go up to a slightly raised surface. Káyieu náɨ́kábākɨ̄ ɛncʉ́mátá ɛ́ mɨ́sa peê márɔ́rɔ oltírén. I want to go up to the top of the table so that I will not step on the floor. See: a-kéd ‘To climb’.

a-ɨkác [North] v. 1 • [North] To feel better.

2 • [North] To be an improvement on sth. else. See: a-ɨkásh ‘To be better’.

a-ɨkacú [North] v.incep. [North] To improve, fel better.

a-ɨkadɛdɛ́ [North] v. 1 • [North] To sit or stand on a prominent raised place (esp. to show off).

2 • [North] To be precarious, tippy, blanaced on the edge.

a-ɨkadɨkád v. To walk slowly and carefully; walk ostentatiously. This is done by raising up one leg at a time and waiting for a few seconds before steping on the ground. This manner of walking is done by a bride, a boastful person, or a person walking in water. See: a-ɨpɛɛjarí ‘To walk ostentatiously’; a-ló ‘To go’.

a-ɨkanyɨkány v. To break into pieces; smash. Ɛɨkanyɨ́kānyā ɛnkáyíóní oltupá té síarɛ̂. The boy has smashed the bottle with a club.

a-ɨkaŋá v.mid. 1 • To have a nap, sleep for a short period; take a siesta, doze. Ɛɨkáŋɛ Tom dáma. Tom took a nap during the day.

2 • To be stiff, not moving or operating freely. Ɛɨkáŋɛ ɛnkaɨná ɔ́ ltásat The hand of the old man has become stiff (not moving freely).

a-ɨkaól v. To make stiff, resistant to bending or moving. This could be done in multiple ways - whithering, drying, freezing, etc. Parts of the body can become stiff because of cold or blood restriction. Ágɨ́ra aɨkaól ɔlcɔní aitoósh ɛnkɔlɔ́ŋ. I am making the hide stiff by exposing it to the sun.

a-ɨkaoló v.mid. To become stiff, rigid. Áaɨkaolóte ilkímojik tɛ nkárakɨ́ enkijápɛ. My fingers became stiff because of cold.

a-ɨkár₁ Variant: a-ɨkárr. v. 1 • To fence in. ɨ́yaʉ́ ɨnkɨ́kárrɛta máɨ́kará ɔlpááshíé. Bring the fencing branches so that we can fence (the kraal). (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́kára wuatá. The fences are strong. (S).

2 • [North] To uproot. See: ɛn-kɨ́kárrɛ́t ‘Fence’.

a-ɨkár [North]₂ v. 1 • To pretend. Kéíkar. He is pretending. (S).

2 • [North] To boast or belittle verbally.

a-ɨkaráŋ [North] v. [North] To fry. Borrowed word: Swahili.

a-ɨkarɛrɛ́ v. To be on an edge (eg. of a cliff).

a-ɨkarniasarɛ́ [North] v. [North] To criticize s.o.

a-ɨkarurúm v. To reduce into small pieces in the mouth with a crunching noise; crunch. Ɛɨkarúrumo oldîâ ilóik The dog has crunched the bones inside the mouth. See: a-ikururúm ‘To crunch’; a-kakány ‘To grind’.

a-ɨkarrárr v. To fence well. See: a-ɨkár ‘To fence’.

a-ikasíé v. To be proud of. Káíkásie ilmóŋí láainéí. I am proud of my oxen. Syn: a-ŋɨdarɛ́ ‘To be proud of’.

a-ɨkásh v.s. To be comparable but better. náa kɛ́ɨ́kash apá nɨ́ncɛ, ɛɨtʉ́ ɛyɛ́ lɛlɔ̂ ...were better themselves, those ones did not die... Áaɨkásh engárrî. My car is better (but about the same as yours). Kɛ́ɨ́kash nkɨ́tɛ́ŋ láshê. The cow's calf is better (than sth. else). Kɛ́ɨ́kash nkɨ́tɛ́ŋ aláŋ lashê. The cow is better than the calf. (S).

ɨ́kátá [North] [North] Nom sg: ɨkatá. n.sg n.f. [North] Hanging, putting up. See: a-ɨ́k ‘To hang’.

a-ɨkáʉ́ v. To give birth for the first time. Ɛ́ɨ̄kawua ɛntawúó. My heifer has calved for the first time. (Pk). Ɛɨkáwūā ŋolé esíánkiki aíú ɔlkɨkáʉ́ lɛnyɛ́. The young bride gave birth yesterday to her first born boy. (Pk). Usage: For some speakers, this verb is most appropriate for animals.. See: ɛn-kɨkáʉ́ ‘First-born daughter’; ɔl-kɨkáʉ́ ‘First-born son’.

a-ikedianyɛ́ v.s. To be left-handed. (K)éíkēdīānyɛ̄ (nɨ́nyɛ). He is left-handed. See: kédíányɛ́ ‘Left-hand side’; a-mʉrtɛná ‘To be left-handed as opposed to (expected) right handed’.

a-ikén v. 1 • To close, shut, lock, turn off. a-iken is extremely general in meaning, and can be applied to closing a door, suitcase, one's mouth, eyes, a window, a book, a bottle, etc. However, it is not used for closing a gourd with a lid or cap.

2 • To bring to a conclusion.

a-ɨkɛ́n v. 1 • To enumerate; count. Ɛɨkɛnákɨ apá ɨltʉ́ŋánákárêî tɛldɛ́ árî. The populace was counted (ie. a census was taken) last year. Ɨ́nkɛnɨshɔ siî íyīē téjo "nabô, aré, uní" ɔɔ́ntabáí îp. Do the counting saying "one, two, three" up to one hundred. aɨkɛ́n ɨntarɛ́ tɛnáa kɛ́lʉlʉ́ŋa to count the sheep (to determine) if they are all there. Sheep and cows are not counted as 1, 2, 3 and so on within Maasai culture. It is considered to bring bad fortune. A person will just look at them and approximate their numbers or know the ones that are missing.

2 • To consider or assume sth. (eg. that a cow will be given, to count it as one's own, though it has only been promised).

3 • To calculate. See: ɛn-kɨ́kɛ́narɛ ‘Counting, accounting’.

ɛnk-ɨkɛná n. Counting, mathematics. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlaɨtɛŋɛ́nani aɨtɛŋɛ́n ɨnkɛ́ra ɛnkɨkɛná. The teacher is teaching children mathematics. (Pk). See: ɛn-kɨ́kɛ́nátá ‘Counting’.

ɛnk-ɨ́kɛ́nátá n. Counting. See: a-ɨkɛ́n ‘To count’.

a-ɨkɛnʉ́ v. 1 • To multiply.

2 • To take account of, consider to be of important to oneself, care about. See: a-ɨkɛ́n ‘To count’.

a-ikenyú [North] v. 1 • [North] To dawn. See: a-kɛnyʉ́ ‘To dawn’.

2 • [North] To be the next day.

a-ɨkɛrɛɛ́k v. 1 • To be dirty.

2 • To do what is considered socially unacceptable. See: kɛ́rɛ́rɛ̂ ‘Dirty, unclean’.

a-ɨkɛ́s v.prog. To harvest. Áɨ́kɛ́sɨ́ta ɛ́mʉ́kʉ́ntâ. I am harvesting the garden. (Pk). Áɨ́kɛ́sɨ́ta ɨlpáɛ̂k. I am harvesting the corn. (Pk).

a-ikí In some suffixed forms: -ikin. v. 1 • To copulate, mate, perform the act of sexual procreation between a male and a female, whether human or non-human. In this sense, the receipient is the female so the male is doing for/to. peê iló ayiolóú ɔlmʉ́rráni eneikínye enkitók ɛnyɛ́ so that you may understand, where the warrior mates with his wife.

2 • To produce offspring for/ unto. Áatoikitîô inkíshu áainéí ɨlashɔ́ kúmok. My cows produced many calves for me.

3 • To give birth at. aikí sipitáli To give birth at hospital.

a-ikinó v.mid. To be born in (a place). Káíkínō Kenya, káke mára ɛ́nɛ̂ Kenya. I was born in Kenya, but I am not Kenyan.

2 • To have the identity associated with (a place); "come from". Káíkínō ɛná kɔ̂p. I am a son/daughter of this land; I have the identity and rights associated with this land. (lit: I am born unto this land.). See: a-íú ‘To give birth’; a-ishó ‘To bear’; a-iní ‘To be born’.

ɨkɨ- pn.b. 1 • Bound pronominal prefix on verb: first person plural subject and third person object. Ɨ́kɨ́ndipâ áataramat sîôm. We have finished taking care of the animals. (SN).

2 • Bound proniminal prefix on relative clause: first person plural subject and third person object. Éítuani taá dúóó táatá imbáâ ámaâ kinotô pɔɔkɨ́ tóki nikíyíéú. Things are beautiful today since we have gotten all that we wanted. (Pk). Néjo: "óre taá enikinkô..." They said: "What we are going to do...".

-ɨkɨ(n) appl. Dative applicative form, lexically restricted to certain roots. Nɛ́yɛnɨkɨ́ ɔlcaní. He tied it to the tree. See: -akɨ(n) ‘Dative applicative’.

a-ɨkɨ́j [Chamus] v. [Chamus] To shake. See: a-ipirripír; a-ɨŋʉnʉŋʉ́n; a-igusugusíé; a-iseyiseyíé; a-inyenyíé; a-ɨpɔ́sh ‘To shake’.

a-ikilésh v. To pray. See: a-omón ‘To pray’.

a-ikilikúán [Chamus]: a-ikilikwán. v. To ask. Ɔltáʉ́ láí doí oshî ɨlɔ̂ tʉ́ŋání; maáta entóki náás ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ aikilíkuan anáa alɨ́kɨ. That person is very important to me; I don't do anything without consulting or informing him. Eikilikúánūā náají ɔlpáyian lɛ́nda ají ɛntɔ́mɔ́nɔ́nɨ ɛ́ ínâ ají. [éína] The man of that house has asked for the woman of that house.

a-ikilikuanishó To make inquiries. See: a-ɨpárr ‘To ask’.

a-ikinyé [South] v. [South] To have sex ? peê iló ayiolóú ɔlmʉ́rráni eneikínye enkitók ɛnyɛ́ so that you may understand, where the warrior mates with his wife.

ɛ-ɨ́kɨŋa n. Usage: pejorative. Of s.o. else; foreignness, strangeness, alienness; other. Tórrinyo ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ɛɨ́kɨŋa. Take back the cow that belongs to s.o. else. (W). Tórrinyo oloiŋóni lɛɨ́kɨŋa. Take back the bull that belongs to s.o. else. (W). Ɛ́tʉ́sʉ́lákíne enkíne ɛ́ɨkɨ́ŋá oreyíét. S.o.' else's goat has fallen into the river. (W). Mol (1996:70) notes that this is not as strongly pejorative as ol-méékí. See: a-ɨkɨŋaá ‘To scorn’; ol-méékí ‘Foreigner’.

a-ɨkɨŋaá v. To scorn, frown upon, have contempt for. See: ɛ-ɨ́kɨŋa ‘Foreignness’.

a-ɨkɨrɨkɨrá v.mid. 1 • To shake, shiver; tremble. Nɛ́ɨ́kɨrɨ́kɨ́rá ɛnkɔ̂p olêŋ o mɛtáa kéjó enkáji áúróri. The earth shook very much until the house is about to fall. A human can do this either from sickness or by a warrior to look impressive before women or enemies.

2 • [North] To quake (earthquake).

a-ikirnyanyá v. To pull against an opposing force; resist; struggle. aikirnyanyá aány entorróni to struggle to refuse evil. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltásât aikirnyanyá akéd oldóínyó. The old man is struggling to climb up the hill/mountain. See: ɛn-kírnyanyî ‘Tendon’.

a-ɨkɨrɔtɛ́t v. To favour; bestow a privilege upon. Áɨ́kɨ́rɔ́tɛ̄tā aɨshɔ́ pɔɔkɨ́ tókî nayíéú. I favoured him by giving him whatever he needs. See: kɨrɔtɛ́t ‘Favourite’.

a-ikishiaán v. To be in proper physical condition; beautiful; pretty. Kéíkishíaan ɛná gárrî. This car is good (i.e in good condition). Kéíkishíaan ɛlɛ́ tʉ́ŋání. This person is pretty. Syn: a-rá sídáí ‘To be good; pretty’.

a-ɨkɨtagát v. To be a sheltered place protected from the rain, wind, sun. Kɛ́ɨ́kɨtágat ené. This place is a good sheltered place. See: ɛn-kɨ́tágata ‘Shelter’.

a-ɨkɨtalán v.prog. To secretly survey, observe keenly, inquire. See: ɔl-áɨ́kɨ́tálani ‘Surveyor; spy’; a-leén ‘To survey’.

a-ikitikít v. 1 • To tickle.

2 • To shiver. See: a-kít ‘To scrape’; en-kítíkití ‘Armpit’.

a-ikó In some suffixed forms: a-ɨkʉ́n, a-ikón. [North]: a-ɨkɔ́. v.prog. 1 • To do sth. or behave towards sth. in a certain way. Eikó néíjia ɛrányátá. She will do the singing like that. Kɛ́rāny eikó néíjia. She will sing like that. Káaikó olŋatúny néíjia. The lion will do that to me (eg. attack me). Néíjia áaikó olŋatúny ɛárátá. That is how the lion will kill me. Eikoní injí. This is how it is (usually) done. Míkīnkō (néíjia)! Don't do it (that) to me! Káji áíkó ɛnâ alámu. What am I going to do with this pen? Maitóki áɨ́kátá aikó injí mɛtáā tɔ́nyɔ̄rrā kʉná kíshú ánāā ɛnáányɔ́r. I will never do that to you again, so love these cows like how I love you. Néjo, óre taá enikinkô amʉ̂ kɛ́ār doí iyíóók ɛlɛ́ tʉ́ŋání, máɨ́sɨká. They said, "What we are going to do, because this man is going to kill us, let's run away. Káíkó injí atɔ́n enkiní peyíê alotú. I am going to sit down/stay for a little bit, and then I'll come. Ɛ́ɨ́kʉ́ná néjia. He did like that. Kárá oláasani linó káke kɨ́nkʉnɨ́ta ánaa ɔrrɨ́ndɨk. I am your worker, but you treat me like a slave. aɨkʉnaá néíjia (i) to do (give, spread, etc.) away like that (ii) to keep on doing like that (to s.o.). aɨkʉnakɨ́ néíjia to give to him/her like that; do for, do to like that. áaɨkʉnakino néíjia to give it to each other like that; do to each other. aɨkʉnʉ́ʉ́ néíjia to do like that (while) moving towards the point of reference; come like that. aɨkʉnarí néíjia to do like that while moving away from the point of reference; go like that. Ínkunie néíjia! Use it to do like that! Ínkunuunyíé! Do like that with it while moving this way! Káji eikó ɔltʉ́ŋání peê ɛaparɛ́ ɛnkáí? How can a man wrestle with God? (W). Ɔláŋéní aké óyíóló ɛnaikoní tɛnɛ́ɨ́tɔbɨrɨ́ ɛnkáŋ natasakutóki. It is only the wiseman who knows how to undo a curse lodged at a certain home. (Pk). Áɨ́bʉ́ŋa eneikoní tɛ néréwí ɛngárrɨ tɛ siadí. I have discovered how to drive a car in reverse. (W). Ɛ́nkʉna néíjia. Do it like that! (to multiple addressees) (Pk).

2 • To cause; make s.o. do sth. Káɨ́kʉ́nɨ́ta mɛtɔ́lɔpɨshɔ táatá. I am causing him to vomit (directly or indirectly).

a-ikó ajá To do what.

a-ikununó v.mid. To be like. Óre ɛlɛ̂ kérr ojî olkípókét náa injí eikunúnō eyiaŋatá. And this is what the slaughter of this castrated ram called the cleanser will be like. See: ɨ́nkʉna; ɛ́nkunā ‘Do like!’; inkó! ‘Take it! (Imperative)’; a-ás; a-ɨtɔbɨ́r ‘To do’.

íkó greeting. Greeting response from a woman. See: takúɛ́nya ‘Greeting to a woman’; ɛ́pa ‘Greeting response from a man’; sʉ́pa ‘Hello’.

a-ikób [North]: a-ikúb. v.prog. 1 • To block, bar from proceeding. Áaikobó ɛsʉ́ntai amitikí aló. The wall blocked me from proceeding.

2 • To hit lightly. Áaikobó osoít ɛnkɛjʉ́ alóíto The stone has hit my foot while I was walking.

a-ikobikób To walk fast and sometimes run slowly; jog.

a-ikobíé To hit with.

a-ikobishó To hurt.

a-ikobukób [North] v. [North] To trot along. Kéíkobúkobo. He trotted along. (S).

a-ikód₁ v. 1 • To adorn, decorate, embellish. Éíkod. She will adorn (sth.). Keikódo nkéra. The children are being decorated. (S).

2 • [North] To compliment.

3 • [North] To praise s.o. based on false information.

a-ikodó [North] v.mid. [North] To be decorated.

a-ikód [North] v. [North] To smack s.o. a little bit, tap lightly.

a-ikodukód [North] [North] To tap a few times.

a-ikodóny v. To hit by head. See: a-ikól ‘To hit slightly’.

a-ikók v. 1 • To advise or counsel about how to live the right way or do things in a wise way, by s.o. who has more knowledge or experience, with the intention that the addressee will act or change behavior; exhort. Éíkok. He will advise. Syn: a-igúɛ́n ‘To advise, counsel’. See: a-ɨtɛŋɛ́n ‘To instruct, educate’; a-ɨtaarriyíán ‘To instruct’.

2 • [North] To bump a wound, thereby causing more pain. Ikinkóko. You have disturbed the place I am injured. (S).

a-ikól v. To hit slightly with no intention of injuring. aikól ɛnkɛ́ráí naitarrúóyie To hit slightly a child that has erred. See: a-ikób ‘To hit, tap’; a-ósh ‘To hit (with an intention to cause pain or injury)’; a-ilúg ‘To hit with force to injure’.

a-ikolikól To hit repeatedly.

a-ikolikolorí To roll over and over away, tumble away.

a-ɨkɔ́ny v. 1 • To seize without permission; take by force; rob. See: a-úáp; a-ɨbʉ́ŋ; a-simaá ‘To seize’.

2 • To rape. Usage: vulgar. See: a-rɛ́k; a-batát ‘To rape’.

a-ɨkɔnyaá v.dir. To seize, take by use of strength.

a-ɨkɔnyaá v. To seize, take by use of strength.

a-ɨkɔ́p v. 1 • To touch.

2 • To hit.

3 • To hurt. See: ɔl-ɔ́ɨ́kɔ́paní ‘Murderer’.

a-ikordód v. To mock, make fun of, jeer at.

a-ɨkɔrmɔ́j v. To gather together in large numbers; crowd; congest. Mɨ́nkɔ́rmɔj ilkuóó te wúéjî nébo amʉ̂ kégóro. Don't gather lambs together in one place in large numbers because they will strangle each other.

a-ɨkɔrmɔjá Syn: a-idiŋíé ‘To crowd; gather together in large numbers’. To squeeze oneself into an already crowded place.

a-ɨkɔrɔ́j v. To harass s.o. playfully or maliciously (especially by pretending not to know what you already know); tease. Ágɨ́ra aɨkɔrɔ́j ɨnkayîôk. I am teasing boys by asking them what I already know. See: a-ɨtamaáɨ́ ‘To ask what you already know’.

a-ikorríé v. To touch slightly. Mínkórrie embúku amʉ̂ kɛ́sʉlári. Don't touch the book [even] slightly because it will fall down. Syn: a-iseyíé ‘To touch slightly’.

a-ikorrikorroó v.away. To roll away. Ágɨ́ra aikorrikorroó osóít amʉ̂ máɨ́dɨm atanápa. I am rolling away the stone because I cannot carry it.

a-ikorrikorrú Syn: a-ibeleleŋoó ‘To roll away’. To roll towards the point of reference.

a-ɨkʉ́ In some suffixed forms: ɨkʉn. v. Allomorph of a-iko(n) 'to do' which occurs with -ATR suffixes. When not suffixed or when with a +ATR suffix, a-ikó(n) or a-ikú(n) occur. Nɛ́ākʉ̄ néíjia ɛɨkʉnárɨ̄ siî ɔltʉ́ŋání ... So that is what is done to a person ... Pápâ ɔɨkʉná injí iyíóók. It is our father who has done this to us. Injí taá ɛ́nkunari amʉ̂ ɨ́náŋárɛ́rɛ. Go this way because you will meet them coming. (lit: Do this/do like this.) (Pk). See: a-ikó ‘To do’; ɛ-nɛɨkʉnári ‘Instructions’.

a-ikúb [North] v. [North] To hit or bump. See: a-ikób ‘To hit, tap’.

a-ikububó v. 1 • [North] To sleep for a short time; nap.

2 • To crouch down, squat, kneel. See: a-ikurrurró ‘To be half-asleep ??’.

a-ikuldú v. To question thoroughly with the intention of learning what is hidden; probe; inquire more. In most cases the probing person has prior knowledge or a clue of what is hidden from him/her and will try to ask more. Ínkuldú míkítólíkīnī ɛnɛɨkʉnári empurrórre Probe further to be told how the theft was conducted.

a-ɨkʉlʉjá v.mid. To sit with the limbs close to the body. This happens when it's cold to keep the body warm. Kágɨ́ra aɨkʉlʉjá amʉ̂ áaɨnɔsá enkíjapɛ. I am sitting with the limbs close to the body because I am cold.

a-ikúm v. 1 • To ram into sth. Tápaashare ɨ́nâ kɨ́tɛ́ŋ oó leleoní míkinkum. Avoid that circularly-spotted cow so it doesn't ram you. See: a-ósh ‘To hit’; a-náŋ ‘To hit’; a-ɨpɔ́ny ‘To hit’; a-ilúg ‘To hit’.

2 • [North] To incite, goad, provoke s.o. to do sth. together.

3 • [North] To judge, decide between people.

a-ikumokí [North] v.dat. [North] To stamp on sth.

a-ikumoó v.dir. To incite s.o. to do sth. (on their own).

a-ikumú v. To judge. See: a-igúén; a-rɨ́sh ‘To judge’; ɔl-áíkúmúnoni ‘Judge’.

a-ɨkʉnaá v.dir. To do sth. or behave towards sth. in a certain way going away from the point of reference. See: a-ɨkʉ́; a-ikó ‘To do’.

a-ɨkʉnarí To go in a certain way. Káji kɨ́nkʉnári? How do we go?

a-ikununó v.dir v.mid. To resemble, be like; be in the form of. Káji eikunúno? How is it like? Eríkúnotó ɔ́ lpayíán é nkitók, káji eikunúnō? The marriage of a man to a woman, what is it like? See: a-ikó ‘To do like’.

a-ɨkʉrjɨ́j [North] v. [North] To shred, tear up. See: a-kɨ́j [North] ‘To tear’.

a-ɨkʉrjʉkʉ́rj v.prog. 1 • To try to do sth. but lack the skills to do so. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨkʉrjʉkʉ́rj oróréí. The child is trying to talk but cannot communicate.

2 • To destroy while trying to build. See: a-dɛdɛ́ ‘To disassemble’.

a-ikurtumorí v.dir v.mid. To limp; walk impeded by some physical injury or limitation. Káíkúrtúmóri aló áŋ hóō dúóó nɛ́máɨ́dɨ́mārī olêŋ. I will limp to home although I am not able to walk properly.

a-ikurtút v. 1 • To make s.o. live with difficulty for a long time. This is mostly done by sickness or any kind of disability.

2 • To drag.

3 • [North] To rub.

a-ikurtutó This could last for years, and the person will probably remain this way until death.To be sick for a long period without healing; manage to live with difficulty.

a-ikurtutarí [North] To crawl.

a-ɨkʉrtʉ́t v. 1 • To scrape; cut the surface of; wear away the surface of. Átábátátɛ náɨkʉrtʉ́t ɛnkɔ̂p ɛnkáɨ́ná. I fell down and the earth scraped my hand.

2 • To drag. Ɛgɨ́ra osíkíria aɨkʉrtʉtaá inkɨkʉ́. The donkey is dragging tree branches for fencing. (Pk). See: a-kúrt ‘To stir, scoop’.

a-ɨkʉrtʉtaá To drag or pull sth. hard across a surface.

a-ɨkʉrtʉtá v.mid. To be scraped.

a-ɨkʉrtʉtarí To creep, crawl.

a-ikurtutíé To drag with. See: a-yíét ‘To pull’.

a-ɨkʉrtʉtarí v.dir v.mid. To crawl, creep.

a-ikururúm Variant: a-ikarurúm. v.prog. To crunch with mouth.

a-ikururumoó v.away. To roll away. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltɔmɛ́ aikururumoó osóít. The elephant is rolling the stone away. Syn: a-ikorrikorroó ‘To roll away’. See: a-ikururumú ‘To roll this direction’.

a-ikururumorí v.dir v.mid. To roll down. Eikururumóri ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ tɔ ldoinyó The cow has rolled away from the hill (i.e the cow fell down and then rolled down the hill). See: a-ikururumoó ‘To roll away’.

a-ikururumú v. To roll this direction. Ínkururumú osóít. Roll the stone this direction. Syn: a-ɨpɛrɨpɛrʉ́ ‘To roll this direction’. See: a-ikururumoó ‘To roll away’.

a-ikurrukúrr v. 1 • To growl, rumble, roar. Ɛgɨ́ra olówuaru aikurrukúrr. The lion is roaring.

2 • To thunder roll. Kéíkurrukurrúto. It is thundering. (S). This can be done by a storm, a lion, or a machine (like one that grinds maize), but not by a person. See: a-dár ‘To thunderclap’.

enk-íkúrrúkurr n. Thunder. Óre peê énîŋ enkíkúrrúkurr, néjo, "Eikurrúkūrrō ɛnkaí." So when they hear thunder, they say, "God has thundered.".

a-ikurrurró v. 1 • To be half-asleep. ɔltʉŋáni oikurrúrro person who is half-asleep.

2 • To be still, without change or interruption.

3 • To bend with legs and hands folded. See: a-ikububó ‘To sleep for a short time; nap’.

a-ikuuishó v. To blow a horn alerting people of danger or calling other men to help in time of danger. See: a-ipotishó ‘To call people’.

a-ɨkʉyʉ́k v. To drag sth.

a-ɨkʉyʉkʉyaá [North]: a-ɨgʉyʉgʉyaá. v.dir. To take sth. away slowly. Ɛɨkʉyʉkʉyáyie ɛnkɛráí emotí ayá atúa ají. The child has taken the pot away slowly into the house. See: a-ɨgʉyʉgʉyaá [North] ‘To take sth. slowly’.

a-ɨkʉyʉkʉyʉ́ To bring slowly.

a-ɨkʉyʉkʉyarí v.dir v.mid. Syn: a-looló ‘To go slowly’. To go slowly because of a weakness of some kind. See: l-ɔɨgʉyʉgʉyári ‘Tortoise’.

a-ikuyishó [North] v. [North] To call for help; call people who have gone looking for lost cows after the cows are found. See: a-ipót ‘To call’.

ɨl- Variant: ɨr-. gen. Masculine plural gender prefix occurring on nouns. ɨlkɨdɔŋɔ́ lɔɔ́ isirkôn donkies' tails. Tɔrrɔ́k ɨlmáárenke. Lies are bad. (W). irpaáshen fences (Pk).

ɨláal [North] [North] Nom sg: ɨ́laal. [North] Acc pl: ɨlaalí. [North] Nom pl: ɨ́laalí. n.f. [North] Mat about 2 metres long made of sticks.

a-ɨláb v.prog. 1 • To take up food with the tongue; lap. Éílab empúūs ɛnkárɛ́. A cat drinks water (by taking it with the tongue).

2 • To eat with the tongue which is considered indecent. Restrict: human. aɨláb ɛndââ To eat food indecently.

a-ɨlabɨláb To eat or drink with the tongue repeatedly.

a-ɨlác [North] v. [North] To show off by dress or behavior; put on airs. See: a-ɨlásh ‘To be arrogant’.

a-ɨlág [North] v. [North] To retch. See: a-rrʉgʉmá; a-gʉrrʉmá ‘To vomit’; a-lɔ́p ‘To induce vomiting, esp. by herbal drugs’; a-ɨnyɨ́g ‘To have dry heaves’.

a-ɨlál v. 1 • To show off. See: a-itoduayá ‘show off’.

2 • [North] To stand back from sth. out of fear or danger.

a-ɨlalaá To avenge.

a-ilalankúsh [North]: a-ilankúsh. v. To bluff. Note: See synonyms at See: a-purú ‘To bluff’.

a-ɨlány v. 1 • To flee; run away from, with the implication that s.o. else is in chase; outrun. Nɛ́ŋas ɛnkáŋ aɨlanyaá. The home took off (went running away) first. Nékuɛt aké ɛnkáji, nɛ́ɨ́lanyáā. The house just ran and outdistanced him. Áailanyáyie ɛngárrî. The car outdistanced me. See usage note at a-kúɛ́t. See: a-kúɛ́t ‘To run’; a-ɨŋát ‘To run away from’; a-ɨsɨ́k ‘To escape from’.

2 • To win, defeat s.o., overtake.

a-ɨláŋ v. 1 • To scorch.

2 • To shine; flash light (of a torch, lamp, etc.).

a-ɨlaŋɨláŋ 1 • To flash light to sth., light up, illuminate.

2 • To warm or heat sth.

a-ɨláp v. To bear a grudge against. See: a-ɨbá ‘To hate’.

a-ɨlasɨlás v.prog. 1 • To talk a lot.

2 • To flow freely, in a stream or river bed. Restrict: water. See: a-rukó ‘To flow’.

a-ɨlasɨlasíé To drink water hurriedly.

a-ɨlásh v. To show pride, be arrogant. Ítópóŋóri olêŋ ayám nkitók naɨ́lash. You have gone wrong by marrying a proud wife. (SN). See: ɛn-kɨlashá ‘Pride’; a-rɨ́ny ‘To talk proudly’; a-ŋɨdá ‘To be proud’.

a-ɨlashɨlásh To speak harshly and cruelly.

ɛ-ɨ́látá Nom sg: ɛ-ɨlatá. Acc pl: ɨ-ɨlá. Nom pl: ɨ-ɨlá. [North] Acc sg: látá. [South] Acc sg: ɨlátá. n. 1 • Fat, drippings, oil. Kɛ́áta inkirí náapir ɛɨ́látá. Fat-meat has got fat in it. Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áayieru ɛɨ́látá. Fat is being made from meat (by cooking the meat). ɛɨ́látá ɔ́ ltáa paraffin. See: a-ɛ́l ‘To annoint, smearl with fat’.

2 • Vehicle fuel, petrol.

ɨlɛ́ pn.psr. Masculine plural gender prefix plus feminine singular possessor particle: those of (a feminine singular entity). Kɛ́ɨ́tɛ́rʉ apá áakʉ ɨlɛ̂ kampuaní ɔ ɔ́lmoruak. They begin to become those of the company of the elders. See: ɨl- ‘Masculine plural gender prefix’; ɛ́ ‘Feminine singular possessor particle’.

ɨ́lɛ̂ [North] Acc sg: ílê. num. Six.

a-ɨlɛjɨlɛ́j v. 1 • To comfort, console (by words or touch); soothe. One would do this to s.o. who is bereaved and mourning; a mother would do this to a crying child. aɨlɛjɨlɛ́j ɛnkɛ́ráí mɛtɨ́gɨrayú To comfort a child so that she stops crying.

2 • To appease. aɨlɛjɨlɛ́j ɔlpayíán mɨ́kɨ́tápálɨ̄kɨ̄ To appease the man to forgive you.

a-ɨlɛlɛ́m v.prog. To talk insincerely with a lot of good words, but with hidden motives. Áɨ́lɛ́lɛ́mɨ́ta. I'm talking good to this person, but inside I'm insincere.

a-ɨlɛ́m v. To demand.

a-ɨlɛmɨlɛ́m [North] v.prog. 1 • [North] To talk a lot, talk loudly, shout a lot, make noise. Káɨ́lɛ́mɨ́lɛ́mɨ́ta. I'm making noise. (S). See: a-ɨlɛmlɛ́m ‘To make noise by talking’; a-ɨlɛpɨlɛ́p ‘To talk a lot’; a-búák ‘To shout’.

2 • To complain.

3 • To whisper.

a-ɨlɛmlɛ́m v. To make noise by talking. See: a-ɨlɛmɨlɛ́m [North] ‘To make noise by talking’; a-búák ‘To shout, bark’.

a-ɨlɛ́ny v. To bend, crush, bruise, break.

a-ɨlɛnyá To be bent.

a-ɨlɛ́p [North]: a-ɨlɨ́ɛ́p. v.prog. 1 • To climb, ascend, rise. Ɛ́ɨ́lɛp. He will ascend. Ɛɨlɛpɨ́ta. He is going up. Ɛɨlɛ́pɨ́ta. He is going up.

2 • To advance, move to a level of higher rank within a system. Éírúkó ɔláɨ́tɛ́ŋɛ́nání peê ɛɨlɛ́p ɛnkɛráí. The teacher has permitted the child to go to the next class. (Pk).

3 • To turn in a horizontal direction which is metaphorically conceptualized as "up". Óre aké peê ɨbáɨ́kɨ ɛndâ jɔ́ɔ́lata nɨ́lɛp. When you reach that turning point, go up. (Pk). In K this could be used for going to Ethiopia from Kenya.

4 • To become more popular, influential (eg. become an influential eloquent orator). Ɛɨlɛpɨ́ta ɔlpáyian. The man is becoming a big man. (ie. becoming more important, not necessarily more wealthy).

a-ɨlɛpʉ́ 1 • To move up, rise. Eilépūā ewúásô. The river has risen. Eilépūā ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ. The sun has come up. Eitérūā awaŋú amʉ̂ eilépūā ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ. It is getting light because the sun has risen. (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́lɛpʉlɛ́pʉ. It will come up over and over.

2 • Increase, grow, get larger. Ɨ́ntɛr taá aké adɔ́l nɛ́ɨ́lɛpʉ ɛndâp ɛ́ nkáɨ́ná. You begin to see the palm of the hand (observably) increase (in size).

a-ilepíé 1 • To hoist, lift.

2 • To exalt.

a-ilepúnye Ant: a-dóú ‘To descend’. To lift. See: a-rrapʉ́; a-dʉmʉ́ ‘To lift’; a-doyíó ‘To go down, east’.

a-ɨlɛpɨlɛ́p v.prog. 1 • To talk a lot, make noise, shout. This need not be a long-term property.

2 • To go up little by little.

a-ɨlɛmɨlɛ́m

a-ileshileshíé v. To say things that the addressee is anticipated to like, with the ulterior motive that he/she will be more favorably inclined towards you. This may include verbally "buttering him/her up", praise, flattery, jokes, expressing political opinions that the addressee agrees with, etc. Syn: a-ɨtɨshɨ́p ‘To make s.o. happy’.

a-ilét v. 1 • To show wonder or surprise; exclaim in praise, horror, amazement, fear.

2 • To discuss, deliberate.

a-ilíáŋ v.prog. 1 • To dangle; hang freely, loll. Kéílíáŋa inkíyiaá ánaa inóldia. The ears are dangling like those of a dog.

2 • [North] To chop nearly off so that one part hangs loosely, by a thread.

3 • To criss-cross; move along a trajectory or pattern of crossing lines.

a-iliaŋá v.mid. To have zigzag patterns.

a-iliaŋilíáŋ 1 • To keep on dangling.

2 • To keep on criss-crossing.

a-ilíár v. To make sth. lose freshness, vigor, or vitality. Eiliarɨ́ta ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ ɨntapʉ́ka. The sun is wilting flowers.

a-iliará v.mid. To be wilted.

a-ɨlatíán [North] v. [North] To be a neighbor to s.o.

a-ɨlɨbɨlɨ́b v.s. To be wet, saturated, drenched. Ɨ́ncɔɔ ɛlɛ̂ tásháláí ɔtasháíkīā nɛ́ákʉ́ kɛ́ɨ́lɨ́bɨ́lɨb ɛnɛɛ́yɨm. Let this lazy one who was rained on and became wet pass. (litː Let this wet one who was rained on earlier and became wet pass.) (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́lɨbɨ́lɨb nkɨ́lâ. [kéylɪ̀bɪ́lɪ̀b] The cloth is wet. (S). See: a-shál ‘To be wet’; a-irebúk ‘To be wet’.

a-ilibilibíé [North] To saturate sth.

a-ilibilibú [North] To become saturated.

a-ilíc [North] v. [North] To be drowsy. See: a-yiasá ‘To doze off’.

a-ɨlɨ́ɛ́p [North] v. [North] To climb, ascend. See: a-ɨlɛ́p ‘To climb, ascend’.

a-ɨlɨɨ́l v. To be bright, shine.

a-ɨlɨɨlaá v.dir. 1 • To become dim or less bright. Ɛɨlɨɨláa ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ. Sunlight will diminish. (ie. The sun will set down.). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltɔ́ɔ̂sh aɨlɨɨlaá. The torch's light is diminishing.

2 • To loose the ability to see clearly. Restrict: eyes. Ɛɨlɨɨláa ɨnkɔnyɛ́k ɔ́ ltásat. The eyes of the old man will become weak. (ie. He will not see clearly as before.). The body that contains the eyes or a person cannot be the subject. This cannot refer to a congenital inability to see clearly, but refers to the process of losing visual acuity. It does not describe all vision problems, but could, for example, describe eyes that are starting to go blind or that have developed cataracts. It is typically associated with aging.

a-ililí v. To suspend; hang; dangle, swing. aililí inkírí peê mɛ́nyá impúusîn To suspend meat so that cats will not feed on them. Káílílīō. I have hung (sth.). (SN).

a-ililíó v.mid. This could, but need not, imply that anything is swinging.To be suspended in the air. See: a-ɨ́k ‘To raise up’.

a-ɨlɨpɨlɨ́p v. To flicker, burn.

a-ilísh v. 1 • To clean a gourd by taking out e-sáyíét 'poison', thus preparing it for storing milk. Eyáwúá ŋolé nɨ́nɨ́ oltulét olotó ailísh aɨtáá enkúkúrí. Yesterday my mother brought a gourd in its natural state so as to make a usable gourd out of it. (Pk). See: a-ír ‘To clean a calabash’.

2 • To change sth. bad into sth. good, eg. a bad behavior in a child into a good one; reform.

3 • To have a general feeling of discomfort, illness or unease; experience malaise. Syn: a-ibisíóŋ ‘To be ill’; a-nyaalá ‘To be ill’.

a-ilishá v.mid. To feed. Ɛgɨ́ra Serikali ailishá olórere amʉ̂ eéuo ɔlámeyu The government is feeding people because famine has come. Borrowed word: Swahili kulisha 'feed'. Syn: a-itotí ‘To feed’.

a-ilishó v.mid. Restrict: animate. To be physically weak.

a-ilitilít v.prog. To cause to be slowed down or delayed. Ílitilitó mɛtárreshú ɛngárri. Cause him/her to delay so that he/she will wait for the car. Syn: a-ibók ‘To cause to delay’.

ɨ́lɔ̂ [ɪ́llɔ̂] Nom sg: ɨlɔ̂. Nom pl: ɨlɔɔ́. [The accusative singular is pronounced with low tone [ɨ̀llɔ̀] in context with any preceding or following word, e.g. [kádɔ́lɨ́ta ɨ̀llɔ̀ tʉŋáni]. At the end of a phrase, the final mora may have a phonetic low tone which falls. Phonetically the the [ll] is geminate, but at least some native speakers do not like writing the geminate.] pn.dem. Masculine singular 2nd distal demonstrative; that. Óu amʉ̂ kátíī atúá ɨ́lɔ̂ sokóni ɨ́nâ ɔlɔ́ŋ. [àtúá ɪ̀lɔ̀ sòkóni] Come because I will be at that market that day. Nɛ́mɨr ɨ́lɔ̂ lɨkáɨ̄ ɔɨŋɔ́nɨ bási nélōtū aɨtɔrɛ́ inkíshú. He (a bull) chased that other bull, then he came to rule the cows. (W). Áɨ́ŋáɨ́ ɨlɔ̂? ([áɪ́ŋáɪ́ ɪ̀llɔ̂]) Who (masc.) is it? (W). Kálɔ ári apá ɨlɔ̂? Which year was that? See: lɛ́lɔ̂ ‘Masculine plural 2nd distal demonstrative; those’.

ɛn-ɨ́lɔ That one. Káke ɨmɨkɨyâ ɛnkárná inó ɔ́ ɛnɨ́lɔ tʉŋáni lɨ́tádámūā. But we will not take your name or that one (of) the person that you have thought of. See: Pronouns-Demonstratives; ɨ́nâ ‘Feminine singular 2nd distal demonstrative; that’.

a-ɨlɔgaá v.away. To cause a little liquid to pour out of an overfilled container; spill; slosh, pour off. aɨlɔgaá ɛnkárɛ́ To pour out little water.

a-ɨlɔgɨlɔgaá To keep on spilling out. See: a-ibukoó ‘To pour out’.

a-iloikí Variant: a-ilokí. [North]: a-ɨlɔ́k, a-lokí. In some suffixed forms: iloikin. v.prog. To take turns at; alternate, exchange, go back and forth; swing back and forth between two states or conditions. Kɛ́gɨ́ra ailoikí ɨnkájíjík. He is taking turns in entering houses. Kɛlɔkɨ́ta elde páyian. This man is taking turns (eg. from one wife's house to the next). (-K S). Kéílokíno nkíshú. They are rotating taking care of each other's cows. (S). Káailoikinó Leonard o Kent áasie lkási. Leonard and Kent are taking turns working with me. (S).

a-ɨlɔɨ́rr v. To make sorrowful, sadden. Ɛɨlɔ́ɨrr ɨnâ báɛ. That issue will sadden him/her.

a-ɨlɔɨrrá To be sorrowful; suddened. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨlɔɨrrá amʉ̂ etúáta inkíshu pɔ́ɔ̄kɨ̄. He is being sorrowful because all the cows died.

a-ilokí [North] v.dat. [North] To switch, change, exchange. See: a-iloikí ‘To change’.

a-ilokilók v. To spill over, overflow.

a-ɨlɔ́m v.prog. To make dull or stupid. Ɛ́ɨ́lɔ́má ɛnaishó ɔlpayíán. Beer has stupified the man.

a-ɨlɔmá To be stupid.

ɨlɔɔ́ Nom pl: ɨlɔ́ɔ̄. pn. Free-standing form 'those of', having to do with; masculine. ɨlɔɔ́ mpɨ́saí tɔ́mɔ̂n for ten shillings (W). Ɛsʉ́lárɛ tɛ nɛ́ākʉ̄ mmɛŋasákɨ ɨnkɛ́râ ɨlɔɔ́ mɛ́nyɛ. It is an embarrassment when children do not greet the fathers. (Pk). Nétií ɨlɔ́ lɔɔ́nkuukuuní. There are those (stories) of people who have to do with wild animals. (W). Note: eg. people who fell victim of wild animals, people who live near wild animals, etc. See: ɔlɔɔ́; ɔɔ́ ‘Of’; ɨnɔɔ́ ‘Those of (feminine)’.

a-ɨlɔɔjá v. To show desire to fight. Míntóki aɨlɔɔjá amʉ̂ mɛátāɨ̄ ɔlárrabal. Don't show your desire to fight because there is no war. Usage: people or animals. See: a-ɨmɔɔjá ‘To show desire to fight’.

a-ɨlɔpɨlɔ́p v.prog. 1 • To repeatedly dip self into a liquid. Kɛ́nyɔ́rr ɔlmákaʉ aɨlɔpɨ́lɔ̄pā ɛnkɑ́rɛ́. The hippo likes dipping into water repeatedly.

2 • To drink a liquid repeatedly. Usage: colloquial. Áɨ́lɔ́pɨ́lɔ́pɨ́ta ɛnkárɛ́. (i) I repeatedly dip myself into the water. (ii) I drink the water repeatedly.

3 • To make irrevelant and irresponsible interjections in a discussion; make remarks that interrupt. aɨlɔpɨlɔ́p ɨlɔmɔ́n To make remarks that interrupt (in a discussion).

a-ilopilopíé To dip sth. into a liquid repeatedly.

a-ɨlúác [North] [aɪlwátʃ] v. [North] To switch, whip.

a-ilubulúb v. To blister, swell. Némorroóju, néílubulúbu, nɛ́dānyā aɨɔtɨɔtá, nétīū ánaa ɨlpɛpɛ́dɔ. It becomes rough, it swells, it bursts and it becomes like scabies. Kábúl ɛnê náilubúlub tɛ nkaɨná. I want to pierce this blister on my hand. (Pk). See: a-tɛ́j ‘To swell’.

a-ɨlʉ́d v.prog. 1 • To sway, move one's body. Ɛ́ɨ́lʉd. He will sway. Ɛ́ɨ́lʉ́dɨ́ta. She is swaying. (W). Áílúdie ɛnkɛ́ráɨ́. I am swaying the child.

2 • [North] To spring back and forth (eg. a long stick).

3 • [North] To be tall.

4 • [North] To be late. Kɛ́ɨ́lʉd. He is tall/late. (S). This could be said of leaving for Nairobi at 4 p.m., which would be late in the day.

a-ɨlʉdaá [North] v.dir. [North] To get a late start.

a-ɨlʉdakɨ́ [North] [North] To do in the evening.

a-ɨlʉdʉlʉ́d 1 • To swing or sway under a heavy load.

2 • [North] To sway back and forth. Usage: of a long or tall object.

a-ilúg v. 1 • To hit with force at close range, with a projectile or sth. in the hand. Ááílúgo iyíé. I hit you. (W). Áílúgo ɨntáɨ́. I hit y'all. (W). Áílúgo nɨnyɛ́. I hit him. (W). Kílúgo íyīē. You hit me. (W). Áailugó nɨ́nyɛ. She hit me. (W). Kílúgó ɨ́ntāɨ̄. Y'all hit me. (W).

2 • To drink too much liquid. Eilugíto ɛnáíshó. He is drinking too much beer. Kɛ́ɨ́lʉ́gwa naishó. He has drunk too much beer. (S). Kɛ́ɨ́lʉ́gwa nkárɛ́. He has drunk too much water. (S).

a-ilugó To be restless; go here and there. ailugó aɨŋɔrʉ́ inkíshú naɨ́mɨnâ To go here and there looking for lost cows. Eilúgō ɛnkárɛ. The water moves to and fro/heaves. See: a-ósh; a-náŋ; a-ɨpɔ́ny; a-ikúm ‘To hit’; a-idúl ‘To drink excessively’.

a-ɨlʉmpʉlʉmpá v.mid. To cause unnecessary delay. Míntóki aɨlʉmpʉlʉmpá mɛshɔ́mɔ entékê. Stop delaying (yourself) unnecessarily (because) the plane will start going. [Implication: you will be left behind.]. Áɨ́lʉ́mpʉ́lʉ́mpɛ mɛshɔ́mɔ ɔlpáyian lâî. I delayed unnecessarily (for so long), with the result that my husband left (without me). Áɨ́lʉ́mpʉ́lʉ́mpɛ níkipuo sáâ nabô. I delayed unnecessarily with the result that we left at 7:00.

a-ɨlʉrá [North] v. 1 • [North] To sleep.

2 • [North] To die. Usage: adults. See: a-ɨrʉrá ‘To sleep’.

a-ilús [North] v. [North] To eat repeatedly, mostly milk. See: a-nyá ‘To eat’.

a-iluutó v.mid. To be depressed, be unhappy.

a-ɨ́m [West]: a-yɨ́m. v.prog. 1 • To pass through and proceed on, traverse; pass by; penetrate. Áyɨ́mɨ́ta ɛntɨ̂m. I am going through the forest. (W). Káɨ́mɨ́ta nkóítéí náló Karen. I am passing/walking through (along) the path going to Karen. (SN). Óre apá peê éúní ɨlmʉ́rran nɛ́yɨmâ osínkírá. During the warriors' graduation ceremony, they all passed through the small hut. (Pk). Étóóshó ɛnkáíyóní empíra aimíé oldírísha. The boy kicked a ball through the window. Ɛ́ɨ́má ɛngárrî ɔlbarɨbára. The car has passed on the road. Nélo ɔltɔmɛ́, óre aké peê élô, néjo áɨ́ŋʉ́ráā nɛ́lāū ɛnɛɨmá. And the elephant went, when it went it tried to look but it missed where it (the hare) passed. Átódúaa ɛnkárɛ́ sápʉk nayɨmá ɛwúáso ŋirô. I have seen a lot of water running in the brown river. (Pk). A: Ɛntɛ́kɛ ɨ́ɨm? B: Áló aɨ́m ɛntɛ́kɛ aɨrɔrɔkɨ́ ɨnkɛ́ra áinêî. A: Are you going by plane? B: I am going by plane to greet my children.

2 • To pass an examination. Kɛ́ɨm Kent ɛntɛ́mátá. Kent can pass the exam.

3 • [North] To follow. Ɛshɔmɔ́ áaɨm rrékíé. They have gone to follow the path. (SN).

a-imíé To drive through, force through, cause to procede. Káímie nkíshú mukaréte. I will drive the cattle through the cattle dip. (ie. to wash them) (S). Táwuara taá enconí peê itúm eníímíe empíto. Slash out the skin so that you get a place to pass string through.

a-ɨmʉ́ In some suffixed forms: a-ɨmʉ́n. To pass through, come through sth. Káɨ́mʉ́ta. I'm passing through. (S). Káaɨmʉnɨ́. I will be passed. (People will walk towards me and then continue on.) (SN). Káaɨmuakɨ́. I have been passed by (eg. by people walking on by). (SN). Q: Ají ɨ́ɨ́mɨ́ta? A: Kááɨ́mɨ́ta atúá táon ɛ Marlál. Q: Where are you passing through? A: I am passing through Maralal town. (SN) (This conversational exchange would make sense if two people are talking by phone, so that one cannot see the other.). Kááɨ́mʉ̄. I will pass by you. (SN). Íimúákɨ. Pick me up (tomorrow.)/ Pass by me, come see me (S). Kááɨ́mʉ. I will pass by, call on you. (with or without picking you up to go somewhere together) (SN).

a-ɨmá In some suffixed forms: a-ɨmár. To pass by going away. Káaɨmarɨ́. I will be passed. (People will walk away from me.) (SN).

ɨm- Variant: ɨmɨ-. neg. Variant of Negative prefix m-. Imikíiyíéú ... We don't want you... [to do sth.].

a-imaampút v. To bluff. Note: See synonyms at See: a-purú ‘To smoke, bluff’.

a-ɨmacɨmác [North] v. [North] To speak a language inadequately, brokenly.

a-ɨmág v. 1 • To trick s.o. by taking a share more than what you are suppose to get leaving the other person with less share; cheat. Óre hɔ́ɔ́ nɨ́rá bótór, mɨ́mag ɛnkɛ́ráí kɨtɨ́ Although you are big, don't trick a young child.

2 • [North] To hit (esp. with a solid object).

3 • [North] To seal a crack, plug a hole.

a-ɨmagárr v.prog. 1 • To rebuke to an extreme degree; criticise and disapprove overly harshly to cause fear, tyrannize, behave tyrannically. Mɨ́mágarr ɔlɨkáɨ, ɨ́ncɔɔ ɛ́ɨ́rɔ̂. Don't rebuke the other one, let him talk .

2 • To terrorize.

a-ɨmagarrakɨ́ To force s.o. do sth. by rebuking harshly. See: a-buaakɨ́ ‘To shout at’.

a-ɨmakɨ́ Variant: a-yɨmakɨ́. v. To mention, reveal, verbally expose; talk about. Kɛ́ɨmakɨ oltuŋáni lɛnkɔ́p encé oréco. He talked about a man in his home area that kills people. (S). Tɛ nkʉtʉ́k aké ɛ́táárá ayɨmakɨ́ ɛntorróní ɛnyɛ́ pɔɔkɨ́. It is only by mouth that he beat him to expose all his wrongdoing. (Pk). iróreí lɔɔ́ lMáásâɨ̂ ɔɔ́ɨmákɨ empúkúnotó ɔ́ ltʉŋáni Maasai words that reveal types of people.

a-ɨmál v. 1 • To give a cow, sheep or a goat to a relative, to avoid calling his/her name; henceforth one calls the person by the name of what has been given e.g patáwúó 'of heifer'. Káɨ́mála nkáíbártani e moses. I have given sth. to Moses' new wife. (S). This custom yields terms of address, as follows. If you give a woman a goat, you call each other pakíné. If you give her a female calf, you call each other patáwó; for a male calf, paáshē; for a sheep, pankérá; for a young goat or sheep, pakwó.

2 • [North] To call s.o. by a pa- appelation.

3 • [Purko] To insult s.o. by the name of a respected person.

a-imalíé To give a cow, sheep or a goat to s.o. to avoid his/her name. Káímálie ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I will give him a cow.

a-ɨmaleés v. To be overly calm and humble. This is mostly mistaken to be foolishness, and is prototypically characterized by being slow, not talking. Káɨ́málées. I am calm. See: a-bɔ́rr ‘To be humble’.

a-ɨmalɨmál [West]: a-ɨmalmál. [North]: a-ɨmalmál. v. 1 • To fool about (as children might do), be negligent, goof off. Kélō ɔláíyíóní aɨmalɨmál tɛ shóo. The boy is going to neglect herding. (Pk). Kélō ɔláíyíóní aɨmalɨmalíé ɔlɨkâɨ̂ tɛ shóo. The boy will go and distract the other (boy) during herding. Ɛáta ɨnâ kɛráí ɛlʉ́kʉ́nyá amʉ̂ eipírrīō sokóni néshukúnye ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ élô aɨmalɨmál. That child is responsible because she ran to the market and returned without going to goof off. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨmalɨ́mal a person who is negligent (or fools about). Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɨnkɛ́râ áaɨmalɨmal ɔmɛtáa nɛ́ɨ́nɔ̄s inkíshu ɨmpáretí ɔɔ́ ltʉ́ŋánák. The children have gone and played around until the cows ate people's crops. (W).

2 • To engage in ilicit sexual activity. Ɛɨmálímálá ɨnâ titó ɔmɛtáa nɛ́nʉtayú. That girl has played around until she became pregnant. (W).

a-ɨmalɨmalʉ́ [North] v.dir. [North] To come in at the end, tag along at the end.

a-ɨmalmál [North] v. 1 • To fool about, goof off; not do work well, through carelessness or being distracted. Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɨnkɛ́râ áaɨmalmal ɔmɛtáa nɛ́ɨ́nɔ́s inkíshu impáretí ɔɔ́ltʉŋanak. The children have gone and played around until the cows ate people's crops. (W). See: a-ɨmalɨmál ‘To fool about’.

2 • [North] To be late, tardy, dawdle.

a-ɨmány v. 1 • To swear by one's father's name or one's best bull. Ɛ́ɨ́many ɔlpáyian ilmóŋí lɛnyɛ́na. The man will swear by his bulls.

2 • To take pride in (eg. one's animals).

a-ɨmanyá v.dir. 1 • To swear by the name of one's cows or the name of one's father.

2 • [North] To call out a name (eg. a favorite steer or faminly name) during battle.

a-ɨmanyʉ́ v.dir. [North] To come when called.

a-imaranú [North] v.incep. [North] To become spotted. See: mára ‘Spotted’.

a-ɨmarɨrɨ́ v. 1 • To look upwards at, gaze upwards. Ɛ́ɨ́márɨ́rɨ́a. She looked up at s.o. (S).

2 • To admire, respect. Ɛ́máɨ́mariríá Yesʉ ɔ́láâ nɨnyɛ́ ɔláítúrúkóní náa ɔlɔɨtabáyā enkírúkótó âŋ... Let's look up to Jesus who is the author and finisher of our faith...

3 • To put trust in.

a-ɨmarlál [North] v. [North] To glisten, glitter. This verb gave rise to the name of Maralal town because of the glittering effect of the sun shining off its corrugated iron roofs, especially when seen from a distance. See: a-ɨmɛrlɛ́l ‘To glitter’.

a-ɨmarrɨmárr v.prog. v.prog. To bud.

2 • v.prog. To be very bright and shiny. Usage: rare. Kɛ́ɨ́marrɨ́marr ɛnkɨ́lâ The cloth is so bright and shinny.

a-ɨmasó v.mid. To be proud. See: a-ŋɨdá ‘To be proud’.

ɨ́mɛ neg. Not, no. See: ḿmɛ ‘Not, no’; ɨmɛɛ́ta ‘He has not, there is not’; ɨmɛɛ́tāɨ̄ ‘There is not’.

imeékūrē [North] Acc sg: mokúré. adv. No longer. Óre oshî táatá néméékūrē kílótú aɨrɔrɔkɨ́ ánaa apá. Nowadays you don't come to greet me like before. (Pk). Óre oshî táatá nɛ́taá ɨntáirrí eishopí imeékūrē áâ ɨnamʉ́ka oó loníto ánaa apá. These days people wear tire sandals, not leather sandals like before. (Pk). Ɛ́táá doí apá tásat ɛldɛ̂ áyíóní imeékūrē áâ bíyótó That boy is disabled, he is no longer healthy. (Pk). Ɛ́táá tásat imeékūrē apá ɛɨdɨ́m atanápa intokitín naáíroshi. He is weak; he is no longer able to carry heavy things. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ ayeyú amʉ̂ imeékūrē ɛ́átâ kʉlɛ́. The cow is about to stop letting out milk because it does not have more milk. (Pk). Mokúré agól. I'm no longer strong. (SN). See: ḿmɛ ‘No, not’.

ɨmɛɛ́ta v.s. 1 • he.has.not.

2 • He/she has not; there is not. See: ɨ́mɛ; ḿmɛ ‘Not, no’; ɨmɛɛ́tāɨ̄ ‘There is not’.

ɨmɛɛ́tāɨ̄ v.s. There is not. See: ɨ́mɛ; ḿmɛ ‘Not, no’; ɨmɛɛ́ta ‘He has not, there is not’.

a-ɨmɛ́k v. 1 • To be funny, cheeky, crude.

2 • To transgress.

a-imenóŋ [North] v. 1 • [North] To avoid food touched by women.

2 • [North] To refuse to eat in the presence of women. Practiced by warriors.

a-ɨmɛrlɛ́l v. 1 • To be glittery, shiny. Kɛ́ɨ́mɛ́rlɛl emóti ŋejúk. The new cooking pot is glittery. (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́mɛ́rlɛl enkiwuaŋatɑ́ ɛ́ ncán. The lightening is flashy (whenever it comes). (Pk). This does not necessarily mean that it is flashing over and over.

2 • To flash. Restrict: lightening, spears.

3 • To throb or wince with pain, as of limbs.

a-ɨmɛ́rr v. 1 • [North] To aggrandize oneself while belittling others; look down upon one who is unfortunate or unpriviledged.

2 • To be arrogant; pretend to know nothing.

3 • [North] To boast in one's strength, wealth, etc. See: a-ɨlásh ‘To be arrogant’; a-ɨkár ‘To boast’; a-wuasá ‘To be arrogant’; a-yíál ‘To be arrogant’.

a-imerríé To boast about.

a-ɨmɛrrɨmɛ́rr Variant: a-ɨmɛrrmɛ́rr. v.prog. To walk as if unable to control one's movements; stagger. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlámɛ́rání aɨmɛrrɨmɛrrarrí aló áŋ. The drunkard is staggering to go home.

ímîêt [North] Acc sg: ímet, ímîêt. [Chamus] Acc sg: ímêt. num. Five (cardinal number). Ilkimojík ímîêt ɛáta ɔltʉ́ŋání tɛ nkaɨná nábo. It is five fingers that a person has on one hand.

ɨ́mɨ́ɨ́m [North] [North] Nom sg: ɨmɨɨ́m. [North] Acc pl: ɨmɨɨmí. [North] Nom pl: ɨ́mɨɨmí. n. [North] Plant whose leaves are chewed by young people to make their lips black and attractive. Indigofera arrecta.

a-imíl [North] v. [North] To dive into water.

a-imilimíl [North] v. [North] To glimmer, glow, burn faintly.

a-ɨmɨ́n v.prog. To get lost, go astray. Áaɨmɨ́n ɛnkɛráí. My child will be lost. Éímíníé ɛnkáyíóní inkíshú. The boy has lost the cows. Áaɨmɨná ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ. My cow got lost. Ɛɨmɨnɨ́ta ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ. The cow is going astray. Ɛɨmɨ́nʉ̄ ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ. The cow will stray towards this side. aɛ́n inkíshú naáɨ́mɨnâ peê mɛ́nyá ilowuarák to tie (for protection) cows that are lost so that they are not eaten by wild animals (Pk). See: a-mɨ́n ‘To loose’.

a-ɨmɨná v.mid. To be lost.

a-ɨmɨnayú v.mid v.incep. To be loosable.

a-imirkikoó v. To throw away. aimirkikoó orinká to throw away a club. See: a-náŋ ‘To throw’.

a-imís v. v. To disappear from sight. This may indicate sudden disappearance, but also could be used for walking so far that you can no longer be seen.

2 • v. To sink, submerge, go down. enkijíkō naimisó tɛ nkárɛ the spoon that disappeared in the water.

a-imisíé 1 • To make sth. disappear from sight; cover, hide. Áaimisíé ɨnkʉjɨ́t. Grass covered me (i.e I cannot be seen). aimisíé tɛ nkɨ́lâ To hide it with the cloth.

2 • To prevent sth. from being discovered. aimisíé ɛmbáɛ peê méyíólóúni To hide an issue so that it will not be known.

a-imisiginó [North] v.mid. [North] To be depressed, feel sad. Míntóki aimisiginó. Stop feeling sad/depressed. See: misigîn ‘A poor person’; a-ɨsɨnanúó ‘To be depressed’.

a-ɨmɔɔjá v. To show desire to fight. Míntóki aɨmɔɔjá amʉ̂ mɛátāɨ̄ ɔlárrabal. Don't show your desire to fight because there is no war. Usage: people or animals. Syn: a-ɨlɔɔjá ‘To show desire to fight’.

a-imotót v. To be salty (of a liquid).

a-imú [North]: a-ɨmʉ́. v.prog. 1 • To be satisfied. Áímu olótótó. I've walked enough. (S). This could be said after 5-6 hours. Ɛɨtʉ́ aímu. I am not satisfied. (SN).

2 • [North] To be fed up with.

a-imúó v.mid. To get satisfied. Moókíré anyá ɛndáa amʉ̂ áímūō. I will not eat food again because I am satisfied/full. See: a-itiemú [North] ‘To fit well, suffice’. a-raposhó: ‘To get satisfied’. See: a-baɨkɨ́ ‘To be sufficient’; a-ɨ́m ‘To pass’. Note the -ATR 'motion towards' form of a-ɨ́m 'pass', a-ɨmʉ,́ which contrasts with a-imú.

a-imúg v. 1 • To doze. Ɛgɨ́ra entitó aimúg amʉ̂ kéyīēū nɛ́ɨ́rʉra. The girl is dozing because she wants to sleep.

2 • To slumber.

3 • [North] To flinch, jump back from feigned attack. See: a-ɨrʉrá ‘To sleep’.

a-ɨmʉjʉmʉ́j v. 1 • To suck a sweet hard substance. Kɛ́nyɔ̄r ɛnkɛráí aɨmʉjʉ́mʉ̄jā ɔsɛrɛmɛ́ntɛ̄. A child likes to suck a sweet.

2 • To rinse the mouth with a liquid. ɛnkɨtɨ́ árɛ́ náímújúmūjīē ɛnkʉ́tʉ́k little water to drink (lit: little water to rinse the mouth with).

a-ɨmʉkʉmʉ́k v.prog. 1 • To chew secretly so as not to be noticed. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨmʉkʉmʉ́k ɛndââ. He is chewing food secretly.

2 • To talk in whispers. Émintokíki áaɨmʉkʉmʉka ɛ́mbalunyíé oróréí. Don't talk in whispers, make it clear. (i.e Shout for all of us to hear.).

3 • To snigger so as not to be noticed. aɨmʉkʉmʉ́k enkuenîâ To laugh secretly.

a-ɨmʉ́l v.prog. 1 • To cover, close, seal. Kɛ́ɨ́mʉl ɔltʉ́ŋání ɨnkɔnyɛ́k tɛnɛ́ɨ́rʉra A person will cover/close his eyes when he sleeps.

2 • To hide, wrap.

a-ɨmʉlá v.mid. To be hidden; be wrapped.

a-ɨmʉlʉmʉ́l To cover; blindfold; wrap up, wrap in sth.

a-ɨmʉ́m [North]₂ v. [North] To roll into a ball.

a-ɨmʉ́m₁ v. To request, beg.

a-ɨmʉrgʉ́t v. To gulp.

a-ɨmʉrgʉtaá To gulp down, swallow without chewing, eat greedily.

a-ɨmʉrjaá v.intr. To swallow whole. Ɛɨmʉrjáyie ɔlŋatúny enkitejó. The lion has swallowed the hare.

a-imutíé v. To be after the expected or usual time; delayed, late. Áímútie ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ aló áŋ. I am late from not going home. See: a-mutú ‘To get late (in the evening)’.

a-imutikí [North] v. [North] To delay into the evening. See: a-itumutikí ‘To delay s.o.’; a-mutikí ‘To be late’.

ɨn- Variant: ɨn-; i-; ɨ-; ɨnk-. gen. Noun prefix for feminine plural referent. Nɛ́yá inkíshú ɛnyɛ̂ ó isirkôn. He took their cows and donkies.

ɨ́nâ [ɪ́nnâ] Nom sg: ɨnâ. Acc pl: ɨnɔɔ́. Nom pl: ɨnɔ́ɔ. [North] Acc sg: inîâ. pn.dem. 1 • Feminine singular demonstrative; 2nd degree of distalness; that. Máɨ́nɔsá ɨ́nâ dáa Let's eat that food.

2 • Feminine singular demonstrative, 4th degree of distalness; that out-of-view. See: Pronouns-Demonstratives; ɨ́lɔ̂ ‘Masculine singular 2nd distal demonstrative; that’.

ɨnadúóó Previously-mentioned.

tɛ́ɨ́na; tɛ́ɨ́nâ From that. Míkíntóki adál tɛ́ɨ́na kíóok. Don't keep reflecting with that mirror at me (ie. the light from the mirror is disturbing me). Népūtī ɔlaigúɛ́nani tɛ́ɨ́na âŋ. The age-set leader is ordained from that home.

a-ɨnapɨnáp v. 1 • To walk quickly. Usage: insulting. See: a-siooyó; a-ɨsarrɨsárr; a-isurokí ‘To walk quickly’.

2 • To breathe fast and in a non-normal fashion due to fever.

a-ɨnáʉ́r v.s. To tire s.o., cause to become tired. Káagɨrá ɛná síáai aɨnaʉ́r. This work is making me tired. See: a-naurú ‘To become tired’.

a-ɨnaʉrá [North] v.mid. [North] To be tired. Káɨ́náʉra. I am tired (perhaps because of working a long time). (SN). Kɛ́ɨ́naʉ́rɨtâ lpágási olêŋ. The workers are very tired. (SN). Káɨ́náʉ́rie ŋolé. I have made him tired. / I have weighed him down. (SN). See: a-naʉrá ‘To be tired’.

ɨncɛ́rɛ Variant: incére; ncɛ́rɛ. dem. 1 • That; in order that; the reason is.

2 • Incipient complementizer for direct speech complement. Néjokiní ɨncɛ́rɛ, kɛ́ɨ́tāyu inkíshú íîp ímíet. They were told that they were to pay five hundred cows.

incériaá inter. Interrogative phrase proving to the hearer how untrue his/her earlier statement is. The speaker will repeat the statement made by the former speaker and then add incériaá? "How come? For what reason? Namely?". A: Ɛɨtʉ́ aló áŋ. B: Ɛɨtʉ́ iló áŋ incériaá? A: I did not go home. B: You did not go home, how come? (Implication: you did go home).

índad [North] [North] Nom sg: índâd. [North] Acc pl: ɨ́ndadí. [North] Nom pl: ɨ́ndadí. n.f. [North] Women's ornament with glass beads.

íne [Purko] Nom sg: inê. pn.dem. 1 • Distal locative demonstrative, indicating approximately where the addressee is located; there, in that location. Shɔ́mɔ tátala ínê peê tenéleŋ níkipuonú áaidurrie inkíshú. Go and survey there, if you find it green enough with pasture then we can take the cows.

2 • That place already mentioned. Nɛ́yɛ̄ téíne. It died just there (that place). See: nénên ‘Those places’; Pronouns Þ Demonstrative pronouns.

ɨ́nɛ̂ Variant: ɨnɛ-. psr.prt. The one(s) of; used with a following demonstrative or gender-prefixed noun. ɨnɛɨ́lɔ ári of that year. See: ɛ́ ‘Feminine singular possessor’.

a-ɨnɛnɛ́ŋ v. 1 • To assess the weight of sth. Kɛ́ɨ́nɛ́nɛŋa. He assessed its weight. (S).

2 • To assess, try, tempt. In S, this can include testing s.o., either with strengh physically, or ability in school.

a-ɨnɛnɛŋaá To try sth. out in turns.

a-ɨnɛnɛŋaá v. To try out.

a-ineníá v.mid. To be piled; crammed. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨmbáâ áainenia kírréshítô e ntúmo naɨmakinyíéki pɔɔkɨ́ The issues are getting piled up as we wait for the meeting that all of them will be discussed. See: a-sót ‘To pile them up’.

a-ɨnɛpʉ́ In some suffixed forms: a-ɨnɛpʉ́n. v.dir. 1 • To catch up with s.o. or sth. which is ahead (eg., on the road, in work). Ɛɨnɛ́pʉ. He will catch up with him. Áɨ́nɛ́pʉ. I will catch up with him/her. Áínépūā. I have caught up with him/her. Nɛ́ɨ́nɛpʉ ɔltásât, néjo áɨ́rɔ́rɔ́kɨ́, nɛ́ɨ́ŋatáa. He caught up with an old man, and tried to greet him, but he ran away.

2 • To meet or find s.o. or sth. Áɨ́ŋásie peê aɨnɛ́pʉ tɛ súkuul. I was surprised to find him at school. Áɨ́nɛ́pʉ tɛ súkuul. I'll find (meet) him/her at school. Áɨ́nɔ́sɨ́ta ɛndáa asiokí amʉ̂ álótíto aɨnɛpʉ́ ɛngárri. I am eating food quickly because I'm going to catch (meet) the bus/car. (W).

a-ɨnɛpaá To catch up with s.o. or sth. while going away; a-ɨnɛpaá and a-ɨnɛpʉ́ are basically synonymous. See: a-inót ‘To find’.

e-iní v.pass. To be born. Óre peê einí aké ɛnkɛ́ráí.... When a child is born..

a-inyíé v.appl. To be born at [a time]. See: a-íú ‘To bear offspring, give birth’; a-ikí ‘To bear; copulate’.

ínîâ [North] pn.dem. [North] North Maa variant of ínâ 'that'. ínîâ pârr [ìnìà pârr] that day (SN). See: Pronoun Paradigm Þ Deomonstrative.

a-ɨnɨapʉ́ [North] [àɪnyàpʊ́] v. [North] To catch up with; to go where sth. is. See: a-ɨnɛpʉ́ ‘To catch up with’.

a-inikishó v. To respond.

a-ininíŋ v. To listen, pay attention. Tábolo inkííyāā inónók; máíniniŋó oróréí lɛ́ nKáí. Open your ears; let's listen to the word of God. (W).

a-ininiŋishó To listen, pay attention. See: a-níŋ ‘To hear’.

injí pn.dem. Thus, this way, like this. Pápâ ɔ́ɨ́kʉná injí iyíóók. It is our father who has done this to us. Injí taá ɛ́nkʉnari amʉ̂ ɨ́náŋárɛ́rɛ. Go this way because you will meet them coming. abá injí To be as big as this.

ɔ-ɨnkát Nom sg: ɔ-ɨ́nkāt. Acc pl: ɨ-ɨnkatí. Nom pl: ɨ-ɨ́nkatí. [North] Acc sg: ɨ́nkát. [North] Nom sg: ɨnkát. [North] Acc pl: ínkátí. [North] Nom pl: inkatí. n. Wildebeest, gnu. Connochaetes taurinus. Among the Samburu, the tail of this animal is decorated and used by elders to swat flies.

In-kiíto n.prop. Probably in Kajiado District, near ɛmbɔɔ́.Place name.

inkó v.imp. Second person inflected form of a-ikó(n). Inkó! Take it! Inkó? Can you do it? (S). See: a-ikó ‘To do’; ɛ́nkʉna; ɨ́nkʉna ‘Take it! (Imperative)’.

ɨ́nkʉna Variant: inkó. PL: ɛ́nkʉna. v.imp. 1 • Do like!

2 • Take it! See: a-ikó ‘To do’; ɛ́nkʉna; inkó ‘Take it! (pl. and sg. addressee, respectively)’.

inó Nom sg: íno. pn.psr. Your. ɛnkají inó your house (W). l- is prefixed when the possessed is masculine: Shɔ́mɔ tɔ́rɔjɔ sútúó linó meéu bɔɔ́. Go and signal yur friend to come out. (SN). See: Possessive pronoun paradigm.

íno v.imp. Be off! Get out of the way! See: shɔ́mɔ ‘Go (Perfect[ive] or Imperative)’; cɔ́mɔ [North] ‘Go (Perfect[ive] or Imperative)’.

a-ɨnɔ́k [North]: inók. PF: a-inúá. v.prog. 1 • To light (fire, lamp), kindle fire. Káɨ́nɔ́kɨ́ta nkɨ́má I'm lighting a fire. (S). Ɨ́núáá ɔltáa amʉ̂ kémīsīmīs doí áji. Light the lamp because it is dark here in the house.

2 • [North] To beat severely and rapidly.

3 • To make feverish or infected. Káaɨnɔkɨtâ nkíréwua. My body has been attacked by malaria. (S). See: a-ɨpɨrʉ́ ‘To kindle fire’.

inónō Nom pl: ínonó. [West] Acc sg: inónók. pn.psr. Your plural (things). Néjokí ɔlpáyīān: Papa áí, ámaâ ɨ́mɔ́nɨ́rā tɛ nɨ́kɨ̄yā kʉlɔ̂ mɔ́ŋɨ́ linónō? They told the man, "Our father, do you mind if we take these bulls of yours?". Óre intɨ́pátɨ́ inónō náa imólelîân ɨ́lmákɛsɛ́n ɨltáárróséro amʉ̂ nɨncɛ́ óoyíú ɨnɔɔ́ nkakúí inónō. Your lineage is imólelîân, ɨ́lmɔ́kɛsɛ́n, and ɨltáárroséro because they are the sub-clans of your grandparents (lt. because they are the ones your grandparents gave birth to). (Pk). Tábolo inkííyāā inónōk; máínīŋīnɔ̄ oróréí lɛ́ nKáí. Open your years; let's listen to the word of God. (W). Káke eóto ɨlnyányâ línonók olɛ̂ŋ. But your tomatos are overripe. (W).

ɨnɔɔ́ Nom pl: ɨnɔ́ɔ. pn. Those of; feminine. Néjo ɨnɔ́ɔ ŋɔtɔ́nyɛ... Their mothers said... (KS). ɨnɔɔ́ mpɨ́saí tɔ́mɔ̂n for ten shillings (W). See: ɔɔ́ ‘Of’; ɨlɔɔ́ ‘Those of (masculine)’.

a-inopú v. To come last. See: siadí ‘Last’.

a-inórr v. To falsely speak words that damage the reputation of another; slander. Míkíntóki ainórr hɔ́ɔ́ nɨ́kɨ́mbáyie. Don't slander me even though you have hated me. See: a-isúr ‘To slander’.

a-ɨnɔ́s v.prog. 1 • To eat. Ɛɨnɔ́sɨ́ta ɔlŋatúny ɛncɛrɛ́rɛ̄t. The lion is eating the monkey. (W). Ɛɨnɔ́sɨ́ta ɛncɛ́rɛrɛ́t ɔlŋátúny. The monkey is eating the lion. (W). Ɛɨnɔ́sɨ́ta olkínyáŋ olowuarú mára. The crocodile is eating the leopard. (W). Ɛɨnɔ́sɨ́ta olówuarú márâ olkinyáŋ. The leopard is eating the crocodile. (W). Áɨ́nɔ́sɨ́ta ɛndáa. I am eating food. Átódúaa náají ɛntúrkulúo naɨnɔsɨ́ta ilkúrt tɛ mpɔ́lɔ̂s ɛ́ bɔɔ́. I have seen a dove eating worms in the middle of the homestead. Syn: a-nyá ‘To eat’. See: a-daá ‘To eat’; a-ám ‘To eat; cause distress’; a-rrutishó ‘To eat, have a meal’; Táma! ‘Eat it!’. At least in S, a-nyá 'to eat' is more polite than a-daá 'to eat'; a-rruticó is most polite, but less common than a-nyá.

2 • To discuss; share news. Áɨ́nɔ́sɨ́ta ɨlɔmɔ́n. I am getting/sharing news. Nɛ́kɨnɔ́s (~ nɛ́kɨɨnɔ́s) taá tɛ nkádɔrɨ́. We had a long discussion. (lit: We discussed for a long time.) (W). Kɨ́ɨnɔ́s. We will discuss it. (W).

3 • To cause pain; wound. A: Káɨ́nyɔ̄ɔ̄ nɨ́kɨ́nɔ́sa ɛnkáɨ́ná? B: olkikúei láataremó. A: What has made your arm ache? B: A thorn stabbed me. Ɛ́ɨ́nɔ́sâ intúduí ɨnkɛ́ra ilkimojík lɔɔ́ nkɛjɛ́k. Children have jiggers infesting their toes (lit. the digits of the feet). (Pk).

4 • To make s.o. cry.

5 • To have a specific value; worth.

a-ɨnɔsɨshɔ́

a-ɨnɔsʉ́ 1 • To eat coming this way.

2 • To narrate a story, tell news.

3 • To regret.

a-ɨnɔsaá 1 • To eat going away.

2 • To spread the news or contents of a story.

a-inosíé 1 • To eat with or at.

2 • To do sth. at the expense of another.

3 • To exchange one thing for another; barter, buy, sell. Ɛgɨ́ra ainosíé ɛnâ kɨlâ iropiyianí îp aré. He is exchanging (selling or buying) this cloth for four hundred shillings. (Pk).

4 • To make sth. be consumed by another (eg. grass by fire).

5 • To discuss with, talk with.

a-ɨnɔ́s ɔlmʉmâî To take an oath. Áɨ́nɔ́sa ɔlmʉmâî I have taken (eaten) an oath. (Pk).

ɛnk-ɨ́nɔ́sátá n. Eating. See: a-ɨnɔ́s ‘To eat’.

a-ɨnɔsʉ́ lɔmɔ́n v.phrase. To tell the news.

a-ɨnɔsaá lɔmɔ́n v.dir v.phrase. To tell news at several houses, one at a time.

a-ɨnɔsʉnyɛ́ v.mid. To be remorseful over past deeds; feel guilty (lit: to eat one's self coming toward the point of reference). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨnɔsʉ́nyɛ person who is remorseful, guilty (lit: person who eats self). See: a-ɨnɔ́s ‘To eat’.

a-inót v. To find. ainótó ropianí tɛ mbɛnɛ áí. I found some money in my pocket. See: a-ɨnɛpʉ́ ‘To catch, meet, find’.

e-inóti Nom sg: e-ínoti. n. 1 • Daughter, true daughter.

2 • Child that resembles s.o. very closely (physically, in action, etc.).

3 • Resident of an area over a long time, who is well known and belongs to the area.

4 • Person who learns young how to do a work, and does so perfectly.

o-inóti Son, true son. See: a-íú ‘To bear offspring’.

ínóto [North] [North] Nom sg: inóto. [North] Acc pl: inót. [North] Nom pl: inót. n. [North] Birth. See: a-íú ‘To bear offspring’.

ɨntáɨ́ Nom pl: ɨ́ntāɨ̄. [North] Acc sg: ntáɨ́. pn. You (plural). Áílúgo ɨntáɨ́. I hit y'all. (W). Kɨ́ntɔɔ́mɔn aké ɨntáɨ́ ánaa aké. We welcome you always. (C). Kílúgó ɨ́ntāɨ̄. Y'all hit me. (W). Íyíólórōrō apá ɨ́ntāɨ̄ ɔ́ nɨ́nyɛ? Did you (PL) and he know each other? (KS).

́-īnūā v.pf. 1 • Perfective form of a-ɨnɔ́k 'to kindle a fire, light (a lamp)'. Éínúá. He kindled the fire. Áínua ɔltáa amʉ̂ kémīsīmīs doí áji. I lit the lamp because the house is dark. Light the lamp because it is dark here in the house. (Pk). Ɨ́núá ɛnkɨ́má amʉ̂ ɛɨrɔ́pɨ̄jā. You (pl) lit the fire because it was cold. Ɨ́nuá ɔltáa amʉ̂ kémīsīmīs doí áji. Light the lamp because it is dark here in the house.

2 • Subjunctive or imperative form of a-ɨnɔ́k. Ɨ́nuá ɛnkɨ́má amʉ̂ kɛ́ɨ́rɔ́bɨ. You light the fire because it is cold.

a-inuaakɨ́ 1 • To light the fire for.

2 • To rouse up s.o.'s emotions; agitate, "stir up".

a-inuaakɨ́ ɛngárri Usage: colloquial. To accelerate a car. See: a-ɨnɔ́k ‘To kindle fire’; a-ɨpɨrʉ́ ‘To kindle fire’.

a-ɨnʉná v.mid. To be motionless and quiet in the house. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨnʉná tɛ áji némēpūkū. He/ she is just quiet and motionless in the house and doesn't get out. Syn: a-mʉká ‘To remain in the house’.

a-ɨ́ny [North] v. [North] To beat and humiliate.

a-ɨnyaaká v. To return sth. to its original container or dwelling. Káɨ́naakíno. I'm going back (eg. into my house, after stepping outside to talk to you). (S).

a-inyaayá v.mid. 1 • To take towards a certain direction. Einyaáyá inkíshú ídîâ áló. He will drive the cows towards that direction.

2 • To take it back to. ainyaayá Naɨrɔbɨ To take it back to Nairobi. áínyááyie Nairobi. (i) I took it back to Nairobi. (ii) I took it towards Nairobi.

a-ɨnyakʉ́ [North] v. Usage: cattle. [North] To bring up a cud.

a-inyál v. 1 • To annoy, tease, vex.

2 • To spoil, damage. Ɛgɨ́ra abarakɨ́ ainyál esíái. He is intentionally spoiling the work. (Pk). Einyálatɛ ɨmʉ́katɛnɨ́. These breads are bad. (W).

3 • To insult, offend, wrong, harm. Esúpátisho nátomitikíó einyál ɛnkáɨ́. His goodness prevented him from harming her. (Pk). Kéísídáí oshî ɔltʉ́ŋání ɔ́tɔta ɔltáʉ́ sídáí amʉ̂ kɛ́palíki ɨlkʉlɨ́káɨ́ tɛnɛ́ɨ́nyál. A good-hearted person is good because he forgives others when they wrong him. (W).

4 • To cause trouble. amʉ̂ ínyála kɛwán because you have brought problems to yourself (KS). See: a-dɛ́k; a-mórr ‘To insult’.

a-inyaminyám [Chamus] v. [Chamus] To slash. Nɛ́gɨráɨ aké áainyaminyama. People just slashed each other. (C).

a-inyáŋ Variant: a-inyíáŋ. v. v. To buy from; get in trade or by barter from. Káínyáŋa Mósēs. I have bought sth. from Moses. (S). Káínyáŋa ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ɛ Mósēs. I have bought Moses' cow. (S).

a-inyaŋʉ́ To buy sth. Íncooí iropiyianí meshómōī áainyaŋʉ ɛndáa. Give away money so that food can be bought. Mainyáŋʉ ɛngárri ɛnyɛ́ amʉ̂ súújí. I will not buy his car because it is bad. (eg. rusting, uncared for, possibly missing parts). Rrantíli ŋéjúk áyíéú náínyáŋʉ. It is a new scale that I want to buy. (SN). Káɨ́nyɔ̄ɔ̄ íyīēū nínyáŋʉ? What do you want to buy? (W). Áínyáŋákɨ́ kaán ɨlnyɛ́nya. I buy myself tomatoes. (W). Ááínyáŋákɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. I buy you (sg) tomatos. (W). Aɨ́nyáŋákɨ́ ɨntáɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. I buy y'all tomatos. (W). Áínyáŋákɨ́ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. I buy him tomatos. (W). Áínyáŋákɨ́ nɨncɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. I buy them tomatoes. (W). Kínyáŋákɨ́ íyīē ɨlnyɛ́nya. You (sg) buy me tomatos. (W). Ínyaŋakɨ́ iyíóók ɨlnyɛ́nya. You (sg) buy us tomatoes. (W). Ɛinyáŋákɨ́ iyíóók ɨlnyɛ́nya. He buys us tomatoes. (W). Kínyáŋákɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. He buys you (sg) tomatoes. (W). Ɛinyáŋákɨ́ ɨntáɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. He/they buys y'all tomatoes. (W). Kínyaŋákɨ iyíé ɨlnyɛ́nya. We buy you tomatoes. (W). Kínyaŋákɨ ɨntáɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. We buy y'all tomatoes. (W). Kínyaŋákɨ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. We buy him tomatoes. (W). Ínyaŋakɨ́ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. You (sg) buy him tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ́ kaán ɨlnyɛ́nya. He buys himself tomatoes. (W). Inyáŋákɨ́ nɨ́ncɛ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. Y'all buy you tomatoes. (W). Înyaŋakɨ́ nɨncɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy y'all tomatoes. (W). Ényaŋakɨtɨ́ átɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. Y'all buy yourselves tomatoes. (imperative) (W). Kínyáŋákɨ́ nɨ́ncɛ ɨlnyɛ́nya. They buy you (sg) tomatoes. (W). Ɛinyáŋákɨ́ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. They buy him tomatoes. (W). Ɛinyáŋákɨ́ iyíóók ɨlnyɛ́nya. They buy us tomatoes. (W). Ínyáŋu ɨlnyɛ́nya oshî aké. You buy tomatoes everyday. (W). Ínyáŋákɨ́ kaán ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy yourself tomatoes. (W). Kínyáŋákɨ́ íyíé ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy me tomatoes. (W). Ínyaŋakɨ́ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy him tomatoes. (W). Ínyaŋakɨ́ iyíóók ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy us tomatoes. (W). Înyaŋakɨ́ nɨncɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy y'all tomatoes. (W). Ínyáŋákɨ́ nɨncɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy them tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ́ kaán ɨlnyɛ́nya. He buys himself tomatoes. (W). Áainyaŋákɨ ɨlnyɛ́nya. He/they buys me tomatoes. (W). Kínyáŋákɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. He buys you tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ̄ iyíóók ɨlnyɛ́nya. He buys us tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ́ ɨntáɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. He/they buys y'all tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ́ nɨncɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. He buys them tomatoes. (W). Ínyáŋáká Málákai ɨlnyɛ́nya. You buy/bought Malakai tomatoes. (W). Ínyáŋákɨ́kɨ Málákai ɨlnyɛ́nya. Y'all buy/bought Malakai tomatoes. (W). Kínyaŋákɨ iyíé ɨlnyɛ́nya. We buy you tomatoes. (W). Kínyaŋákɨ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. We buy him tomatoes. (W). Kínyaŋákɨ ɨntáɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. We buy y'all tomatoes. (W). Ínyáŋu ɨlnyɛ́nya oshî aké. You (sg) buy tomatoes everyday. (W). Ínyáŋúŋu ɨlnyɛ́nya oshî aké. Y'all buy tomatoes everyday. (W). Kínyaŋu ɨlnyɛ́nya oshî aké. We buy tomatoes everyday. (W). Kínyáŋákɨ́ íyīē ɨlnyɛ́nya. You (sg) buy me tomatoes. (W). Kinyaŋakɨ́kɨ ɨntáɨ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. Y'all buy me tomatoes. (W). Ínyáŋákɨ́kɨ nɨncɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. Y'all buy them tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ́ átɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. They buy themselves tomatoes. (W). Kínyáŋákɨ́ nɨ́ncɛ ɨlnyɛ́nya. They buy you tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ́ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlnyɛ́nya. They buy him tomatoes. (W). Einyáŋákɨ́ iyíóók ɨlnyɛ́nya. They buy us tomatoes. (W). Áainyaŋákɨ ɨlnyɛ́nya. They/he buys me tomatoes. (W). Áínyáŋúá ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I bought a cow. (W). Ínyáŋúá ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ŋolé. You bought a cow yesterday. (W). Ɛɨtʉ́ inyáŋʉ ɨlnyɛ́nya ŋolé. You did not buy tomatoes yesterday. (W). Einyáŋúá ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ŋolé. He bought a cow yesterday. (W). Einyáŋutúá ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ŋolé. They bought a cow yesterday. (W). Kínyaŋutúa ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ŋolé. We bought a cow yesterday. (W). Ínyáŋutúá ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ŋolé. Y'all bought a cow yesterday. (W). Mainyáŋʉ ɛngárri ɛnyɛ́ amʉ̂ súújí. I will not buy his car because it is bad. (eg. rusting, uncared for, possibly missing parts). (W). Áínyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ tááisére. I will buy a cow tommorow. (W). Ínyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ tááisére. You will buy a cow tommorow. (W). Einyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ tááisére. He will buy a cow tommorow. (W). Kínyaŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ tááisére. We will buy a cow tommorow. (W). Ínyáŋʉ́ŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ tááisére. Y'all will buy a cow tommorow. (W). Rrantíli ŋéjúk áyíéú nainyáŋʉ. It is a new scale that I want to buy. (SN). Áínyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I am buying a cow. / I will buy a cow. / I buy a cow. (W). Ínyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. You are buying a cow. (W). Einyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. They/he are buying a cow. (W). Kínyaŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. We are buying a cow. (W). Ínyáŋʉ́ŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. Y'all are buying a cow. (W). Ínyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. You are buying a cow. (W). Áyíéú náínyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I want to buy a cow. (W). Íyíéú nínyáŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. You want to buy a cow. (W). Eyíéú néínyaŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. He wants to buy a cow. (W). Kíiyíéú nékinyaŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. We want to buy a cow. (W). Íyíéúu nínyaŋʉ́ŋʉ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. Y'all want to buy a cow. (W).

2 • v. To buy s.o. (so as to solve a problem of poverty). Ényiaŋʉ́ ɨltʉ́ŋánák. Hire/buy people.

3 • v. To buy things from a distance or several places. See: a-mɨ́rr ‘To sell’.

ɛnk-ɨnyátɨ Nom sg: ɛnk-ɨ́nyati. Acc pl: ɨnk-ɨnyát. Nom pl: ɨnk-ɨnyát. n. Peel, of a tree or fruit. The smooth ɛnk-ɨnyátɨ of a young tree can be used for making rope. ɨnkɨnyát oó nkuashên potato peels. See: ɛnk-abobóki ‘Piece of bark’.

a-inyenyé [North] v. 1 • [North] To slowly become thinner and thinner.

2 • [North] To become worse and worse.

3 • [Chamus] To shake. See: a-ipirripírr; a-ɨŋʉnʉŋʉ́n; a-igusigusíé; a-iseiseiye; a-ɨpɔ́sh; a-ɨkíj ‘To shake’.

a-inyeyíé v.prog. 1 • To gently shake sth. (eg. to awaken a sleeping person, a dusty cloth to discern the amount of dust in it).

2 • To shake so as to make sth. stand (typically a living thing).

3 • To shake sth. until sirred up (eg. sediments in water). See: a-inyenyíé ‘To shake’.

inyî Nom pl: ínyī. pn.psr. Second person plural possessive pronoun. Ɛ́táá apá nɨnyɛ́ ɛnkâŋ ínyī. It has become your home. Olkékún lâŋ táatá peê eokishó inkíshu olinyî tááisére. It is our turn today for our cows to drink (water) and tomorrow is yours. (Pk).

a-ɨnyiaakɨ́ [North] v. 1 • [North] To give back to the giver sth. given to you, usually out of anger.

2 • [North] To repeat sth.

a-inyiaarí v.dir v.mid. To go towards, move to. Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áadam inkíshú méínyiaari ɛnkáló naiŋúáa. The cows are being turned so they go towards the direction they came from. (Pk). See: a-ló ‘To go to’; a-ɨnyaaká ‘To return sth. to its container’.

a-inyiakʉ́ v. To bring back sth. that had already passed; relapse. ainyiakʉ́ emíón to bring pain back.

a-ɨnyiakʉnyɛ́ 1 • To begin to ache again (a scar).

2 • To remember sth. bad done to one's self and revisit it again.

3 • To get back to the former position.

4 • [North] To recur.

a-inyíál v. To destroy. Éínyíálári.

a-inyialakɨ́ 1 • To destroy for.

2 • To insert sth. wrongly.

a-ɨnyíáŋ v. To shop, buy, trade.

a-ɨnyiaŋaá v.dir. 1 • To sell out, sell away.

2 • [North] To buy.

a-ɨnyiaŋʉ́ To buy, purchase for one's self.

a-ɨnyɨ́g v.prog. 1 • To have dry heaves. Ɛɨnyɨgɨ́ta ɛnkɛráí. The child is having dry heaves.

2 • [North] To hiccup. See: a-yíóg ‘To hiccup’.

a-inyinyirú [North] v.s. [North] To sweat. Káɨ́nyɨ́nyɨ́ra. I have sweated. (S).

a-inyó Variant: a-inyíó. IMP.SG: ínyôô. In some suffixed forms:: inyot. IMP.PL: ényeitó. v. 1 • To rise, get up. Ényeitó! Rise up! Néjokín ɛntásat, ""Ínyôô sií íyīē shɔ́mɔ." They told a woman, "Get up and go.".

2 • To wake up. Káínyo. I have woken up. (S, KS). Ínyô! Wake up! (KS). Keinoóto. He will wake up. (eg. he is still in bed) (S). See: a-inyototó ‘To wake up’.

a-inyoyíé v.apl. To wake s.o. up.

ɨnyɔ́ɔ́ Nom sg: ɨnyɔ́ɔ. Acc pl: ɨnɔɔ́ nyɔ́ɔ́. Nom pl: ɨnɔ́ɔ nyɔ́ɔ́. pn.inter. Question word used to inquire about what a listener has not understood from the conversation; what? [Speaker 1:] Ɛtarákɨ. [Speaker 2:] Ɨnyɔ́ɔ́? [Speaker 1:] Ɔlásʉ́ráí. [Speaker 1:] It has been killed. [Speaker 2:] What? [Speaker 1:] A snake. See: áɨ́nyɔ̄ɔ̄ ‘What?’.

a-ɨnyɔrɨnyɔ́r v. To taste. See: a-ɨshám ‘To taste’.

a-inyototó [Purko]: a-inyiototó. PF; SUBJN: a-inyó, -nyo. v. 1 • To wake up, get up, arise. Kéínyotóto He will wake up. (eg. he is still in bed)(S). Ekáínyótóto adé. I will wake up later. Nɛ́manáa taá tɔ lcáni omɛtábā ánaa néínyotóto oladúóó mʉrraní. So he went around the tree until the warrior woke up. Áínyo. I'll get up. (W). Áínyo. I have woken up. Ínyo Wake up!/Stand up! Ényeitó! Rise up! Néjokiní ɛntásat, "ínyô siî íyīē shɔ́mɔ." The woman was told, "Get up and go.". Kéínyotóto He will wake up. (eg. he is still in bed)(S). Óre naá táatá ɛlɛ̂ payîân néínyotóto nɛ́ɨ́tɔbɨ̂r ɛnkapʉtɨ́. Now this man planned to arrange marriage negotiations [for his daughter]. (Pk).

2 • To stand up. See: a-inyó ‘To rise, wake up’; a-inyeyíé ‘To awaken s.o.’.

a-ɨŋaaŋirró v.mid. To be in a confused state, not sure of what you want to do. Míntóki aɨŋaaŋirró shɔ́mɔ áɨ́ áló nabô. Don't be confused (of where to go) just go to one side.

a-ɨŋác [North] v. [North] To balk. See: a-ɨŋásh ‘To doubt; interrupt’.

a-ɨŋád [North] v. To separate, go apart.

a-ɨŋadíé 1 • To separate from.

2 • To refuse from.

a-ɨŋadɛdɛ́ v. This can indicate being positioned part-way between a sitting and standing position while trying to get up, standing on tip toes, or being perched precariously on a chair.To not be in a stable sitting or standing position. Kágɨ́ra aɨŋadɛdɛ́ matɔnɨ́ta aɨtɔbɨrakɨ́ amʉ̂ kétíī ɔlbɛnɛ́ olórika. I am not stably sitting down because there is a bag on the chair. Eɨŋádēdīā. He was part-way between a sitting and standing position. See: a-jʉjʉmá ‘To squat’.

a-iŋadedíó [North] v.mid. [North] To stand on tiptoes. Káíŋádédie. I stood on tiptoes. (S).

a-ɨŋaɨŋáɨ́ v. To worry; be anxious. Kɛ́ɨ́ŋaɨ́ŋaɨ ɔltʉ́ŋání tenéjokiní, "Ɨ́yɛ." A person will be worried if he is told, "you will die". See: a-idiyiadí ‘To be worried; anxious’.

a-ɨŋamɨŋám Variant: a-ɨŋɔmɨŋɔ́m. v.prog. To whisper. Ɛ́ɨ́ŋámɨ́ŋámɨ́ta réréí. He is talking softly; murmuring (S). See: a-ɨŋɔmɨŋɔ́n ‘To whisper’.

a-ɨŋamɨŋám v.prog. To notch repeatedly. See: a-ŋám ‘To make a notch’.

a-ɨŋamŋamá [North] v. [North] To whisper.

a-ɨŋamŋamakɨ́ [North] [North] To whisper into s.o.'s ear.

a-ɨŋancʉmá [North] v. 1 • [North] To be stranded.

2 • [North] To be surprised. See: a-iŋasíá ‘To be frightened; surprised’.

a-ɨŋantialá v.mid. To be stranded. Áɨŋántíálɛ mayíólo ɛnáló. I am stranded, I don't know where to go.

a-ɨŋáŋ v.prog. 1 • To feint. aɨŋáŋ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ To pretend to hit the cow.

2 • To start but not finish sth. because of a mental realization or feeling about the matter. aɨŋáŋ oróréí To start but not finish what one is saying.

3 • To give a mock name. Néíŋaŋi áɨ́ árná. And they will give a trial name.

4 • [North] To rain for a short period.

a-ɨŋaraná v.mid. To be stranded.

a-ɨŋárr v.prog. To join forces in doing sth. to ensure success. Ɛ́ɨŋárrâ ɨlɔɨŋɔ́k ááré ɔlɨkâɨ̂. Two bulls joined forces to fight the other one. Kɨ́ŋarrâ áainyiaŋʉ ɛngárri. We joined forces to buy a car. This could involve pooling money in order to afford the car, or making the decision together to be more confident it is the best decision. See: a-iríám ‘To do simultaneously’.

a-ɨŋárr v. To join in the beating of s.o.; have an unequal fight. Áɨ́ŋárra. I joined in an unequal fight. (S).

a-ɨŋasíá [̃àɪ̀ŋàsɪ́á - two final moras] [North]: a-ɨŋasɨá. [Chamus]: a-ɨŋasɨ́á. PF: a-ɨŋasíé. v.mid. To wonder; be astonished, amazed, surprised. Etorikóki enkókó Naɨrɔ́bɨ nélo aɨŋasíá tɛ nkárakɨ́ oó nkájíjík sapúki. The grandmother was taken to Nairobi and she was surprised because of the big buildings. Áɨ́ŋásia (tááisére). I will be surprised (tomorrow). (W) [This verb form cannot co-occur with ŋolé 'yesterday'; compare with the following:]. Kɨ́ŋasia tááisére. We will be surprised tomorrow. (W). Kɨ́ŋasia ŋolé. We were surprised yesterday. (W). Kɨ́ŋasíátɛ. We were surprised. (W). Ɛɨŋásie ɔlpáyian. The man has been surprised. Ɛɨŋásíáyíé ɔlpayíán enkítok. The man was surprised by the woman (eg., her conduct, appearance, etc.). Áɨ́ŋásie dúoó́ peê aɨnɛ́pʉ tɛ súkuul. I was surprised to find him at school. Káaɨŋasîâ. [káàyŋàsyâ] Something surprised me. (S). Káɨ́ŋásie. I am amazed. (SN). Kɛ́ɨ́ŋásiete. They were surprised. (S).

a-ɨŋasiayíé [West]: a-ɨŋasieyíé. To astonish, surprise, make to wonder. Ɛɨŋásíáyíé ɨltʉ́ŋánák ɛntɔnatá ɔ́ɔ lMáásâɨ̂. The Maasai way of life surprises people. Áaɨŋasíáyie. He will surprise me.

a-ɨŋasiaɨshɔ́ To be astonished, wonder, marvel. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨŋásiaɨshɔ a person who astonishes, surprises.

a-ɨŋásh v. 1 • To doubt sth.

2 • To not carry on sth. to the end; leave sth. before completion.

a-ɨŋashɨŋásh 1 • To keep on doubting.

2 • To walk with legs apart.

a-ɨŋát v. 1 • To not be fit by (ie. outgrow, eg. clothes). Ɛ́ɨ́ŋat ɛnkɛ́ráí ɨná kɨ́lâ tɛ nɛ́bʉlʉ. That cloth will not fit the child when she grows up. (W). Káaɨŋatâ nkílā. I have outgrown these clothes. (S) (lit: These clothes have moved away from me.). Kɨ́ŋáta nkílā. Your clothes aren't fitting you. (S).

2 • To be insuffient for (ie. go without one's share). Ɨ́kɨ́ŋáta nkítábu. You missed your share of the books. (S). aɨŋát ɛndáâ To miss food. Ɛɨŋátʉ inkirí é nkíné tɛ nɛ́ākʉ̄ kúmok ɨltʉŋanák. Goat meat will not be enough if people become (too) many. (W). Óre ɔlɛɨtʉ̂ étûm ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ, ɛɨŋatɨ́shɔ inkíshu... Now the one who did not get a cow, as cows fall short...

3 • To move away from. Ɛ́ɨ́ŋat ɨnkɛjɛ́k áainéí ɛnkɔ́p tɛ náípid. My legs will move away from the ground when I jump. Ɛɨŋátá ɛnkɛ́jʉ ɛnkɔ́p. The leg has lifted up from the ground (eg. when running). (W). Áɨ́ŋátie ɛnkɛjʉ́ áí ɛnkɔ́p. I will lift my leg from the ground. (W).

a-ɨŋataá v.dir. 1 • To outdistance. Káɨ́ŋátáyie. I've not caught what I was going after. (S). Áaɨŋatayiokí. The people went and I was left behind.

2 • To run away from; flee. Áɨ́ŋátáa ɔlŋátúny. I will flee from the lion. (W). Áɨ́ŋátáyie ɔlŋátúny. I fled from the lion. (W). Nɛ́ɨ́nɛpʉ ɔltásat, néjo áɨ́rɔ́rɔ́kɨ́, nɛ́ɨ́ŋatáa. He caught up with an old man, and he tried to greet him, but he (the old man) fled from him. Tɛnákatá aké kipúō amʉ̂ kɛ́ɨ́ŋatáā iyíóók. We are going immediately because he will flee from us. Máapé tɛnákatá peê mɛ́ɨ́ŋátāā iyíóók adé. Let us go now so that he does not flee from us in the evening. (Pk). Ɛtʉshʉrtári doí nɨ́nyɛ ɨlɔ̂ ashé aɨŋataá ɨlkʉlîê. That calf has leapt away to flee from others. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áaipuk áaɨŋataa é mperî. The people are busy fleeing from the famine. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra enkóílií apɛrá aɨŋataá ɔlŋátúny. The gazelle is running very fast fleeing from the lion. (Pk).

a-ɨŋatɨkɨ́ v.apl. To fall short of sth. Áaŋatikíá ɛɨlatá ɛ́ ngári ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ abáya Nairobi I fell short of the car's fuel before I reached Nairobi (i.e the fuel got finished before I reached Nairobi).

a-ɨŋataríé To move away with sth. ahead of.

áa-ɨŋatarʉ v.mid v.dir. To move away from each other.

a-ɨŋatíé v.apl. 1 • To take the greater share of s.o.; hog.

2 • To take away ahead of.

3 • To cause to flee from. Áaɨŋatie ɔlŋátúny. He will make me flee from the lion. (W). Áaɨŋatíé ɔlŋátúny ŋolé. He made me flee from the lion. (W).

a-ɨŋatɨshɔ́ v.apass. Áɨ́ŋátɨ̄shɔ̄ nanʉ́. I will flee. (W).

a-ɨŋatɨŋataá v.dir. To keep on moving away from.

áa-ɨŋatɨŋata To follow each other with a space in between. Ɛɨŋatɨ́ŋātā ɨlmʉ́rrân ɛjɨŋʉ́ ɛnkáŋ. The warriors follow each with a space in between them as they enter into the home.

a-ɨŋɛ́rr [North] v. [North] To pity, have mercy on.

a-ɨŋɛrrʉ́ [North] v.dir. [North] To pity, have mercy on.

a-ɨŋɨ́n v. To limp.

a-iŋirít v.prog. 1 • To drag, pull sth.

2 • To scrape sth. by pulling a rough object on its surface. aiŋirtít ɛnkɨlâ tɔɔ́ lkɨ́kʉ To scrape /scratch the cloth with thorns.

a-iŋirtitoó To pull away.

a-ɨŋɨ́s [North] v. [North] To make patterns on a surface (eg. the sole of a shoe).

a-ɨŋɔdɛ́ v.prog. 1 • To stare mostly without speaking. Ɛɨŋɔdɨ́ta ɨltɔmíá. He/she/ it is staring at the elephants.

2 • To rebuke, warn sternly, rebuke.

3 • To stare at with hatefull eyes; glare. Ɛgɨ́ra ilpáyianí áaiŋodia. The men are glaring at each other (ie. they want to fight each other). See: a-ɨŋɔ́r ‘To look at’.

a-ɨŋɔɨŋɔ́ɨ́ v.prog. To move slowly in a twisting motion; wiggle. Restrict: Animate. This is a slow and twisted motion, such as made by a worm. It can also refer to any slight movement made by a big animal, when it is a sleep or almost dying. See: ɔl-aiŋóiŋói ‘Type of worm’.

a-ɨŋɔ́l v. 1 • To stir a liquid; agitate.

2 • [North] To comb (a place) in search of sth.; search thoroughly.

a-ɨŋɔlɨŋɔ́l 1 • To stir a liquid or a thick substance. aɨŋɔlɨŋɔ́l oloshoró To stir porridge.

2 • To keep stirring, stir constantly.

3 • To disturb the public peace; be loud and rough; be rowdy. aɨŋɔlɔŋɔ́l olórere To disturb the people's peace. aɨŋɔlɨŋɔ́l nkugwána To 'stir up' a meeting; cause chaos in a meeting to try to stop it (S).

a-ɨŋɔlá v. 1 • To be playful.

2 • To have duties in lots of places; travel a lot to take care of responsibilities; be peripatetic.

3 • To be unstable. The unstability is a matter of fact, and can be good or bad.

a-ɨŋɔlɨŋɔ́l v. 1 • To stir a liquid, or a thick substance like porridge.

2 • To stir people up; be roudy, rile up.

a-ɨŋɔlɨŋɔ́l nkugwána To 'stir up' a meeting; cause chaos in a meeting to try to stop it. See: a-ɨŋɔ́l ‘To stir’.

a-ɨŋɔmɨŋɔ́m v. To whisper.

áa-ɨŋɔmɨŋɔma To whisper together.

a-ɨŋɔmɨŋɔmakɨ́ To whisper to s.o. See: a-ɨŋamɨŋamá ‘To whisper’.

a-iŋoŋú v. To inhale the odor of sth. close to one's nose; smell. Ɛgɨ́ra oldîâ aiŋoŋú ɛmpɔ́pɔk. The dog is smelling the odor of the carcass. Syn: a-ɨsʉmataá ‘To inhale the odor of; smell’. See: a-iŋuayá ‘To smell’.

a-ɨŋɔpá [North] v.mid. [North] To be out of sight, unnoticed.

a-ɨŋɔpʉ́ v. To lag behind. Syn: a-isiadʉ́ ‘To remain’.

ɔ-ɨŋɔ́pua n. Remnant (lit: the one that lagged (or left) behind). See: a-ɨŋɔpʉ́ ‘To lag behind’.

a-ɨŋɔ́r In some suffixed forms; PF; SUBJN: -ɨŋʉr(r). v.prog. 1 • To look at or after. Káɨ́ŋɔ́rɨ́ta nkálámu. I'm looking at the pen. (S). Áaɨshɔɔ́ náají ɔlashʉmpáí ɛntarubíni ɛnyɛ́ maɨŋórie iltomíá oóokito ɛnkárɛ́. The European gave me his binoculars to observe elephants drinking water. Áɨ́ŋʉ́ra asɨpʉ́ olêŋ ajó ḿmɛ nɨnyɛ́ ɨlɔ̂. I have scrutinized him to ensure that he is not the one. Ɨ́ŋʉrá siî íyíé ɛldɛ̂ mʉ́rráni óyiap tenélo. Look at that warrior who walks hastily and springingly. Áaŋɔrɨtâ nkúusîn. The cats are looking at me. (S).

2 • To care for, look after. Káɨ́ŋɔ́rɨ́ta inkíshú. I'm looking after cows.

3 • To see. See: a-dɔ́l ‘To see’.

4 • To search out using the mind.

a-ɨŋɔrá v.mid. To face towards one-another. See: a-ɨrɨ́sh ‘To face-up to a challenge’.

a-ɨŋɔraá v.dir. This does not mean physically looking upwards.To go and look at sth.; go and check on in order to find; look through things in order to find sth.; "look up".

a-ɨŋɔrʉ́ v.dir. To look for. Etíī ɨnkɛ́râ enkigúran tiáúluo áaiŋoruno. The children are playing hide-and-seek outside the kraal. Nɛ́ra intókitin nílō aɨŋɔrʉ́ oŋúán. The things you are going to look for are four. Ɛ́táá kíŋórua ɛmpɨ́dɨ́ŋ. You have looked for the back of my neck. (KS). Káɨ́ŋɔ́rʉ enkóítóí nátúmíé iropiyianí. I'll look for a way to get the money.

a-ɨŋɔrʉŋɔrʉ́ To keep on looking for sth.

a-iŋuaá Variant: a-iŋúár. [North]: ɨŋʉaá. [Chamus]: ɨŋʉáá. v. 1 • To leave, leave alone, leave behind. Kéíŋúaa entitó ɛnkáŋ ɛnyɛ̂ nélo mɛ́yamɨ. A girl will leave her home and go to be married. (Pk). Áítúŋúāā ɛnɛshál arík énétóyíó. I will make him/her leave (the place) that is wet and go to that which is dry. (Pk). Tɔ́bɔɨnʉ́ ɛldɛ̂ áshê tárâ níŋúáá ɔlɔ́ɨ́bɔ̄r. [tàrà] Bring that spotted calf and leave the white one. (Pk). Etuŋúáyie apá entitó ɛnkáŋ ɛnyɛ̂ nélo mɛ́yamɨ. The girl had left her home and gone to be married. (Pk). Etuŋúáyie inkíshú ɨnâ kítok nɛ́mɛ́áta ɛlʉ́kʉ́nyá. That irresponsible woman has left the cows. (W). Etuŋúáyiokí kʉlɛ́ naáyiará mɛtádokú. The milk that is boiling has been left to spill over. (Pk). Kɛ́tʉ́ŋáyie. He has left it alone. (S).

2 • To come from. Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áadam inkíshú mɛ́ɨ́nyiari ɛnkáló naiŋúáa. The cows are being turned so they go towards the direction they came from. Káji eiŋúaa? Where does he come from? Néjokí, "Káji íŋúāā?" Néjokí, "Káɨ́mɨ́na dúóó." He said to him, "Where do you come from?" He answered, "I was lost.". Nájó ádɔ́l kóre ɨmbáa kúmok néíŋúaa embólúnotó e oŋúán. I saw that a lot of items [questions on an exam] came from chapter four. (W).

a-ɨŋuakɨ́ v.dat. [North] To let go of.

áa-iŋuaro v.pl v.mid. To leave each other. See: a-pál ‘To leave’; a-lotú ‘To come (move toward)’; a-dúŋ síádí ‘To go to the opposite direction’.

a-iŋuayá v.dir. To sense the smell of sth. not close to your nose. Káíŋúáya nkírí náápejó. I smell roasted meat. (S). Áíŋúáyie esoŋoúna oó nkírí naápejitôî. I am smelling an aroma of meat that is being roasted. (Pk). See: a-ŋóú ‘To have the smell of sth. come to you’; a-ŋú ‘To stink’; a-iŋoŋú ‘To get the smell of sth.’.

a-iŋuɛɨkɨ́ [North]: a-iŋuaakɨ́. Variant: a-ŋʉɛkɨ́. v. 1 • To let go, let loose of sth. one is holding. Túŋuɛkɨ́ oldîâ mekúɛ́ta. Let the dog run.

2 • To bequeath; entrust to s.o., leave with. Kiŋúɛ́kɨ ɨntáɨ́ eseríánī. We leave peace with you (C). Kíŋúɛ́kɨ kʉnâ kɛ́ra ɨnkáɨ́k inóno. We leave these children in your hands. (C). Eiŋúɛ́kɨ̄ ɔltásât ɔlayíóni lɛnyɛ́ inkíshú tɛnɛ́ɨ́rʉra The old man will bequeath/leave with his son the cows when he sleeps (dies). Kááíŋúɛ́kɨ́ ɛlɛ́ bɛ́nɛ́ táatá peê alotú ayá táaisére I will leave this bag with you today so that I come for it tomorrow. Kááíŋúɛ́kɨ́ ɛnâ kɨlá tɔrrɔ́nɔ̂ amʉ̂ mayíéú. I will leave this no-good cloth with you because I don't want it. See: a-ɨŋuaá ‘To leave alone’.

a-ɨŋún v. To make a short, jerky motion.

a-iŋuníé v.inst. To make sth. move in a short jerky motion.

a-ɨŋʉnʉŋʉ́n v. To shake because of instability; rock; wiggle. For example, a post, a tooth about to fall out, an insect -- but not of a person. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlcáni aɨŋʉnʉŋʉ́n. The tree is shaking.

a-iŋunuŋuníé To shake, jerk, rock sth. See: a-ipirripírr; a-ɨpɔ́sh; a-igusugús; a-iseiseiyíé; a-inyenyíé; a-ɨkíj ‘To shake’.

a-ɨŋʉ́ny v. 1 • To utter a word of grumbling; complaining.

2 • [North] To hum.

a-ɨŋʉnyʉŋʉ́ny To keep on complaining; grumble quietly. Ɛɨŋʉnyʉŋʉnyɨ́ta. He is grumbling quietly. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨŋʉnyʉ́ŋʉny person who is grumbling, complaining habitually.

a-ɨŋʉnyʉ́ŋ v. 1 • To murmur, whisper, complain, grumble.

2 • To reproach.

a-ɨŋʉnyʉŋʉ́ny [North] v. [North] To murmur.

a-ɨŋʉ́r [Chamus]: ɨŋʉ́rr. v.subjn. To look at (subjunctive). See: a-ɨŋɔ́r(r) ‘To look at’.

a-ɨŋʉráá v.dir. [North]: a-ɨŋʉraá. 1 • To look at. Ágɨ́ra aɨŋʉráá ɨntarɛ́. I am checking for/looking at the sheep. (W). Áɨ́ŋúráa ɨntarɛ́. I will/Iˈm going to check on the sheep. (W).

2 • To find out. Ɛgɨ́ra iláyiok áatɛma áɨŋʉraa ajó kálɔ̂ ógol. The boys are trying each other to find out which is strong. See: a-ɨŋɔ́r ‘To look at’.

a-iŋurríé v.inst. 1 • To pity, feel mercy for, have compassion with.

2 • [West] To prefer, favor. Shɔ́mɔ ɨ́rrɨtá inkíshú táatá; íŋurríé Kónené amʉ̂ ɛɨrrɨ́ta inkíshú inkóloni kúmok. Go look after cows today; favor Konene (ie. help him especially) because he has been looking after cows for so many days. (W). Áatiaká ŋolé maiŋúrrie Sárah. He told me yesterday to prefer Sarah. (W). Áíŋúrrie Sárah. I will prefer Sarah. (W). Áíŋúrrie ŋolé Sárah. I preferred Sarah yesterday. (W). See: ol-ŋûrr ‘Mercy’.

a-iŋusíl v. To smell bad, stink, reek. See: ol-ŋúsíl ‘Smell’; a-ŋú ‘To smell’.

a-iŋuyúm v. To make s.o. stay or sit temporarily for a rest or in wait of sth. aiŋuyúm ɔltʉŋáni To make a person rest. Íŋuyumó ɨnkɛ́ra to lóîp amʉ̂ ɛnaʉ́ratɛ. Make the children rest in the shade because they are tired.

a-iŋuyumó v.mid. To stay or sit temporarily for a rest or in wait of sth. Áíŋúyúmō to lóîp amʉ̂ ánáʉ́rɛ. I rest in the shade because I am tired. Áíŋúyúme ŋolé. I rested yesterday. Íŋuyumoyú! Rest / sit down! See: a-tɔ́n ‘To stay; sit down’.

a-ɨɔtɨɔ́t [North]: a-ɨwɔtɨwɔ́t. v. To infect. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlbáɛ aɨɔtɨɔ́t. The wound is getting infected. (Pk).

a-ɨɔtɨɔtá v.mid. 1 • To be infected. Káɨ́wɔtɨwɔ́tɛ. I have been infected. (S). This could be said when a wound swells after several days, it becomes pussy, the pain increases and the area affected widens.

2 • To become muddy. See: a-tír ‘to infect’.

îp num. Hundred. ipkát tɔ́mɔ̂n thousand (lit: hundred times ten). îp tɔ́mɔ̂n kát îp aré [íp tɔ̀mɔ̀n kát ìp àré] two hundred thousand (lit: ten hundren times two hundred).

íp nabô [North] [North] One hundred.

ɨ́p arɛ́ [North] [North] Two hundred.

îp inkúyú num. Countless; more than can be counted. Îp inkúyú ɨlántɛ́rɛra lɔ́ sɨ́nyáí. The grains of sand are countless.

ɨ́pa [West]: ápa. greeting. Appropriate answer to sʉ́pa(ī). See: íkó ‘Greeting response from a woman’.

ɨ́pa [West]: áápa. greeting. Appropriate answer to sʉ́pa(ī); said by men, women, children. Áápa! Hello! (greeting response from a man) (W). See: íkó ‘Greeting response from a woman’.

a-ɨpaaŋʉ́ v. To have diarrhoea.

a-ɨpaayá v. To send s.o. away to do or bring sth.; send on an errand. Ɨ́rá ŋáí íyie peê kímpááyā? Who are you to send me (to get it)? [rude] (W). Áípááyie ɛnkɛ́ráí ɛndâ áŋ. I have sent a child to that home. Ɨ́mpaáí. Send her/him. Áaipaakakɨ́ ɔlɔmɔ́nɨ. A visitor has been sent to me. Manyɔ́r ɛnkɨ́páárotó. I don't like being sent. Ɨ́mpááká? Did you send her/him to him/her?

a-ɨpakʉ́ To send s.o. to. See: a-rɛ́ʉ́ ‘To send’; a-ɨrrɨwaá ‘To send’.

a-ɨpác [North]₁ v. [North] To churn (eg. butter). See: a-ɨpásh [North] ‘To churn’.

a-ɨpác [North] v. [North] To shake loose (eg. a tied-up goat).

a-ɨpacá [North] v.mid. [North] To move to and fro restlessly (eg. from one job to another). See: a-ɨpák ‘To wander aimlessly’.

a-ɨpadán v. Hit the target or goal, as intended. Ɛ́ɨ́padán ɔlmʉrraní ɔ́tɨl ɔlŋátúny The warrior who hit the lion is a "good shot". Ɛɨpádan ɨlɔ̂ mʉrraní ɨ́nâ mótonyî. That warrior will precisely shoot that bird. (W). Ɛɨpádánɨ̄shɔ̄ ɨlɔ̂ mʉrraní That warrior is a sharp-shooter (always). (W). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨpádan person who hits the target as intended. See: pádán ‘Skilled, sharp-shooter’; a-tár ‘To be skilled’.

a-ɨpagʉ́ v. To have a nap.

a-ɨpák Variant: a-ɨpa. v. 1 • To perform (any) dance. ɔlapá sínkólīō lɛ́ nkɨ́páátá, kɨ́mpakie apá kɨ́râ ɨlayíok. the old song for the dancing ceremony, we use it to dance when we were boys.

2 • To dance before a raid; march forward hopping in a traditional dance.

3 • [North] To go from one place to another; patrol.

4 • [North] To wander roaming aimlessly.

a-ɨpaá v.mid. To be dancing.

a-ɨpakíé v.apl. To make dance.

a-ɨpakɨpák v. 1 • To be restless, going form one place to another.

2 • To speak too much and not tell the truth.

a-ɨpáŋ v. 1 • To exit. Níyoóki aɨpaŋíé entítō inó. Very early you will exit with your girl. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aiwuaŋíé ɔltîm peê ɛɨpáŋ intárɛ. The woman is removing the (last of) the gate branches so that the goats/sheep may go. (Pk).

2 • To reach final extent or termination point. Ɨ́ncɨmɨshɨmákɨ aɨtɛrʉ́ ɔlkɨdɔŋɔ́ɨ ɔmɛshɔ́mɔ aɨpáŋ tɛ lʉkʉnyá. Pierce me starting from the tail up to the end of the head. (KS).

a-ɨpaŋakɨ́ 1 • To appear to.

2 • [North] To advance on, arrive at.

3 • [North] To run into sth.

a-ɨpaŋʉ́ To come out; appear from. See: a-ipúŋ ‘To exit’; shɔmɔ ‘gone’.

a-ɨpaŋɨpáŋ v. 1 • To pant.

2 • To go out repeatedly.

a-ɨpár v.prog. To question, ask, inquire. Káɨ́párɨ́ta lomón. I'm asking sth. (S). Káɨ́par Leonard tanáa kélotú táísere. I will ask Leonard if he can come tomorrow. (S). Káypára. I have asked him. (S). Mpárá. Ask him! (S). See: a-ikilikúán ‘To ask’.

a-ɨparaá [North] v.dir. [North] To trace a person through inquiry.

a-ɨparakɨ́ [North] [North] To direct s.o. to.

a-ɨparɨpár To interrogate, question constantly.

a-ɨparʉ́ v.dir. To ask for one's self.

a-ɨparraár v. To move about aimlessly. See: a-ló ‘To go’.

a-ɨpásh [North] v. [North] To churn. See: a-ɨpɔ́sh ‘To churn’.

a-ipashá [North] v. v. [North] To wander off due to mental problems. This could be said of people or animals.

2 • v. [North] To not give up a fight that has been broken off; hold a grudge.

a-ɨpatɨpát v.prog. To do things aimlessly with a lot of haste and not reasoning. This is commonly associated with a lot of talking, not thinking of what to say, and not minding about protocol. Meyíéú nɨ́mpatɨ́pat, tábarakɨ́ ɨmbáa. You don't need to do things aimlessly, do things with thoughtfullness.

a-ɨpɛɛ́j v. To show off, display proudly, act ostentatiously or pretentiously. Ɛ́ɨ́pɛ́ɛ́jʉ́nyɛ̂ ɨlmʉ́rrân ɛmányátá. Warriors have walked ostentatiously into the ceremonial home. ɑɨpɛɛ́j osínkólio To sing ostentatiously. See: a-dɛɛ́ny ‘To act proud’; a-ɨtɔkɔɔ́s ‘To show off; flirt’; a-ŋɨdá ‘To be proud’; a-ɨká ‘To be suspended; puffed up’; a-ɨtaakunó ‘To pretend’.

a-ɨpɛɛjá v.mid. To flirt.

a-ɨpɛɛjarí v.dir v.mid. To walk ostentatiously. See: a-ɨkadɨkád ‘To walk carefully’.

a-ipɛ́k₁ v. 1 • To coax or nag s.o. to continue a behavior.

2 • To give an animal pain to make it care for its young. This is done on the rare occasion that an animal despises its young. In S, the method varies by the animal as follows: for cows, air is blown into the the birth canal. For goats, their tail is shoved tightly into the birth canal, and perhaps a strap is tied tightly in the mouth. For sheep, the mouth is tied tighly with a strap, and the animal is tethered, and not allowed to graze for a day or so. In Pk, this is done by putting salt into the birth canal of a cow, or putting salt on the young of a sheep or goat. See: ɛn-kɨ́tɛ́ŋ kɨ́pɛkɛ́ ‘calfless cow’.

a-ɨpɛ́k₂ v. 1 • To jeer. Ɛ́ɨ́pɛk. He will jeer.

2 • To make a sound by blowing on your wrist.

a-ɨpɛ́ny v. 1 • To press hard.

2 • [North] To keep on milking even when it seems the milk has stopped flowing from the cow's teats.

a-ɨpɛnyakɨ́ To milk for s.o. See: a-aarakɨ́ ‘To coerce; kill for’.

a-ɨpɛrdɛ́d v. To tear into shreds. See: a-ɨpɛ́rr ‘To split sth.’; a-pɛrdɛ́d ‘To cut into shreds’.

a-ɨpɛrɛrɛ́ v. 1 • To be on an elevated or high place. See: a-ɨkarɛrɛ́ ‘To be on an edge (eg. of a cliff)’.

2 • [North] To be flat.

a-ɨpɛrɨpɛ́r v. 1 • To roll sth. over and over.

2 • To wallow. See: a-ɨpɛrrɨpɛ́rr ‘To roll sth.’.

a-ɨpɛrɨpɛrá v.mid. 1 • To lie on a bed with motive of not sleeping.

2 • To be restless in bed, toss, roll over and over, roll around.

a-ɨpɛrɨpɛraá v.dir. To roll sth. away.

a-iperiperíé v.inst. To use sth. to roll sth. on the ground.

enk-iperût n. Upper edge of the house where the roof joins the walls.

a-ɨpɛ́rr Variant: ipér. v. To split sth. aɨpɛrrʉ́ sóít to break off a piece of stone from a boulder (SN). Káɨ́pɛ́rra. I have split it. (S). See: a-danyʉ́ ‘To split’; a-rɛ́k ‘To split’.

a-ɨpɛrrɨpɛ́rr v.prog. To keep on splitting (eg. wood) into smaller pieces. Áɨ́pɛ́rrɨ́pɛ́rrɨta. I keep on splitting it.

a-iperriperríé v.inst. To use sth. to split sth.

a-ɨpɛrrɨpɛ́rr₁ Variant: a-ɨpɛrɨpɛ́r. v.prog. 1 • To roll sth. on a horizontal surface. Áɨ́pɛ́rɨ́pɛ́rɨta. I am rolling it on top of a surface.

2 • To make sth. lie on a horizontal surface. aɨpɛrrɨpɛ́rr ɛnkɛ́ráí tɛ ndapásh To make the child lie on the bed.

3 • To take care of animals around the homestead. aɨpɛrrɨpɛ́rr ɨntaré tɛ aúluo To take care of the sheep around in (the vicinity of) the homestead. (Pk).

4 • To beat. Usage: Metaphorical. Nɛ́ɨ́pɛrɨpɛrrɨ́ ɛnkayíóni naɨmalɨ́mala. A boy that has erred was beaten.

5 • [North] To split into pieces. See: a-ɨpɛ́rr ‘To split sth.’; a-ɨpɛrrɨpɛ́rr ‘To roll sth.’.

a-ɨpɛrrɨpɛ́rr₂ v.prog. To keep on splitting (eg. wood) into smaller pieces. Áɨ́pɛ́rrɨ́pɛ́rrɨta. I keep on splitting it.

a-iperriperríé v.inst. To use it to split.

a-ipíd v.prog. 1 • To jump up and quickly land back onto a supporting surface. Note: A-ipíd is appropriate for the actions of monkeys from one tree to another, a person who almost stepped on a snake, etc Éípid. He will jump. Éɨ́pid ɛntárgéetî tɔɔ́ nkʉjɨ́t A grasshopper keeps on jumping in the grass. Éípídó ɔlmʉrraní arisioré encani The warrior has jumped to the height of a tree. Áípídíto. I am jumping. Átódúaa ɔyɛ́kɛny oipidíto tɔɔ́ lkeék. I have seen a baboon jumping from tree to tree. Ímpidó. Jump! (W). Usage: In K, a-ipíd is the hypernym for at least a-ɨ́d, a-itiám, a-dʉmʉ́, a-igís, and a-láŋ.. See: a-cʉtʉnyɛ́; a-ɨdɨɨdá [North] ‘To jump’; a-dookí ‘To jump into’; a-dʉmʉ́; a-igís ‘To jump, as in dance’; a-ɨ́d ‘To jump over’; a-ɨpɨrɨ́ [North] ‘To jump, as in dance’; a-itíám ‘To hop, jump to different spot’; a-ɨtɨ́r ‘[North] To jump a long distance’; a-láŋ ‘To step or jump over’; a-ŋoró ‘[North] To jump’.

2 • To change one's mind after an agreement. Ímpidó mɨ́nyɔrráa aké aás ɨ́nâ. You need to change your mind, don't agree to do that.

3 • [North] To struggle loose.

a-ipidokí To jump for, to, on. Eipídōkī olówuaru ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. The beast will jump on a cow. Áaipidóki. He is jumping on me.

a-ipidipíd To jump repeatedly.

a-ɨpɨ́d [North] v. [North] To straighten.

a-ɨpɨdá [North] v.mid. 1 • [North] To be straight physically.

2 • [North] To be upright morally.

3 • [North] To be clear, understandable.

3 • [North] To be confirmed, attested.

a-ɨpɨdakɨ́ [North] v.dat. 1 • [North] To steer toward.

2 • [North] To speak clearly, forthrightly.

a-ɨpɨdarɨ́ [North] 1 • [North] To go straight.

2 • [North] To be straight.

a-ipiíp v.prog. Restrict: fire. To be in flames. Eipiipíto ɛnkɨ́ma. The fire is burning. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlchátā aipiíp. The stick/firewood is burning. See: a-yupuyúp ‘To be in flames’; a-péj ‘To burn; roast’.

a-ɨpɨ́k v. To protrude, stick out; sprout. Ɨlálá aáre ɔɔ́ɨ́pɨkʉ bɔɔ́ ɛáta olbitír. A warthog has two tusks that project conspicuously outside. (Pk).

a-ɨpɨkʉ́ To extend out, project outward. Ɛɨpɨ́kʉ. It will sprout. Ɛɨpɨ́kʉ ɨlalá lólbītīr. The teeth of the warthog extend out. See: a-bʉ́l ‘To increase, sprout’.

a-ɨpɨ́l v. 1 • To coil; twist. Ɛ́ɨ́pɨl inkítuaak ɨnkɔɨpɨlaní. Women coil beaded-necklaces.

2 • To initiate a clever deceptive manouvre intended to oppose sth. Ɛɨpɨlɨ́ta ɔltásât ɨmbáa ɔ́lcámpa amʉ̂ meyíéú nɛ́ɨmákɨnɨ́. The old man is indirectly opposing the issues about the land because he doesn't want them discussed.

a-ɨpɨlá v.mid. Variant: a-ɨpɨrá. 1 • To be coiled; twisted. Kɛ́ɨ́pɨ́la ɛná ɔɨpɨláí aɨtɔbɨrakɨ́. This coiled beaded necklace has been coiled properly.

2 • To have a clever deceptive maneuver to derail a certain action. See: a-mɛrrɛgɛ́l; a-mɛrrɛgɛlá ‘To twist’; ɛnk-ɔ́ɨ́pɨ́láí ‘A coiled beaded ornament’.

a-ɨpɨlɨpɨ́l v. 1 • To thrive; flourish. Kɛ́ɨ́pɨlɨ́pɨl imbenék óō lkeék tɛnɛ́sha The leaves from trees will flourish when it rains.

2 • To twist repeatedly.

3 • To flash, flicker, shine from reflected light.

a-ipím v. To measure, weigh. Borrowed word: Swahili pima 'measure'. See: a-tɛ́m ‘To measure’.

a-ɨpɨ́r₁ v.prog. 1 • To face. Ɨ́mpɨrá Karen. Face towards Karen.

2 • To head in a certain destination, go towards. Ɛshɔmɔ́ aɨpɨ́r oldóínyó. He went towards the hill. (W). Áɨ́pɨ́rɨ́ta ídía áló ɛ Tanzania. I am heading to Tanzania.

3 • To be directly overhead. Restrict: Sun. Ɛ́ɨ́pɨr ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ. It is midday. (lit: The sun is up above.).

4 • To aim, direct sth. Ɛtaŋoróyie ɛnkáyíóní eremét aipiríé ɔlcaní. The boy has thrown the spear towards the tree. Eipiríé ɔláíyíóní eremét enetií ɔltɔ́mɛ́ káke ɛɨtʉ́ eŋoróo. The boy aimed the spear in the direction the elephant is, but he did not throw it. (W).

5 • [North] To chase for a along time, without catching. Káɨpɨrá ltɔmɛ́. The elephant chased me a long time (but didn't catch me.) (S).

6 • To concern.

7 • To confront.

a-ɨpɨrarɛ́ 1 • To be concerned with; responsible for.

2 • To be direct to; opposite to.

3 • To be directly behind sth. such that one is not visible.

a-ipiríé 1 • To direct to; aim with.

2 • To exchange with.

a-ɨpɨrʉ́ To direct towards the point of reference. See: a-ɨpɨrtá ‘To be concerning’; a-ipiríé ‘To aim with’; a-mɨ́r ‘To chase’.

a-ɨpɨ́r₂ Variant: a-ɨpɨ́rr. v.prog. 1 • To roll a stick rapidly between the palms of the hand; stir vigorously. Ɛɨpɨ́rɨ́ta pápaáí inkiwúó. My father is stirring the soup. (W). This is done by rotating a stick attached to a wide piece of wood between the palms. Ɛɨpɨ́rɨ́ta kʉlɔ̂ páyianí ɛnkɨ́má. These men are making fire. Ɛɨpɨ́rɨ́ta ɛnkɨ́má. They are making a fire by rotating sticks rapidly between the palms. (W). aɨpɨrrɨpɨ́rr To continue the palm action for an extended period of time. See: ɔl-kɨ́pɨrɛ ‘Whisk’.

2 • [North] To rub sth. folded inside a cloth between the palms of the hands, in order to break or mix it well (eg. red ocher). Note: A similar word is found in Oromo (Boranaa, Orma, Waata lects), kibirre 'stick used to stir milk into butter' (Stroomer 1987:344). It is uncertain in which direction the borrowing took place.

a-ɨpɨrá [North] v.mid. 1 • [North] To whirl.

2 • [North] To be wild, out of control.

a-ɨpɨrarɛ́ v.mid v.inst. 1 • To be opposite.

2 • To stand behind sth. Ɛɨpɨ́rarɛ oyékenyî ɔlcaní nɛ́ākʉ̄ moókīrē itumóki atodúaa. The baboon has moved behind the tree so you can no longer be able to see it.

a-ipirdán [North] v. 1 • [North] To play.

2 • [North] To run around aimlessly, as a young child or calf.

3 • To do things carelessly, jokingly, flippantly. See: a-ipirrár ‘To run around aimlessly’; a-dalá ‘To play, to joke’.

a-ɨpɨrɨ́ [North] v. [North] To jump; jump during dancing. See: a-igís ‘To jump, as in dancing’; a-dʉmʉ́; a-itíám; a-ɨ́d; a-ipíd ‘To jump’.

a-ipiríé v. To send sth. in a particular direction (lit: to aim with). Impírīē nkíshú ni. Send the cows in that direction. (S). See: a-ɨpɨ́r ‘To aim’.

a-ipirinyaány [North] v. [North] To have a taste or effect that makes the tongue become rough (e.g. such as caused by unripe fruits or chewing the peel of certain fruits).

a-ipiripír v. 1 • To shake off (eg. dust from a cloth). Áípírípíríto ɔlkáráshá. I am shaking off (the dust from) the sheet.

2 • [North] To shake the head from side to side. See: a-ɨpɔ́sh ‘To shake’.

a-ipiripiroó v.dir. To shake off from. aipiripiroó entérít To shake off the dust.

a-ipiripirú v.dir. To empty (eg. a flour sack of its contents). Note: For SN (sl), this is clearly a "weak" or single r and +ATR. He does not have a non-reduplicated form *fv:a-ipír (nor *fv:a-ipírr)

a-ipirís v.itr. To give willingly and freely.

a-ipirisíē To give willingly and freely.

a-ɨpɨrtá v. 1 • To be about; concerning. Ékíiyíéú siî níkiyiolóu ɨndamunót ɔɔ́ lMáásâɨ̂ ánaa oltúrrúr tɔɔ́ ɨmbáâ náaɨpɨrta empúkúnotó ɔ́ ltʉŋáni. We also want to learn about how Maasai people as a group think about character. (lit: We also want to know thoughts of the Maasai as a group about issues concerning type of person.).

2 • To aim at. See: a-ɨpɨ́r ‘To face’.

a-ɨpɨrʉ́ v. 1 • To invent; originate.

2 • To make fire with firesticks; kindle. See: a-ɨpɨ́rr ‘To stir vigorously’.

3 • To sift by beating a powder on a cloth with a club, over another cloth, such that the fine, soft powder falls through. This is done to ochre, which is then used for beads and warriors' hair. Káɨ́pɨrʉ́ta. I'm beating the ochre. See: -núá ‘To kindle fire’; a-ɨnɔ́k ‘To kindle fire’; mpíróí ‘firemaker’.

a-ipiruníé [North] v.dir v.mid. [North] To grow straight up with one main vertical trunk.

a-ipirrárr v. 1 • To run around aimlessly, like a child or calf; frolic, skip. Kɛ́ɨ́pɨrrarrɨ́ta láshaʉ. The calves are jumping around. (SN).

2 • To fly up, jump up. See: a-ipirdán ‘To run around aimlessly’.

a-ipirrí v. gallop.

1 • To run fast; gallop. Áípírri. I am running. (W). Ímpírri. You are running. (W). Kímpirri. We are running. (W). Ímpírrírri. Y'all are running. (W). Eipírri. They are running. (W). Áípírrīō ŋolé. I ran yesterday. (W). Ímpírrīō ŋolé. You ran yesterday. (W). Eipírrīō ŋolé. He ran yesterday. (W). Eipírrieitô ŋolé. They ran yesterday. (W). Ímpírríó tɔ́tɔ́naǃ Because you have run sit down! (K) Run and sit! (W). Ímpirríó ɨ́yaʉ́ ɛnkárɛ́! [ḿpìríó] Go and get water quickly! Eipírríó osíkíria aló áŋ. The donkey galloped home. Ɛáta ɨná kɛráí ɛlʉ́kʉnyá amʉ̂ eipírríó sokóni néshukúnye eitu elo aɨmalɨmál. That child is responsible because she ran to the market and returned without going to goof off. (W). Áípírri tɛ́nakatá. I am running right now. (W). Áípírríó aɨlány ɛncán. I ran away from rain. See: a-kúɛ́t ‘To run away’; a-ɨŋát ‘To run away’; a-ɨsɨ́k ‘To escape’.

2 • [North] To run a short distance.

3 • To fly. Eipírríó emótonyî. The bird flew away. See: a-ló ti aí ‘To fly’; a-itiamá ‘To fly’.

4 • To flinch; be unable to bear the pain of the knife during circumcision. Ɛ́yíɛ́ŋ ɨlaɨbarták ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ te néípirri oláyíóní. The newly circumcised men will slaughter a cow when the boy cannot bear the pain of being circumcised.

5 • [North] To jump up and down (as in dancing).

a-ɨpɨrrɨkɨ́ [North] v.dat. 1 • [North] To run toward s.o. quickly.

2 • [North] To charge at sth.

a-ipirripírr v.prog. 1 • To shake an item so as to remove sth. from it (dirt, liquid, etc.), shake off; empty by shaking. aipirripír ɨnkɨlání aaraá entérít To shake off the dust from the cloth. Kéípiripírō. He shook himself. (eg. an animal shaking itself dry) (S).

2 • To change for the better (lit: to shake off the bad). Kéípiripíre. He was bad, but became good. (S). This could be said of a thin/healthy contrast, as well as a moral one. See: a-ɨpɔ́sh; a-ɨŋʉnʉŋʉ́n; a-igusugusíé; a-iseiseyíé ‘To shake’.

ipkát tɔ́mɔ̂n [ìpkát tɔ̀mɔ̀n] num. Thousand (lit: hundred times ten). See: ɛn-catá ‘Thousand’.

a-ɨpɔɨpɔ́ɨ́ v. To handle an animate but vulnerable creature lightly and carefully so as not to damage it. Ɨ́mpɔɨpɔyá ɛnkɛ́ráí kɨtɨ́. Handle the little baby with great care.

a-ɨpɔɨpɔyʉ́ 1 • To nurture. Nɛ́ɨ́pɔɨpɔyʉnɨ́ ɛnkɛ́ráí mɛtʉ́bʉlʉ́. So the child is cared for with great care so that she grows up.

2 • To bring carefully. Ɨ́mpɔɨpɔyʉ́ ɛnkɛ́ráí ɨ́yakákɨ. Bring the child carefully to me. See: a-ramát ‘To take care of’.

a-ipók v. 1 • To cleanse ritually, purify. Kéípok inkítuaak ɛnkají natoíshore enkítok peê étûm ɨlpáyianí áatɨjɨŋ. Women ritually clean a house used for delivering [a baby] by a woman so that men could get in. Éípok. He will cleanse ritually. Áípok. He will cleanse ritually. (W).

2 • [North] To paint a calabash or hide with charcoal to make it look black.

a-ipók n-kají To ritually cleanse the house.

a-ipók nk-ɔ́shɛkɛ To nurture a sick person by giving specialized foods.

a-ɨpɔ́k v. 1 • To wound by stabbing.

2 • [North] To jab. Kɛ́ɨ́puaa. He has jabbed it. (S).

a-ipokú v.vent. To wipe water off a surface. aipokú ɛnkárɛ́ natíī ɛndápásh to wipe off water that is on the bed.

a-ɨpɔlɔsá v.mid. To recite by giving an account describing incidents or events. This is done by warriors who are in the meat-eating-camp in the bush. One warrior at a time will wake up at dawn and walks out of the camp and starts recital describing what they have gone through, their triumphs.

ɛn-kɨpɔlɔ́sa n. Recital made in the meat-eating-camp by warriors.

a-ɨpɔ́ny v. To knock against, bump into, push. Ɛ́ɨ́pɔ́nyá oldîâ láí ɛngárrî. A car has bumped into/hit my dog. (PK). The dog could be dead as a result. Usage: See usage note at a-ósh.

a-iponyíé To make things knock one another. See: a-ilúg; a-óc; a-ósh; a-náŋ ‘To hit’; a-ikúm ‘To hit, ram’.

a-ɨpɔ́ŋ v.prog. To overfill the stomach. See: a-poŋú ‘To be overfull (in the stomach)’.

a-ɨpɔ́sh [North]: ɨpásh. v.prog. 1 • To churn, shake (esp. milk). Ɛ́ɨ́pɔsh. He will churn. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨpɔ́sh kʉlɛ́. The old woman is churning the milk. (Pk). Ɛ́ɨpɔshɨ́ta ɛntásât kʉlɛ́. The old lady is shaking milk. This is done to milk four or five days old, after it has curdled. Káɨ́páshɨ́ta kʉlɛ́. I'm shaking milk. (S).

2 • To move sth. from one place to another. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨpɔ́sh ɛnkɛ́ráí kɨtɨ́. (i) The woman is shaking the little child. (Pk) (ii) The woman is taking the little child from one place to another. (K). Ɛshɔmɔ́ dúóó ɔlmórúô aɨpɔ́sh ɔlɨkâɨ̂. The old man has taken the other one around moving from place to place. (Pk). For a human patient, the idea in K, Pk is that the patient is moved from one place to another without rest. In S, a-ɨpɔ́sh can to be done only to milk, either churning or homogenizing it. This may be done when the milk has sat for a long time, such that it blocks the opening of the gourd. After shaking, it pours more easily. Etymology: Proto-Lotuko-Maa *-(ɪ)pɔt- 'churn' (v.) (Vossen 1982ː346).

a-ɨpɔshá v.mid. 1 • To heave like a lake. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkárɛ aɨpɔshá tɨ átua ɛnaɨpɔ́sha. The water is heaving in the lake. (Pk).

2 • To move from place to place; restless. aɨpɔshá ɑɨŋɔrʉ́ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ naɨmɨná To go from place to place looking for a lost sheep.

a-ɨpɔshɨpɔ́sh To churn repeatedly. See: ɛ-naɨpɔ́sha ‘Lake’; a-ipiripír ‘To shake off’; a-ɨŋʉnʉŋʉ́n; a-igusugús; a-iseiseiyíé; a-inyenyé; a-ɨkíj ‘To shake’.

a-ipót v.prog. 1 • To call, beckon, summon. This may be used even for calling s.o. on the telephone if you're asking them to come. Éípot. He will call. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aipót ɛnkɛ́ráí meyêû ají. The woman is calling the child to come to the house. (Pk). Áípótíto. I am calling him/her. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aipót Námʉ́nyák peê élô ayaʉ́ ɛsʉkári. The old lady is calling Namunyak [who is far away] to go and bring sugar. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aipót Námʉ́nyák peê élô ayá ɛsʉkári. The old lady is calling Namunyak [who is far away] to go take sugar [to somewhere else]. Néípoti ɛnapá áŋ áajoki, "óotú." The previously-mentioned family is called and told, "Come.". Eipótu. He will call towards (s.o.).

2 • To name, give a name to. Óre peê eipotíéki ɔltʉŋáni ɔláísíááyiani When a person is named after a servant (C).

a-ipotokí To call (peopl) for some purpose.

a-ipotoó To call loudly or far for s.o. to come to the point of reference (eg. where the caller is). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aipotoó ɛnkɛ́ráí mɛshɔ́mɔ aɨrɔrɔkɨ́ mɛ́nyɛ́. The old woman is calling (out to) the child to come and greet her (the child's) father. (Pk) [The old lady and the father are together, but the child is far away, either within calling distance or in a distant city. The old lady could be sending s.o., or call via raising her voice. In any case, the child is being called to come to where the old lady is.].

a-ipotú(n) To call towards the point of reference. Compare: Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aipót ɛnkɛ́ráí meyêû enetíī. The old woman is calling the child toward herself (ie. toward the old woman). (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aipotú ɛnkɛ́ráí mɛshɔ́mɔ aɨrɔrɔkɨ́ mɛ́nyɛ́. The old woman is calling the child to go and greet her (the child's) father. [The child could be near or far away, and the calling may be loud or soft. The old lady and the father are together and the child is being called to come to where the old lady is.].

a-ɨpɔ́t v.prog. To fill sth. Mɛɨpɔtɨ́ta. She is not filling it up. (W).

a-ɨpɔyʉpɔyʉ́ Variant: a-ɨpɔyɨpɔyʉ́. In some suffixed forms: a-ɨpɔyʉpɔyʉ́n. v. v. To handle carefully.

2 • v. To raise. Nɛ́ɨ́pɔyʉpɔyʉnɨ́ táatá namna hii áâ nɨnyɛ́ aké ɔpɛ́ny So its brought up like this her being alone.

a-ipúk v. 1 • To flee. Éípuk. He will flee. Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áaipuk áaɨŋataa é mperî. People are fleeing from the famine. (Pk).

2 • To hurry. Míkíntókī aipukíé amʉ̂ ɛ́tɔ́n aáta esíáai. Stop hurrying because I still have work to do. (Pk).

a-ipukokí To flee to.

a-ipukíé To put to flight, cause to flee. Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áaipukie inkíshú mɛ́nya ilowuarák. The people are putting the cows to flight so that the lions will not eat them. (Pk).

a-ɨpʉnʉká v. To be excessively full due to overeating. See: ɔl-pʉ́nʉ́ká ‘One of the stomachs of a cow’.

a-ipúŋ Variant: a-ɨpáŋ. v. To go out, go out from, exit, leave. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aipúŋ aló bɔɔ́. The child is going out (from the house) to the outside. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aipúŋ tɛ idîâ áji. The man is going out from that house. (Pk). aipúŋ aló To get out (lit: to exit to go).

a-ipuŋokí, a-ipaŋakɨ́ To appear to.

a-ipurdék v. To do sth. accidentally. See: a-otikí ‘To do intentionally’.

a-ɨpʉ́rj v.prog. 1 • To mix liquid and powdery substances together (eg. water and maize meal for ugali, water and soil to make mud, water and cement powder, eggs and sugar). Ɛ́ɨ́pʉ́rjɨ́ta ɛnkárɛ́ ɔ́ entérít peê émúrîê ɛnkají. [ɛ̀ŋkáɾɛ́ wéntiɾit] She is mixing water and soil to plaster the house with.

2 • To mix people of different backgrounds or cultures together; integrate. Usage: slang. See: a-ɨtʉshʉ́l; a-kúr ‘To mix’.

a-ipúrr v.prog. 1 • To roar; bellow; growl. Ɛgɨ́ra olŋatúny aipúrr tɔ lkɛ́jʉ. The lion is roaring at the river. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlɔ́ɨ́ŋɔ́nɨ́ aipúrr tɛ bɔ́ɔ. The bull is bellowing to the outside. (Pk). Kéípúrróto. He is roaring. (S). This can be done by a warrior who has just returned to society.

2 • To bluff; speak with empty words. aipúrr pɛ́shɔ To speak about sth. and not do anything by actions.

3 • To speak authoritatively. Nɨnyɛ́ ɛgɛlʉ́nɨ̄ méípurrokí oloshô lɛnyɛ́. He is the one to be elected to speak to and on behalf of his section (of people).

a-ipurrupúr v. 1 • To let sth. fall to the ground so that it gets smeared with soil.

2 • To wrestle s.o. down to the ground. Usage: metaphorical.

3 • To keep on roaring.

a-ipurupurorí To roll down.

a-ipurupuríé ɛnkʉ́tʉ́k To oil one's mouth by eating an oily substance (especially meat) (lit: to use it to soil the mouth).

a-ɨpûs ɔ́ŋʉ v.phrase. To have a bad, diseased eye (lit: to be light-colored the eye). Kɛ́ɨ́pʉs-ɔ́ŋʉ alɛ́ tʉŋáni. This man has an eye problem/has a bad eye. (SN). The eye problem is likely permanent and is visible to others.

a-ɨpʉsá v.mid. 1 • To be blue.

2 • To become angry, annoyed. Áɨ́pʉ́sa. I have become angry/annoyed. Note: For W the word is well-formed, but it would only mean 'I am (literally) blue'.

a-ipusíé v. 1 • To make sth. grey-blue. Ɛgɨ́ra áaipusie ɛnâ kɨlâ áapɨk emúá pʉ̂s. They are making this cloth blue (by) putting it in blue color (pigment, dye).

2 • To add milk to. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aipusíé oloshoró óôk ɨnkɛ́râ peê érêt. [òòk] [èrèt] The old woman is adding milk to the porridge that the children drink so that it can be nutritious. aipusíé here refers to the resulting color of the porridge, and not to its consistency. Compare a-bɛbɛ́k.

3 • To make s.o. be despised, hated; bad-mouth s.o.; slander. Ɛgɨ́ra olórére áaipusie olkíríkóí oibáyiokí. The people are making the vagrant be despised/hated. Kááípúsie. I will bad-mouth you. (lit: I will make you blue.) (Pk).

a-ipusíé ɛnk-áɨ́ná To make the hand blue by twisting blue beads on it. Ɛgɨ́ráɨ́ áaipusie ɔlmʉ́rráni oléŋ ɛnkáɨ́ná. The generous warrior is having his hand made blue by twisting blue beads on it. (Pk). This is done to generous warriors. See: pûs ‘Blue’.

a-ɨpʉsʉ́ v. 1 • To become blue. Ɛgɨ́ra shʉmatá aɨpʉsʉ́ amʉ̂ ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkátampo áaiwuaŋa. The sky is becoming blue because the clouds are clearing off.

2 • To lack, go without. Ɛɨpʉ́sʉ̄. He will go without it. Ɛ́ɨ́pʉsʉ́. He will go without it. (W). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlápúróní aɨpʉsʉ́ amʉ̂ mɛáta entóki napurróo. The thief is going without because there is nothing to steal. Ɨ́mpʉsʉ́! Stop it! (lit: Become blue!) (W). This is a joking expression said to children when they cause others to laugh. It is based on the metaphor of 'lack', implying that the child should come to lack ideas, or not "get ideas" that cause so much laughter.

3 • To turn to a different color because of sickness or anger. See: pʉ̂s ‘Blue’.

a-ipúsh v.prog. To apply force to move sth. away and/or towards you with quick motion. Kááípúshíto. I'm pulling you back and forth. aipúsh emilánko mɛtáboloyú To apply force to move the door back and forth so that it could be opened.

a-ipushó To throw oneself back and forth.

a-ipushú To pull.

a-ipushoó To push.

a-ipushupúsh To move back and forth; shake.

a-ɨpʉ́t v. To fill. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkárɛ aɨpʉ́t ɔlcɔ́rrɔ. The water is filling the well. Ɛ́ɨ́pʉt. He filled it. Ɛɨpʉ́tá. He has filled it. (W). Nérukúnyē aké isírúai, nɛ́ɨ́pʉ̄t ewúéjī. Elands just came out, and filled that place. Kéyīēū néōrī ɛnâ tulúgumî amʉ̂ ɛ́ɨ́pʉ́tá bɔɔ́. This old powdered dung needs to be swept because it has filled the kraal. Mɛɨpʉ́táí áɨ́kātā inê amʉ̂ eúlulû nɛ́mɛ́áta enkítíŋótó. You can never fill there because it is a gorge that has no end. Ɛtanáreyia nɛ́ɨ́ŋɔ̄r ɨltʉŋaná átɛ́ amʉ̂ ɛ́ɨ́pʉ́tá entórroní óo mpukunót pɔɔkɨ́ ɛnkɔ́p. People should take care of themselves because the world is full of all kind of evil/bad feeling/trouble. (Pk). See: a-ɨgány ‘To fill’.

a-iputukúny v. 1 • To be frightened, horror-struck, amazed, shocked, stunned. Eiputúkuny. He is / will be frightenend, horror-struck. Eipútúkuny. He is / will be frightenend, horror-struck. (W). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛ́ráí aiputukúny amʉ̂ étódúáá ɔlnátúny. The child is frightened because she has seen a lion. (Pk). Káípútúkunyo. I was shocked. (S). ɔltʉŋáni oiputúkuny person who is frightened, horror-struck. See: a-irút ‘To be frightened’; l-pútukuny [North] ‘Shock, amazement’.

2 • To worry, be concerned with.

a-iputukunyíé To frighten s.o.

a-ɨpʉʉdá v.mid. To bluff; deceive by pretending to be stronger, brave, smarter than one really is. Mɨ́mpʉʉ́dā ajó íyíólo entóki nímíyíólo Do not pretend to know sth. that you do not know. Syn: a-itukutukó ‘To bluff’.

a-ɨpʉʉsanú [North] v.s. [North] To be near the beginning of the dry season.

a-ír v. 1 • To clean a calabash using a stick from the olóíríén tree which is burning or has charcoal at one end. atoiró to have cleaned it. Kétííró. She has cleaned it. (S). Etoíre enkúkúri The calabash is (finally) cleaned.

2 • To root out corrupt or problematic people. Usage: This has the connotation of wielding power.

3 • To prune out bad habits in people; discipline. See: a-ilísh ‘To clean a gourd’.

a-ír v.prog. To move sideways or back and forth in unstable manner; sway; wobble. This can happen to trees, as swayed by wind, thoughts.

a-iriiró To be swayed.

a-iriirunyé 1 • To sway towards the point of reference.

2 • To come in bigness like clouds, heavy truck, big animal.

a-ɨramɨrám v. 1 • To have a permanent speech disorder involving hesitations and involuntary repetitions of certain sounds; stutter; stammer. Kégogóŋ ɔltʉ́ŋání ɔ́ɨ́ramɨ́ram A stuttering person can be easily angered.

2 • To bite lightly and repeatedly. Syn: a-ɨrɔmɨrɔ́m ‘To bite lightly and repeatedly’. See: a-ɨdáŋ ‘To be disfluent or stumble in speech’.

a-ɨrány v. To rain so long that the ground is soaked with water and muddy.

a-ɨráŋ v. To talk proudly, displaying great dignity by the manner one talks. This mostly happens because of wealth and possessions. Míntóki aɨráŋ tɛnɨ́rɔ̄. Don't speak proudly when you talk. See: a-rɨ́ny ‘To talk boastfully’.

a-ɨrás v. To pierce through with a sharp instrument. aɨrás enkíook To pierce the ear. See: a-irasíé ‘To glimpse’.

a-irasíé v. 1 • To drink a little bit of a liquid; sip. airasíé ɛnkárɛ́ To drink a little bit of water.

2 • To catch a glimpse of; see briefly. airasíé ɔlŋátúny To catch a glimpse of a lion.

a-irebúk v.s. 1 • To be damp. (K)eirébuk táatá inkúlupuok amʉ̂ ɛtasháɨ́kīā ŋolé nɛ́tʉ etoyú olêŋ. The soil is damp today because it was rained on yesterday and it did not get completely dry. Kéírébuk inkílaní amʉ̂ ɛ́tɔ́n ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ etoyú olêŋ. The cloths are damp because they are not yet completely dry. (Pk). See: a-calcál ‘To be damp’; a-shál; a-ɨlɨbɨlɨ́b ‘To be wet’; a-ɨrɔbɨ́ ‘To be cold’.

2 • To sweat.

a-irebukú v.incep. To become damp. See: a-calcál [North] ‘To be damp’.

a-irém [South]: a-ilím. v. To dig; cultivate. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian airém inkulupúók. The man is digging the ground. (Pk). Ɨ́yakákɨ enturét náló airemíé endê. Bring me a hoe so that I can go and dig with it there. (Pk). See: a-ŋér ‘To weed’; a-túr ‘To cultivate’.

a-iremokí 1 • To dig sth. into the ground. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní airemokí ɨ́mpɔ́ɔ́shɔ̂ ɛnkɔ̂p. The boy is digging the beans into the ground. (Pk).

2 • To weed. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní airemokí ɨ́mpɔ́ɔ́shɔ̂. The boy is weeding the beans-garden.

a-irenkés v. To spy.

a-ɨrɛnyá v.mid. To contract the abdomen or push, as when giving birth or defecating. Ɛgɨ́ra enkíne náishó aɨrɛnyá. The goat that is giving birth is contracting the abdomen. (Pk). See: a-irianyá ‘To contract the abdomen’.

a-ɨrɛsɨrɛ́s [North] v. [North] To speak incoherently.

a-irewejé See: a-irowua.

v. To boil. See: a-irowuajíé; a-ɨtɔ́k ‘To boil’.

a-ɨrɛwúá [North] In some suffixed forms: ɨrɛwuaj. v.s. [North] To be hot. See: a-ɨrowúá ‘To be hot’.

a-ɨrɛwuajíé [North] [North] To heat sth. up.

a-ɨrɛwuajú [North] [North] To get hot.

a-iríám v. To do more than one thing at the same time. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian airiamakɨ́ eríkúnotó é nkitók ɔ́ ɛncátátá ɛ́ nkají. The man is marrying and building his house at the same time. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní airíám enkírítátá ɔɔ́ ntarɛ́ ɔ́ ɛnɔɔ́ lashɔ́. The boy is simultaneously doing the herding of the goats/sheep and calves. (Pk). In S, this is primarily used for two deaths that happen at the same time, or two people that go to a place together. It cannot be used to describe two people working, either together or independently, at the same time.

áa-iriamari v.pl v.dir v.mid. To go off together. Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɔlpáyian ɔ́ nkitók ɛnyɛ́ shoó áairiamari. The man and his wife have gone to herd together. (Pk). Kóre tɛ nétolikíó nɨnyɛ́ ajó elóíto sokóni ánáátá eiriamarî. If he had told her that he was going to the market, she would/could have gone with him. (W).

a-irianyá [North] v. Usage: Vulgar. [North] To contract the abdominal muscles or push, as when giving birth or defecating. Syn: a-ɨrɛnyá ‘To contract the abdominal muscles or push, as when giving birth or defecating’.

a-ɨrɨ́c [North] v. [North] To be brave. See: a-ɨrɨ́sh ‘To dare’.

a-iriiró [North] v.mid. [North] To waver, waffle, hesitate.

a-ɨrɨjɨakɨ́ [North] v. [North] To carry through with; continue, complete.

a-irím v. 1 • To put spots on the face or body with chalk or ochre; daub; splatter. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráɨ́ airím enkomóm ɛ́ nkáɨ́ tɛ nturotó. The child is daubing the face of the other using chalk. (Pk). See: a-igér ‘To make decorative cutting’.

2 • To make permanent decorative cuttings or tatoos. For S, the idea of decoration is more important than the shape or method. It may be done with fire or knife, and the decoration is permanent. It can be on a house or a warrior. On a warrior, it often consists of dots burned in a circle around each nipple.

a-irimirím [North] [North] To poke repeatedly.

a-irimó v.mid. To be spotted or dotted, involving at least two colors of spots (eg. black and red, brown and black, white and red, black and white). The spots are conspicuous but not as big as tárâ. For S, the spots are congenital, not the result of a-irím. ɔlmɛʉ́t oirímo spotted giraffe. ɔrmɛʉ́t oirímo spotted giraffe (Pk). Kéírímo apá ɔlapá ashé ɔ́tɨmɨrá mpapá. The calf that Dad sold was spotted. (Pk).

a-irimó é nyókîê Spotted red.

a-irimó ɛ́ rɔ̂k Spotted black. See: a-irím ‘To daub, splatter’.

a-irimokí v. 1 • To weed.

2 • [North] To make spots on sth.; plant sporadically. See: a-ilím [South] ‘To weed’; a-ŋér ‘To weed’.

a-ɨrɨ́n v. 1 • To twist. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨrɨ́n ɛnkoríni. The man is twisting a wire.

2 • To tie the side posts of a house together using slender branches of plants. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨrɨ́n ɛnkají ɛnyɛ́. The old woman is tying the side post of her house. (Pk).

3 • To wrap around, surround. Ɨ́rɨná nkáɨ́ná. Tie up your hand (eg. it is wounded, so put a bandage around it). (SN).

4 • To make s.o. late; delay s.o. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨrɨ́n encóliek ɛnyɛ́. The old woman is delaying her partner. (Pk).

a-ɨrɨná v.mid. 1 • To look for delaying tactics; do sth. unwillingly.

2 • To wander around without proper direction.

a-ɨrɨnakɨ́ To twist sth. around sth. Káɨ́rrɨ́nākɨ̄. I will twist it around it (eg. make a rope or vine wrap around a tree trunk). (SN).

a-ɨrɨnakinó v.mid. 1 • To be going round s.o.

2 • To run for refuge and use the other person as a shield in order to not be hit. See: a-nunúk; a-pɨyáɨ; a-mɔnɨ́r ‘To twist’.

a-irirí v. 1 • To cut down to the desired shape or size. airirí eŋúdi To cut the stick to the desired size. airirí ɨlpápít To shave hair to the desired size.

2 • [North] To place side by side.

3 • [North] To place side by side for comparison.

a-iriríó v.mid. 1 • To cut one's hair to the desired size or shape.

2 • [North] To be side by side.

a-ɨrɨrɨakɨ́ [North] v.dat. [North] To carry through with; complete (a task).

a-iririkí In some suffixed forms: a-iririkín. v. 1 • To do sth. accurately; do properly, do correctly. airirikí ɨmbáa To do things accurately.

2 • To fit; make reach. Ɛgɨ́rāɨ̄ áaiririki ɛnkɛ́ráɨ́ ɛnkɨlâ náyâ sukúul. The child is being fitted (with) the cloth she will take (to) school. (Pk). This can be used of clothes, luggage, or to check if a stick is suitable for making a rungu or spear.

a-iririkinó v. 1 • To fit well (of a dress, job, book for a course, etc.). Kéíririkíno. It fits well. Íkíríríkínō anâ sʉrúálɛ. This trouser fits you. (SN).

2 • To be suitable for the desired purpose. Kéíririkínō. It is suitable for him/her/ it. Íkíríríkínó alɛ́ síáâî. You deserve this job. (SN). See: a-irirí ‘To cut straight’; a-narɛ́; a-ishiaá; a-ishiaakinó; a-nyɔrɛ́ ‘To be suitable’.

a-ɨrɨ́sh v. To face-up to; resist; dare. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlɔ́ɨ́ŋɔ́nɨ́ ɔ́tɨ apʉ́sh aɨrɨ́sh ɨlkʉlɨ́kāɨ̄. The young bull is getting aroused to fight the others. (PK). Mɛɨrɨ́shāyū ɛnkɛ́ɛya. No one can face death. (lit: Death cannot be faced.). See: a-pɨ́ ‘To be brave, fierce’.

a-ɨrɨshaá v.dir. 1 • To support sth. so it does not fall down (eg. the roof of a house). See: ɛ-rɨ́shɨná ‘Rafters’.

2 • [North] To parry. See: a-lɔ́ny ‘To parry’.

3 • [North] To say what another intends to speak about.

4 • To delay s.o. from going where he/she intends to go.

5 • To stop s.o. from beating another person.

a-ɨrɨshakɨ́ v.dat. To lay against sth. for support. aɨrɨshakɨ́ ɛlʉ́kʉ́nyá olórika To lay one's head against the chair.

a-ɨrɨshakinó v.dat v.mid. To lean against sth. for support. aɨrɨshakinó ɛsʉntái To lean against the wall. See: a-pɛ́t ‘To keep close to’.

a-ɨrɨshʉ́ v.dir. To support sth. that is crumbling or falling down. aɨrɨshʉ́ ɛmɨ́sa nagɨ́ra aurorí To support a table that is falling down.

a-ɨrɨʉ́ v. To send. Kóre tɛ nékítólíkíó ajó ílóíto sokóni ánáátá áɨ́rɨ́wáyie ɨyakákɨ osabúni. If you told me that you are going to the market, I could have sent you to bring me soap. (W).

a-ɨrɨwaá To send.

a-ɨrɔ́ Variant: a-ʉrɔ́(r). In some suffixed forms: ɨrɔr. v.prog. 1 • To speak; talk. Ɛɨrɔ́. He will speak. Káɨ́rɔ́rɔ. I have talked. Káɨ́rɔrɨ́ta. I'm talking. (S). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨrɔ́ tɛ bɔ́ɔ. The woman is talking outside. (Pk). Éɨniniŋó ɔlɔɨrɔrɨ́ta! Listen to the one who is speaking! (W). aɨrɔ́ nkʉ́tʉ́k nemeishiakíno to speak a language incorrectly (S). Ɛgɨ́ra olmeekí aít tɛ nɛ́ɨ́rɔ Maâ. The Kikuyu is speaking Maa with a Kikuyu accent. (lit: The Kikuyu is speaking with an accent when he speaks Maa.) (Pk). See: a-jó ‘To say’; a-iroríé ‘To talk to’.

2 • To chat. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨrɔ́ ɔ́ lɨkâɨ̂. The man is chatting with the other one. (Pk). See: a-dɛ́r ‘To chat’.

a-iroríé To speak to/with.

a-ɨrɔrɔkɨ́ To visit, greet. Óre oshî táatá néméékúré kílótú aɨrɔrɔkɨ́ ánaa apá. Nowadays you don't come to see me like before. (Pk).

a-ɨrɔbɨ́ In some suffixed forms: -ɨrɔbɨj. v.s. 1 • To be cold. Ɛɨrɔ́bɨ. It is cold. Kɛ́ɨ́rɔ́bɨ̄ kʉná lɛ́. This milk is cold. (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́rɔ́bɨ táatá olêŋ amʉ̂ nemetîi enkóloŋ. It is very cold because there is no sun. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra airopijíé oloshoró apɨ́k kʉlɛ́ náɨ́rɔbɨ. She is cooling the porridge by adding milk that is cold. (Pk). The name of Kenya's capitol, Nairobi, stems from a relative-clause formation of this Maasai verb.

2 • Not easily aroused sexually. Kɛ́ɨ́rɔ́bɨ ɛlɛ̂ ŋɔ́nɨ́ mmɛɨtɨamakɨ́tā inkíshú. This bull is not easily sexually aroused so it does not mount the cows. (Pk). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨrɔ́bɨ person who is not easily aroused; person who is cold.

3 • [North] To be easily attained.

4 • [North] To be polite.

a-ɨropijú v.incep. To become cold.

a-ɨropijíé v.inst. To make cool, chill sth. See: ɛn-kɨrɔ́bɨ ‘Coldness’.

a-irocí [North] v.s. 1 • [North] To be heavy.

2 • [North] To be pregnant.

a-irocú [North] 1 • [North] To become heavy.

2 • [North] To become pregnant. Usage: polite. Éíróco. She became pregnant. (S).

a-ɨrɔgɨrɔ́g v.prog. To speak in a rising and falling intonation; singsong. See: a-ɨramɨrám ‘To stutter’.

a-iroishí v. 1 • To be heavy in weight (objects or people). See: en-kiróíshi ‘Weight’.

2 • To be pregnant. Usage: polite. See: a-iroshí ‘To be heavy’.

a-ɨrɔ́m [North] v. [North] To bite just once. Eg. as a predator biting a goat.

a-ɨrɔmʉrʉ́m [North] [North] To bite repeatedly.

a-ɨrɔmɨrɔ́m v. To bite sth. repeatedly. Ɛɨrɔmɨ́rɔm enkítok inkírí ɛ́nkɛ̄rāī ɛ́tɔ̂n ɛ́ɨtʉ̂ ɛ́ɨ́shɔ̂ mɛ́ɨ́nɔsá. The woman will bite the meat before feeding it to the baby. Ɛɨrɔmɨ́rɔ̄mā oldía ɛnkáɨ́ná ɔ́ lɔmɔ́ni. The dog has repeatedly biten the hand of the visitor. Usage: a-nyaál is more severe and crushing than is a-ɨrɔmɨrɔ́m.. Syn: a-ɨramɨrám ‘To bite lightly and repeatedly’. See: a-nyaál ‘To chew’.

a-iromokí v. To dig sth. into the ground. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní airomokí ɨ́mpɔ́ɔ́shɔ̂ ɛnkɔ̂p. The boy is digging the beans into the ground. (Pk).

a-ɨrɔ́ny v.prog. 1 • To squeeze, press against sth. Káaɨrɔnyɨtâ. It's pressing me. (S). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨrɔ́ny ɛnkɨlâ naɨsʉjɨ́ta. The child is squeezing the cloth she is washing. (Pk). This could be said if one leans on sth. that puts pressure on the person, such as a chair; or by crowding up against s.o. one is sharing a bed with.

2 • To force s.o. to do sth. that they would probably not do on their own.

3 • To have an abortion. Usage: of humans. aɨrɔ́ny nkɔ́cɛkɛ To have an abortion (lit: to squeeze the stomach).

4 • [North] To overcharge.

a-ɨrɔnyɔkɨ́ [North] 1 • [North] To press in.

2 • [North] To oppress.

a-iróŋ v. To drill a hole into; bore. airóŋ ɛnkɔ́p To drill a hole in the ground.

a-iroŋiróŋ 1 • To drill different parts on the ground.

2 • To be talkative; talk aimlessly. See: a-úd ‘To pierce; make a hole’.

a-iropijíé v. 1 • To make sth. cool. Ɛgɨ́ra airopijíé oloshoró apɨ́k kʉlɛ́ náɨ́rɔbɨ. She is cooling the porridge by adding milk that is cold. (Pk).

2 • To make sth. bearable. Eyéwuo ɛncân airopijíé ɛrámátarɛ amʉ̂ ɛ́tágóló oshî. The rain has come to make the rearing of livestock bearable because it has been very difficult. (Pk). See: a-ɨrɔbɨ́ ‘To be cold’; a-iropijú ‘To become cold’.

a-iropijú v. 1 • To become cool in temperature. Eirópījū. It becomes cold. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɨ́jiapɛ airopijú. The climate is becoming cool. (Pk).

2 • To be unenthusiastic. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian airopijú tɔɔ́ mbáa esukúul. The man is no longer enthusiastic about matters of school. (Pk). See: a-ɨrɔbɨ́ ‘To be cold’.

a-ɨrɔpɨrɔpakɨ́ adv. Many times at short intervals; frequently; oftentimes. See: a-siokí ‘To do fast’.

a-iroríé v. To talk to. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian airoríé enkitók ɛnyɛ́ nagɨ́ra. The man is talking to his wife who is listening. (Pk). Mikírorie ɨlasúrīāā. We do not speak to snakes. (W). Ɛɨtʉ́ kíróríe ɨltɔmíá ŋolé. We did not speak to the elephants. (W). Mikírorie ɨltɔmíá tááisére. We will not speak to the elephants tommorow. (W). See: a-ɨrɔ́(r) ‘To speak, talk’.

a-ɨrɔrɔkɨ́ v. To greet. Ááta ɛncɨpái sápʉk amʉ̂ kɨ́nyááká alotú aɨrɔrɔkɨ́. I have great happiness/joy because you have come to greet me again. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨrɔrɔkɨ́ ɔlpayíán tɛ nkaɨná. The woman is greeting the man by (extending her) hand to him. (Pk). See: a-ŋasakɨ́ ‘To greet’; a-ɨrɔ́(r) ‘To talk’.

a-iroshí v. 1 • To be heavy in weight (people, things). Eiróíshi ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ aláŋ enkíné. A cow is heavier than a goat. Kéíróshi ɛlɛ́ bókîs olêŋ. This box is very heavy. (Pk). Ɛ́táá tásat imeekúré apá ɛɨdɨ́m atanápa intokitín naáíroshi. He is weak; he is no longer able to carry heavy things. (Pk). Kéíróshi olêŋ ɛlɛ̂ páyian mmɛɨdɨmárɨ. This man is very heavy; he cannot walk properly. (lit: This man is very heavy; he cannot do it properly.) (Pk). ɔltʉŋáni oiróshi a person who is heavy (in weight).

2 • To be pregnant. Usage: polite. Kéíróshi ɛnâ kítok olêŋ amʉ̂ ɛ́táá kéíshō. This woman is pregnant; she is just about to give birth. (Pk).

a-iroshíú 1 • To become heavy.

2 • To become pregnant.

a-iroshí lómon To have heavy words, to say things that one cannot understand or respond to.

a-iroshí lototó This might be a problem with a leg, age, being to big, or some natural characteristic of a person. Ant: a-nɛnɛ́ŋ ‘To be light’. To have an extreme degree of some characteristic which prevents one from walking far. See: a-nʉtá ‘To be pregnant’; a-iturukúm ‘be.pregnant (animals)’.

a-irót v. To load; pack an animal or truck, load a person with sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât airót osíkiria. The woman is packing the donkey. (Pk). See: a-ɨdɔndɔ́rr ‘To train donkey with a pack’.

a-irotorí Usage: metaphorical. To go while loaded.

a-irotú v.dir. To load onto one's self.

e-írótó Nom sg: e-irotó. Acc pl: i-irót. Nom pl: i-írot. n. The cleaning of a gourd. See: a-ír(r) ‘To clean a gourd’.

a-ɨrowúá [North]: kéréwwa. In some suffixed forms: -ɨrowuaj. v.s. 1 • To be warm, hot. Kɛ́ɨ́rówua táatá. The weather is hot today. Kɛ́ɨ́rówua kʉná lɛ̂. [kʉná ! lɛ́] This milk is hot. Eirówua ɛná sháái. This tea is warm. (W). Áyíéú kʉná lɛ́ naaírowua. I want these milks that are warm. (W). Usage: See usage note at a-péj.

2 • To be hot from a fever.

3 • To want to migrate. Kéírówua ɛlɛ́ páyian kéyīēū nɛ́ɨ́dʉ̄r. This man wants to migrate. (Pk).

4 • To want to mate. Restrict: bulls. Kéírówua ɛlɛ́ ɔ́ɨ́ŋɔ́nɨ́ kéyīēū néítiamákɨ inkíshú. This bull wants to mate with the cows.

a-ɨrowuajú To become hot. Eirówuajú. It will become warm. (W). Ɛgɨ́ra airowuajú amʉ̂ ɛ́ɨ́pɨ́rá ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ ɛnkáí. It is becoming hot because the sun is high up in the sky. (lit: It is becoming hot because the sun is facing the sky.) (Pk). Eirówúájɨtá nɛná lɛ. This milk has become warm. (W).

a-irowuajíé

a-irewuajíé [North]

a-irewejé [Chamus] In some suffixed forms: a-irowuajíék. 1 • To warm sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât airowuajíé kʉlɛ́. The old woman is warming up the milk. (Pk). Kɛ́lɛlɛ́k ɛncɔlatá ɛ́na ɨ́látá tenéírowuajíéki. It is easy to liquify this fat if it is heated.

2 • To heat up or cook sth. a second time; reheat.

3 • To boil a liquid. In S, a-irowuajíé may be used for water or milk, but not for boiling such things as beans in water. It can be used for reheating cooked beans a second time (sense 1). See: a-ɨrowuajíé ‘To warm, heat’; ɛn-kɨrówuaj ‘Hotness, heat’.

a-irú [North] v. [North] To moo, bleat, crow. Kétúró. It has bleated. (S). Kétúrotô. They have bleated. (S).

a-ɨrʉ́j v. To decay. This is mostly happens when worms infest on a carcass. aɨrʉ́j olkurtó To be infested by worms. Ɛ́ɨrʉ́já ɛmpɔ́pɔ̂k. The carcass has decayed.

a-ɨrʉjʉrʉ́j v. 1 • To drizzle. Kɛ́shāl ɛnkɔ̂p amʉ̂ kɛ́gɨ́ra táatá aɨrʉjʉrʉ́j. The ground is wet today because it is drizzling. See: a-shá ‘To rain’; a-ɨtɨpɨtɨ́p ‘To drizzle’; í-rúújî ‘Sessions of drizzling’.

2 • To be lots of small creatures moving around on a dead animal, eating it. Usage: worms. Kɛ́ɨ́rʉjʉrʉjâ lkurú nkɨ́tɛ́ŋ natúâ ŋolé. The worms were eating the cow that died yesterday. (S).

a-ɨrʉjʉrʉjʉ́ v. To grow. Usage: rare. See: a-bʉlʉ́ ‘To grow’.

a-irúk v. 1 • To believe, believe in sth. or s.o. Éíruk. He will believe her. Atɛlɛ́ja Dóris néíruk. I cheated/deceived Doris, and she believed. (W). Ɨmagɨ́ra airúk ajó ílótú mɛ́kátódúaa. I can't believe that you are coming until I see you. (Pk). Níkirúk iyíé. We believe in you. (C).

2 • To obey.

3 • To answer when addressed. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí airúk ŋɔ́tɔ́nyɛ́ naipotíto. The child is answering as her mother addressed her. (Pk).

4 • To permit. Éírúkó ɔláɨ́tɛ́ŋɛ́nání peê ɛɨlɛ́p ɛnkɛráí. The teacher has permitted the child to go to the next class. (Pk).

5 • To agree. Néírukó naá ɨlMaasáɨ́ áajo máírukó. And the Maasai agreed to comply. Note: The sense 'agree' need not always have the Middle form.

a-irukoó v.dir. To answer back; echo.

a-irukokí 1 • To agree with.

2 • [North] To answer s.o. See: a-nyɔrraá ‘To permit, agree’; a-ɨshɔ́ ‘To permit’; a-camá ‘To agree’.

áa-irukuruko [North] v.mid. [North] To go along (eg. down a path) together or in file.

a-irukurukoré [[ayɾūkuɾūkoɾḗ] macrons = stress] v.mid v.inst. 1 • To follow after s.o. who is moving. Usage: a-ɨjɨpaá indicates the subject follows along the same path behind s.o., while a-irukurukoré indicates travelling together.. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlashé airukurokoré ŋɔtɔnyɛ́. The calf is following the mother (cow). (Pk). See: a-ɨjɨ́p [North] ‘To follow’.

2 • [North] To move together with s.o. Nónokúa nkíshú náírukurukóre ntaré. There are the cows moving together with the goats. (SN). Nɛ́idíā nkɨ́tɛ́ŋ náírukurukóre nkíné. There is the cow moving together with the goat. (SN). See: a-sʉ́j ‘To follow’; a-tubake ‘To follow’; a-ujipaá ‘To follow after’.

a-ɨrʉmʉrʉ́m v. To look at sth. without being seen; peep at. Áɨ́rʉ́mʉ́rʉm ɨltʉ́ŋáná te lúsie I will peep at the people through the window.

a-ɨrʉnyʉrʉ́ny [North] v. [North] To rain a little for a long time. Kɛ́yrʉnyʉ́rʉnyʉ́ta. It is raining a little for along time.

a-ɨrʉŋʉrʉ́ŋ v. To snore. See: a-ɨrrʉ́ŋ ‘To snore’.

a-irúp v. 1 • To bewitch. This is very serious, and is only done by ol-oibóni.

2 • To go away unceremoniously. Ɛ́ɨ́rʉ́pâ dúóó ɨlárûôk. The wrong-doers have vanished unceremoniously. (Pk). See: a-sakút; a-rúp ‘To bewitch’.

a-ɨrʉpʉrʉ́p v.prog. To be indistinct, fuzzy, blurred, unclear. Kɛ́ɨ́rʉpʉ́rʉp ilkeék amʉ̂ etomisímiso. The trees are unclear because it has become dark.

áa-ɨrʉpʉrʉp ɨnkɔnyɛ́k To have fuzzy eyes.

a-ɨrʉrá [North]: a-ɨlʉrá. v.mid. To sleep, be sleeping. Ɛshɔmɔ́ enkítok aɨrʉrá tɛ nkáji ɛ́nyɛ. The woman has gone to sleep in her house. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨrrʉŋʉrʉ́ŋ náɨ́rʉra. The child who is sleeping is snoring. (Pk). Tɛ nɛ́ɨ́rʉra oshî ɔltʉ́ŋání náa kɛjɛ́k ɛ́pɨ́k ɨnkɛjɛ́k. When a person sleeps, he puts his legs at the feet of the bed. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aiseyieseyíé ɛnkáɨ́ naɨrʉ́ra. The child is shaking the other one who is sleeping. (Pk). Mayíéú náɨ́rʉ́ra. I do not want to sleep. (W). Miyíéú nɨ́rʉ́ra. You do not want to sleep. (W). Mikíiyíéú nɨ́kɨrʉra. We do not want to sleep. (W). Maiyíéú náɨ́rʉ́ra. They do not want to sleep. (W). See: a-imúg ‘To doze’; a-ɨrrág; a-pér ‘To sleep’.

a-ɨrʉrɛ́ 1 • To have slept, rested. Restrict: elder.

2 • To have died, especially of old age. Usage: euphemistic. Kɛ́ɨ́lʉ́rɛ. [kɛ́ylʊ́rɛ] He has slept (or died). (S). See: ɛn-kɨ́rrágátá ‘Laying out of corpse’.

a-irurúg [North] v.s. [North] To be flimsy, susceptible to collapse.

a-irurugú [North] v.incep. [North] To become flimsy.

a-irús v. 1 • To pierce very fast. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́râ áairus inkuashên tɛ nkígurran. The children a piercing the potatoes very fast. (Pk).

2 • To have many assertions with no conclusion, either in one's own speech or in what one has heard from others. The two examples mk gives are 1) getting lots of second hand information from different people, but it conflicts; and 2) a person who talks of many things, but doesn't resolve any of them. Kéírus lomón. He speaks a lot without resolution. (S). Usage: See usage note at a-úd 'to pierce'.

a-irusurús To make many holes.

a-ɨrʉsʉrʉ́s v. To do sth. after very short intervals. Ɛɨrʉsʉ́rʉs ɛnkɛráí ɛnkɨ́nɔ́sátá ɛ́ ndáa. A child eats food after very short intervals. Syn: a-idikidík ‘To do sth. after short intervals’.

a-irút v. 1 • To be frightened, startled, surprised, worried, shocked, upset. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́râ áairut amʉ̂ étódúââ ɔlŋátúny. The children are frightened because they have seen a lion. (Pk). Kɛ́áta ɔltáʉ́ ogól ɛlɛ́ tʉ́ŋání; méírut tenéjokiní etúá mɛnyɛ́. This man is heart-hardened; he does not show any worry when he is told that his father is dead. (Pk). ɔltʉŋáni óírut person who is frightened, startled.

2 • [North] To run fast.

3 • [North] To shake the body, especially when being circumcised. Such shaking or flinching indicates of cowardice. See: a-iputukúny ‘To be frightened, horror-struck’.

a-ɨrraarrí v. 1 • To fall physically to the ground.

2 • To emotionally be overcomed by problems. See: a-batát ‘To fell’.

a-irraayá v. To drop several things at once (maize, firewood, etc.). See: a-ɨrriaayá ‘To make sth. fall down’; a-itíák ‘To drop’; a-batát ‘To make s.o. fall down’.

a-ɨrráb [North] v. [North] To get late.

a-ɨrrabalá v. To lie flat, with stomach down. Ɛgɨ́ra oldîâ aɨrrabalá aiguraníé inkiyiotín ɛnyɛ́na. The dog is lying flat while playing with its puppies. (Pk). airrabalakinó ɛnkɔ́p to lie flat (with stomach) on the ground. See: a-irrág ‘To lie down’.

a-ɨrrabalakinó v.dat v.mid. 1 • To lie down flat on a surface. aɨrrabalakinó ɛndápásh To lie down flat on the bed.

2 • [North] To lie face down.

a-ɨrrabɨrráb v.prog. 1 • To walk while bending.

2 • To fly close to the ground. A bird or an aircraft can do this.

a-ɨrrabɨrrabíé To make sth. fly close to the ground.

a-ɨrracʉ́ [North] v. [North] To find or discover matters in a certain state.

a-ɨrrág v. 1 • To lie down. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ aɨrrág tɛ bɔ́ɔ. The cow is lying down in the kraal. (Pk). Máɨ́rragá. Let us lie down. See: ɛn-kɨ́rrágátá ‘Lying down’.

2 • To sleep at, sleep somewhere. aɨrrág ɨnkáŋítie To sleep in other homes (other than yours). Népōnū ɛnâ dúóó áŋ áaɨrrag páa kɛ́ɛnɨ́ mɛtábaɨkɨ́ inkíshú ɨnkɛjɛ́k. They come to that home to sleep and tomorrow the cow's legs are tied. Áaɨrrág táatá. [áàyráɡ] He will sleep in my home today. (Pk). Népōnū ɛnâ dúóó áŋ áaɨrag. They come to that home to sleep. See: a-ɨrʉrá; a-pér ‘To sleep’.

3 • [West] To have sexual intercourse. Ɛɨrrágá Josefin, Jon. Josefin and Jon have slept together (ie. had intercourse). (W). Usage: polite..

4 • To continually do sth. in a bothersome way. Nɛ́ɨ́rrág aɨrɔ́. He keeps talking (eg. like a drunkard might incessantly do). (W). Áshɔ́mɔ amɨ́r incereretí tɛ mparét nɛ́ɨ́rrág aké áarʉnyɛ. I went to chase the monkeys from the farm and they just kept forcing themselves (back) this way. (W). See: a-gɨrá ‘To be silent’.

a-ɨrragɨshɔ́ v.apass. To spend the night away.

a-ɨrragʉ́ v.dir. 1 • To sleep in sth. Ɛɨrráguakɨ́. It was slept in. Mɛɨrragʉ́nɨ. Let it be slept in.

2 • To stop to sleep in different places before reaching where one is going.

3 • To lie oneself down.

a-ɨrragaá v.dir. 1 • To sleep at a place while on the way to somewhere else. Áɨ́rrágáā Lemek. I shall sleep at Lemek (on my way out). Kálo aɨrragaá Naɨrɔ́bɨ peê atúm ashɔ́mɔ áŋ. I will sleep at Nairobi on my way to home.

2 • To sleep away (from home). Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɛnkɛráí náíúshúush aɨrragaá inkáŋítie. The loitering child has gone to sleep away in other homes. (Pk). Usage: Negative, esp. with respect to young people.

3 • To lie around. Ɛgɨ́ra intárɛ pɔ́ɔ̄kɨ̄ áaɨrragaa tɛ lɔ́kɛt. All the goats and sheep are lying in the pen. (Pk).

a-ɨrragíé v.inst. 1 • To lay sth. down, put down. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨrragíé iŋúsidin ɛnyɛ́nā pɔɔkɨ́. The man is putting down all his sticks. (Pk). See: a-pɨ́k ‘To put sth. down’.

2 • To lie down with/at. Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɛnkɛráí aɨrragíé ɔlcaní ɔɨshɔɔ́kɨ. The child has lain down with medicine she took. (Pk). Ɨ́rragíé ɨnáíshí ɔ kʉ́lɛ̄! Have a good night! (lit: Lie down with beer and milk!). Usage: Good-night wish before going to sleep..

3 • To make lie down. Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɛntásât aɨrragíé ɛnkɛráí kɨtɨ́. The woman has gone to make the little child lie down. (Pk).

a-ɨrragaríé v.dir v.inst. 1 • To sleep away somewhere with sth. Képūō ɨltʉŋaná ɔ́ɨdʉ́rr áaɨrragarie inkíshú ɛnyɛ̂ inkáŋítie. The migrants will sleep away at other people's homes with their cows. (Pk).

2 • To lay down low.

a-ɨrragakinyé v.dat v.inst. 1 • To lay down on/with.

2 • To lay out before. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨrragakinyé ɨnkɛ́ra ɛndáa. The woman is laying down the food before the children. (Pk). Nɛ́ɨ́rragakinyíéki nɨnyɛ́ ɛndáa mɛ́ɨ́nɔsá. And food was set before him to eat. (lit: And food was laid out for him so that he eats.).

ɨ́rran [North] [North] Nom sg: ɨ́rrân. n.sg n.f. [North] Anxiety, concern. See: a-ɨrraná [North] ‘To be anxious’.

a-ɨrraná [North] v.mid. [North] To be anxious, troubled. Kátɨ́ɨ́rránɛ. He was anxious.

a-ɨrráŋ v. To fret.

a-ɨrraŋɨrráŋ v.prog. To walk aimlessly; loiter; wander. Ímesídáí tɛnɨ́rraŋɨ́rraŋ. It is not good to walk aimlessly. See: a-iwushuwúsh ‘To loiter; wander’.

a-ɨrrapɨrráp v.prog. To feel by touching. This is particularly done using the hand(s). Áɨ́rrápɨ́rrápɨ́ta ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I am feeling the cow by touching. See: a-ɨbʉ́ŋ ‘To touch’.

a-ɨrrásh v. 1 • To find out; catch red-handed. Ɛ́ɨ́rráshá ɔlpáyian ɛnaasɨ́ta ɨláyiok. The man has found out what the boys are doing. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨrrásh ɛnaasɨ́ta ɨláyiok. The man is finding out what the boys are doing. (Pk).

2 • To jeer; scoff at. Ɛgɨ́rāɨ̄ áaɨrrash ɔlpúrríshóí, Hɔ̂ɨ̂! Hɔ̂ɨ̂! Hɔ̂ɨ̂! The thief is being jeered, "Hɔ̂ɨ̂! Hɔ̂ɨ̂! Hɔ̂ɨ̂!".

a-ɨrrashʉ́ Variant: irashu. In some suffixed forms: a-ɨrrashʉ́n. v. To catch up with s.o. This is applicable regardless of wrongdoing (unlike a-ɨrrásh). (S). Rashúaki! Catch up with him! (S).

a-ɨrrataát v. To extend or lie across; in a crosswise direction; at right angles to the long axis; transverse. ɔlcaní oirratáat A tree.

o-írrî [North] Acc sg: írrî. [North] Nom sg: irrí. [North] Acc pl: írr. [North] Nom pl: ɨ̂rr. n. Grewia tembensis, Grewia similis. This noun may occur with the feminine prefix e-, with the same designation.[North] Tree whose wood is good for firewood, making walking sticks, clubs, etc. Its fruit l-pʉʉsaní is edible.

a-ɨrrɨ́ v. v. To send. Nɛ́na ɛmpálāī nairríwutûâ ɨláláshɛra. Here is a letter sent by brothers. (C).

2 • v. To have diarrhea; [North] To have diarrhea. This can be from either a bad disease or from a treatment to clean the stomach. Káɨ́rrɨ. I have diarrhea. (S).

3 • v. [North] To circumcise. Káɨ́rrɨ nkɛ́ra. I will/can circumcise my children. (S). Kɛɨrrɨ́akɨ́ nkɛ́ra. The children have been circumcised. (S). See: a-ɨrrɨʉ́ ‘To send toward point of reference’; a-ɨrrɨwaá ‘To send away’; a-rɛ́ʉ́ ‘To send’; a-ipaayá ‘To send’.

a-ɨrriaayá v. 1 • To make sth. fall down.

2 • To promise sth. and then not do it; let a person down (lit: to make fall down). See: a-rriáá ‘To fall down’; a-irraayá ‘To drop things’.

a-ɨrrɨabíé [North] Variant: a-irriebíé. v. [North] To blink. See: a-ɨrrɨapíé ɛnkɔŋʉ́ ‘To blink’.

a-irríáŋ v.prog. 1 • To be astonished, perplexed, dumbfounded. Éírríáŋá peê ɛ́dɔ̂l ɔlŋátúny. He was astonished when he saw a lion. See: a-ɨŋasíá ‘To be surprised’.

2 • To panic.

a-irriaŋá v.mid. To be in a panic.

a-irriaŋíé v.apl. 1 • To panic about, be aghast over.

2 • To make one panic.

a-ɨrríáŋ [North] [àɪ̀rryáŋ] v. [North] To be laden with, full of.

a-ɨrrɨapíé ɛnkɔŋʉ́ v. To blink. See: a-irriabíé [North] ‘To blink’; ɛnk-ɔŋʉ́ ‘Eye’.

a-irríb v. To suddenly come upon, meet unexpectedly, chance upon. Átéjo áló Nairobi, náírrib Wilson. I tried to go to Nairobi, I met accidentally with Wilson. See: a-túm ‘To get’.

a-irribokinó [North] v.dat v.mid. [North] To encounter an animal in the bush.

a-irriboré [North] [North] To run into an enemy or wild animal.

a-ɨrrɨdá [North] v.mid. [North] To be proud.

a-ɨrrɨdʉ́ v. Restrict: wrong-doing. To repent, feel remorse for, feel sorry for, be contrite about, convert. aɨrrɨdʉ́ iŋók To repent the sins.

a-irríg [North] v. [North] To bend. See: a-irrúg ‘To bend sth.’.

a-irrigó v.mid. 1 • [North] To bend self over. Múntóki airrigó! Stop bending over! (SN).

2 • [North] To halt.

a-ɨrrɨɨ́d v. To hit with an instrument or shoot with arrows, with intention of hurting the targeted item. See: a-náŋ ‘To hit’.

a-irriírr v. 1 • To shake back and forth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltɔmɛ́ airriírr ɔlcaní. The elephant is shaking the tree back and forth.

2 • To confuse; cause to be unable to do anything properly. See: a-irriirrán ‘To confuse’.

a-irriirrán v. To confuse; cause to be unable to think or do things properly. airriirrán olórere To confuse the people.

a-irriirraná To be confused. See: a-irriirr ‘To shake back and forth’.

a-ɨrrɨkɨ́ v.dat. 1 • To drive in; put into. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨrrɨkɨ́ ɨlashɔ́ ɔlálɛ́. The child is driving the calves into the pen.

2 • To reach into. Nɛ́ɨ́rrɨ́kɨ ɛnkáɨ́ná nɛ́ɨ́bʉ̄ŋ ɛnkɛjʉ́ é nkitojó. He put his hand into it and he caught the hare's leg.

3 • To incite to fight. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní aɨrrɨkɨ́ ɨlɔɨŋɔ́k. The boy is inciting the bulls to fight. Áɨ́rrɨ́kia. I have made them fight. Áɨ́rrɨ́ka. I have made them fight. (SN). See: a-ɨrrɨ́ ‘To send’.

a-ɨrrɨnakɨ́ v. To twist sth. around sth. Káɨ́rrɨ́nākɨ̄ lgíitâ lcaní. I will twist the rope around the tree. (SN). See: a-ɨrɨ́n ‘To tie around’.

a-ɨrrɨtá v. 1 • To look after, watch over; tend, herd. Ɛɨrrɨ́ta oláyíóní inkíshú abarakɨ́. The boy looks after the cattle well (every day). Ɛɨrrɨ́tā ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ ŋolé. She herded a cow yesterday. (W). Kɨ́rrɨtâ inkíshú ŋolé. We herded the cows yesterday. (W). Ɨ́rrɨtá taá táatá ɨntaré mɛtáraposhotó. You herded the sheep and goats until they were satisfied. Áírrítua ɨntaré. I have taken care of sheep towards this direction. (SN). Shɔ́mɔ ɨ́rrɨtá inkíshú táatá; íŋurríé Kónené amʉ̂ ɛɨrrɨ́ta inkíshú inkóloni kúmok. Go look after cows today; favor Konene (ie. help him especially) because he has been looking after cows for so many days. (W). Ɛɨrrɨ́tɨ́ta ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. She is herding a cow. (W). Káɨ́rrɨ́ta nkɨtabuní áinén payîê mórróyo. I will take care of my books so that they are not spoiled. (eg. protect from water, be careful about lending them). (SN).

2 • To guard or watch against s.o. doing wrong; monitor. Káɨ́rrɨ́ta olpúrríshóí. I will guard against that thief. (Pk). Ágɨ́ra aɨrrɨtá ɔlpúrríshóí peê mɛ́yá intokitín. I am guarding against a thief so that he does not steal. (Pk).

a-ɨrrɨʉ́ v.dir. To send towards the point of reference, this way. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨrrɨʉ́ ɛnkayíóni enê natíī. She is sending the boy where I am. (Pk). See: a-ɨrrɨwaá ‘To send away’; a-ɨrrɨ ‘To send’.

a-ɨrrɨwaá v.away. To send away. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨrrɨwaá ɛnkɛ́ráí ɛndâ ají. The woman is sending the child to that house. (Pk). Néítayu ɔláɨ́gúɛ́nání Sólómon ɨltʉ́ŋáná ɔ́ɔas esíáai tɛ ísíráel pɔ́ɔkɨ; nɛ́ɨ́rrɨwáa nɨncɛ́ mɛshɔ́mɔ Lɛ́banɔn. Solomon the chief selected all the people who work in Israel; and he sent them to go to Lebanon.

ɨnk-ɨrrɔ́ n.pl. Compensation for murder. Generally used in the expression inkíshú ɔɔ́ nkɨrrɔ́.

a-ɨrrɔ́g v. To cough a heavy, congested cough.

a-ɨrrɔ́k Variant: a-ɨrrɔ́g. v.prog. To cough; cough heavily (as from tuberculosis or a serious infection). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltásât ɔ́muei aɨrrɔ́k. The sick old man is coughing. (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́rrɔkɨ́ta. He is coughing. (S).

a-ɨrrʉayá [North] v. v. [North] To send with a message, a commission. See: a-rɛʉ́ ‘To drive, send’.

2 • v. [North] To vomit because of sickness.

a-ɨrrʉcá [North] v.mid. [North] To be thick in mass. Kɛ́ɨ́rʉ́ca. It is thick (eg. a table top). (S). Kɛ́ɨ́rʉ́cɛ. It was thick. (S).

a-irrucayí [North] [North] To become thick. Kéírrucáwa. It became thick. (S).

a-irrúg [North]: irrigó. v. To bend or incline sth. down from a vertical position. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí airrúg ɛncaní. The child is bending the shrub. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí airrúg kewón. The child is crouching over. (Pk) (lit: The child is bending herself over.). A-kordíl indicates bending sth. relatively non-flexible so it remains in a bent shape. A-kɔrɨny indicates bending sth. flexible which has inner elasticity, with the aim of straightening it. Because the object has inner elasticity, it can springs back into its original shape. A-reré simply means 'to straighten sth.' A-gɨ́l means 'to fold' (a flat flexible item like cloth or paper), or 'to break' (a brittle item like a stick). A-irrúg indicates 'to bend sth.' Its middle form a-irrugó indicates 'to bend slightly forward from about the upper back and shoulders'; while a-ijululó can be used for a person bending forward from the waist so that the buttocks point outward. A-olól means 'to bend sth. flexible that can again resume its shape', but the object does not have inner elasticity.

a-irrugó v.mid. 1 • To bend one's head or back forward from the waist on down. This is the position of a child when greeting an elder. Ɛ́máírrugó ɨlʉ́kʉ́ny Let us bow our heads! Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́râ kʉ́tɨtɨ́ áairrugo ɛgɨrá áaiguran. The small children are bending down as they play. Éírrúge. It has become bent. See: a-ijululó ‘To bend forward with buttocks out’.

2 • To bend each other down.

a-irrugokí To bend down towards, stoop down to. airrugokí ɛlʉ́kʉ́nyá ɛnkɔ́p To look down (lit: To bend the head to the ground). This is the action a child does when greeting an elder.

a-irrugokinó To bend down towards, be stooped down towards; bend over each other; bend down.

a-irrugoré 1 • To bend down at.

2 • To tumble at.

a-irrugorí To bend over that way.

a-irrugoyú To be bendable. Meirrúgoyu. It cannot be bent.

a-irrugú To bend this way.

a-irrugunyé To bend over this way. See: a-ɨrrág ‘To lie down’; a-kɔrɨ́ny; a-olól ‘To bend’; a-shúk ‘To bend roofing sticks’.

a-ɨrrʉɨ v.prog. To prevent the cows from moving further or in haste so as to settle them down to drink water. aɨrrʉ́ɨ́ inkíshú peê éôk ɛnkárɛ́ To prevent the cows from further movement so as to settle them down to drink water.

áa-ɨrrʉɨ To do sth. together in great numbers. áaɨrrʉɨ eŋúes toó sóito To throw stones in great numbers to an animal.

a-irrúm [North] v. [North] To pant, breathe heavily and rapidly as a result of illness.

a-irrumó [North] [North] To have a problem breathing.

a-irrumatú [North] v.incep. [North] To get out of breath.

a-irrumokí [North] v. [North] To oblige s.o. to do sth. which is often (but not necessarily) wrong.

a-ɨrrʉ́ŋ Variant: ɨrʉ́ŋ. v. To snore.

a-ɨrrʉŋʉrrʉ́ŋ Variant: a-ɨrʉŋʉrʉ́ŋ. v.prog. To snore heavily or constantly.

1 • To snore. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí náɨ́rʉra aɨrrʉŋʉrrʉ́ŋ . The child who is sleeping is snoring. Óre taá doí ɔltásháláí laaíjō ɛlɛ̂ nɛ́mɛ́áta entóki nátúm amʉ̂ kɛ́ɨ́rrʉ́ŋʉ́rrʉ́ŋɨ́ta aké. For an idler like this one, he will never get anything because he is always snoring. This means he is always sleeping, not working.

2 • To growl like a dog. Ɛgɨ́ra oldîâ aɨrrʉŋʉrrʉ́ŋ amʉ̂ ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́râ áaiguranie. The dog is growling because the children play with it.

a-ɨrrʉshá v. 1 • To be thick in mass (eg. a thick book, thick hide). Ant: a-bɛbɛ́k ‘To be thin’.

2 • To be viscuous. Usage: liquid. Imeókōyū olóshoró ɔ́ɨ́rrʉsha. A thick porridge is undrinkable.

3 • To be huge. Usage: human. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨrrʉ́sha A huge person.

a-ɨrrʉshá ɔlŋɛjɛ́p To speak a foreign language with difficulty.

a-ɨ́s₁ v. To show off to, try to impress, pretend to have knowledge. See: a-ɨsɨ́s ‘To praise’.

a-ɨ́s [North]₂ v. 1 • [North] To be a person whose blessings and cursings are effectual.

2 • [North] To alert, caution, warn. See: laiser ‘Person with magic’.

a-ɨsáb v. [North] To stroll.

a-ɨsabɨsáb 1 • [North] To stroll about.

2 • To move aimlessly via an indirect route or at no set pace, often in search of food; wander. Kɛ́nyā ilowuarák enkíné naɨsabɨ́sab. Wild animals will eat a goat that wanders.

3 • To beat around the bush.

a-ɨsabɨsabakɨ́ To grab things without permission.

a-ɨsaganyá v.mid. To squat. Ɛɨságányā táatá. He will squat today. (W). Ɛɨságányā oshî aké. He always squats. (W). Ɛɨságányɛ ŋolé. He squatted yesterday. (W). Míntóki aók kʉlɛ́ intáshe; ísaganyayú. Don't drink milk while standing; at least squat. (W).

a-ɨsalaác [North] v. [North] To spread sth. out. See: a-ɨsalaásh ‘To spread sth. out’.

a-ɨsalaásh v. To spread sth. out. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨsalaásh ɔlkáráshá. The child is spreading out the sheet. This is distinguished from a-lɔ́ 'to spread out to dry,' in that a-ɨsalaásh may be done for a variety of reasons, including to allow an item (eg. rug, paper) to be able to perform its normal function. See: a-lɔ́ ‘To spread out to dry’.

a-ɨsalaashá v.mid. To be spread out; relax.

a-ɨsalát [North] v. [North] To mock, ridicule, make fun of, be sarcastic, jeer.

a-ɨsalaticó [North] v.apas. [North] To be a mocker.

a-ɨsalatá v. To be bereaved.

a-ɨsamɨ́s v.s. 1 • To stink strongly, typically from rotting (eg. a carcass, decaying food). Káítúko sógisí naáɨ́samɨsɨtâ. I washed the socks that stunk. (SN). See: a-ŋuoyú ‘To be rotten’; tóŋúá ‘To be rotten’.

2 • To be rotten. Kɛ́ɨ́samɨsáa (i) He is rotten. (S) (ii) They are all rotten. (K). Kɛ́ɨ́sámɨs. It is rotten.

3 • To be fermented. Usage: milk. Áyíéú kʉlɛ́ naaɨ́samɨ̂s. I want fermented milks. (W).

4 • To be profane, full of offensive insult. Kɛ́ɨ́sámɨs kʉlɔ́ ɔmɔ́n. This speech stinks. (SN). This is more than just critical.

a-isamisú v.incep. 1 • To be rotten, go bad. Ɛgɨ́ra kʉ́lɛ náatií olkúkúrí áaisamisu. The milk in the calabash is going bad. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛndáâ nátií emotí aisamisú. The food that is in the cooking pan is getting rotten. (Pk). Kéísámīsū. He will rot.

2 • To go sour, ferment (eg. of milk). Eisómīsū táatá. It will ferment today. (W). Ɛɨsɔ́mɨ̄sā ŋolé. It fermented yesterday. (W). Ɛɨsɔ́mɨ̄sā enkúkú. The calabash (of milk) has fermented. (W). Ɛɨsɔ́mɨ́sɨtá nɛná lɛ. That milk has fermented. (W) (lit: Those milks have fermented.). Syn: a-ŋú ‘To stink’. See: a-isiijó ‘To become sour, fermented’.

a-ɨsampásh v.prog. To roam, spread out, or hang around aimlessly; wander.

a-ɨsampɨshɔ́ To spread out, wander.

a-ɨsampú v. To harvest.

a-ɨsampɨshɔ́ To gather, collect, harvest. See: ɛn-kɨ́sámpúarɛ ‘Harvest’.

a-ɨsamulumuloó v.away. To carry sth. away without being noticed. See: a-isudoó ‘To hide sth.’.

a-ɨsankál v. To joke, jest.

ɔl-tʉŋáni ɔɨsánkal A jesty person, s.o. who teases.

a-isankulukúl [North] v. [North] To be unkempt, disheveled.

a-ɨsáŋ v. To sway.

a-ɨsapɨsapaá [North] v. [North] To drive or lead sth. slowly and gently (eg. livestock, a child).

a-ɨsarác [North] v. [North] To be filthy.

a-ɨsárd [North] v. [North] To scatter. Kɛ́ɨ́sard. They will be scattered. (S). Kɛ́ɨ́sárda. They are spread/scattered. (S).

a-ɨsardák v. To scatter sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́râ áaɨsardak intóto ɛnyɛ̂. The children are scattering their pebbles. (Pk).

a-ɨsardakíé 1 • [North] To scatter sth.

2 • To scatter with, at; cause to scatter.

3 • To annihilate, route.

a-ɨsardakinó v.mid. To be scattered over sth. Ɛgɨ́ra inóilîîn áaɨsardakino entîm. The gazelles are/have scattered over to the bush. (Pk).

a-isarím [North] v. [North] To suspect s.o. of having stolen.

a-ɨsarɨsár v. To hurry. See: a-ɨsarrɨsárr ‘To hurry’.

a-ɨsarkín v. To desecrate; spoil or defile a ceremony; make unholy.

sárkîn adj. Defiled; desecrated; unholy. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨtaá kɛwán sárkîn. He is making himself defiled.

a-ɨsarkiníé To cause the defilement of a ceremony. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨsarkiníé kɛwán. He is defiling himself.

a-isarríé [North] v. [North] To burn to a crisp; scorch.

a-ɨsarrɨsárr Variant: a-ɨsarɨsár. v. To walk fast, hurry. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́râ áaɨsarrɨsarr áapuo sukúul. The children are walking fast to school. (Pk). See: a-siooyó ‘To walk quickly’; a-ɨnapɨnáp ‘To walk quickly’; a-isurokí ‘To walk quickly’.

a-ɨsɛɛ́r [North] v. [North] To make a noise, by boys at night to let others know where they are; by animals when attacked.

a-ɨsɛɛ́rr v.prog. 1 • To make a noise to let others know where you are (eg. boys walking at night); yodel. Ɛgɨ́ra ŋolé ɨlmʉ́rrân áaɨ̄sɛɛrr kewaríé. The warriors were yodelling last night. (Pk). Kɛ́ísɛ́ɛrr aikó ánaa iltʉ́ŋáná oópuonú bátísho. They make wild screams as if they are a people coming for danger.

2 • [North] To make a noise, as when an animal wants to attack another, or wants to get to its calf. Usage: animals. Káɨ́sɛɛ́rrɨ́ta. He is hollering. (S). See: a-igór ‘To holler’.

a-ɨsɛgɛ́l v.prog. To tilt; set on edge. See: ɔ-sɛ́gɛ́l ‘Edge’.

a-iseiseyíé v. 1 • To keep on touching gently. The touch should be repetitive. See: a-ɨbʉ́ŋ ‘To touch’.

2 • To shake sth. by tapping (particularly sth. lying). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aiseiseyíé ɛnkáɨ́ naɨrʉ́ra. The child is shaking the other one who is sleeping. (Pk). See: a-ipiripír; a-ɨŋʉnʉŋʉ́n; a-igusugús; a-ɨpɔ́sh; a-inyenyé; a-ɨkíj ‘To shake’.

3 • [North] To move sth. small back and forth horizontally or vertically, without effort.

a-isekaá [North]: ɨsɛgaá. v.dir. To spit far away. For Pk, this is a non-verbal expression of pride and contempt for sth. See: a-ɨsɨkaá; a-nɔtá ‘To spit’; ɛnk-ámʉ́lák ‘Spit blessing’.

a-ɨsɛlɛɛ́j v. To do sth. secretly.

a-ɨsɛlɛɛjʉ́ v.dir. To bring secretly.

a-ɨsɛlɛɛjaá v.dir. To take sth. away secretly.

a-ɨsɛlɛɛjarí v.dir v.mid. To go secretly; sneak out.

a-ɨsɛnyɨsɛ́ny v.prog. To jog.

a-ɨsɛpɛ́ v. To be greedy; gluttonous. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨsɛ́pɛ̄ person who is greedy, gluttonous. See: a-lubó ‘To be hungry’; a-ʉlʉ́ ‘To eat heavily’.

a-isér v. To rebel, revolt.

a-ɨsɛrpɛ́p v. To lay sth. horizontally.

a-ɨsɛrpɛpiarí, a-ɨsɛrpɛparí v.dir v.mid. To slither; creep.

a-ɨsɛrʉ́ [North] v. [North] To defeat s.o. in a contest of fear. Káysɛ́rʉ́a. I have defeated him (in a fear contest). The contest could be anything that some people might be afraid to do, such as each of two warriors holding a piece of fire against his arm, to see who will give up first, or jumping off a great height.

ɨsɛʉ́sɛʉ Nom sg: ɨsɛ́ʉsɛʉ. n. Living things; animate.

a-ɨsɛʉsɛ́ʉ́ v. To have the whole or part of the body move slightly. See: a-ɨŋɔɨŋɔ́ɨ́ ‘To move slightly’.

a-iseyíé Variant: a-iseyé. In some suffixed forms: a-iseyíék. v. To touch sth. very gently; feel. Míséyie aké ɛndâ mús oóltórok amʉ̂ eŋórisho. Don't disturb/touch that swarm of bees because they sting. (W). Note: kk spells this as a-iseiyíé, but it is phonetically the same as a-seyyí

a-iseiseyíé 1 • To keep touching.

2 • To stir up.

3 • To wake up.

a-iseyiseyíé [North] v. [North] To wave back and forth, shake.

a-isiaaí v. To serve; work for; attend. aisiaaí olaigúɛ́nani To serve the chief. See: e-síáai ‘Work’.

a-isiadʉ́ v.dir. To lag behind, come last.

a-isidakɨ́ v.dat. To lag behind. Kóre ɔpá kɨ́ndʉ́rrɨ́tâ áapuo enetií ɛnkárɛ, ɔlálɛ́ loó nkíshú âŋ náaiturukito, nɛ́sʉjakɨ́ ɔlálɛ lóo nkíshú ɔɔ́ Ɛmpapá, nɛ́ɨ́sɨadákɨ ɔlálɛ lóo nkíshú oó Lemeín. When we were moving to where water is, then the group of our cows was the first one, followed by a group of Empapa's cows, then lastly the group of Lemein's cows. (W). See: a-ɨŋɔpʉ́ ‘To lag’.

a-ɨsɨaj v. To clear, clear of rain; open up.

a-isiajá v.mid. To be plain, flat, cleared. Néítokiní áajo Gɨlái tɛ nkárakɨ́ ɛnkɔ́p naɨsɨ́ája. They are called Gilai because of the land that is plain. (KS).

a-ɨsɨ́áp [North] [àɪ̀syáp] v. 1 • To cover; close (eg. a container, sleeping person). See: a-itoíp; a-pɨsɨ́ŋ; a-pukúr ‘To cover’.

2 • To have intercourse.

a-ɨsɨapaá [North] [North] To cover over.

a-ɨsɨapɨsɨ́áp [North] 1 • [North] To cool down a boiling pot of food.

2 • [North] To soothe or console a child back to sleep.

a-isiapírd v. To scatter; disperse. aisiapírd ɨntaré To scatter the sheep. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔláyíóní aiturrúrr ɨntaré amʉ̂ eisiapírdatɛ. The boy is gathering together the sheep because they are scattered. (Pk). See: a-ɨdapásh ‘To scatter’.

a-isíásh v.prog. 1 • Inflict a heavy blow on sth., using hand, tool, or weapon; make unconcious; smite; knock down. Ɛ́tánáŋíé ɔláyíóní enkitejó ɔlcʉrtɛ́t néísīāsh. A boy hit a hare with a club and made it unconcious. (Pk).

2 • To flatten.

3 • To straighten.

a-isiashá v.mid. To be a clear or unobstructed space or expanse of land or water. ɛnkɔ́p naisíásha (i) a clear land (ii) a plain.

a-isiashá ɔltáʉ To have clean and clear intentions deriving from ethical or moral principles, which govern one's thoughts and actions. aatá ɔltáʉ́ oisíásha To have clear conscience (lit: to have a heart that is unobstructed).

a-isiaúl v. To say things jokingly; be funny.

ɔl-tʉŋáni ɔɨsíáʉl A comical person.

a-isíc [North] v. 1 • [North] To coax a cow to accept a calf.

2 • [North] To coax a cow to be milked.

a-ɨsɨɛ́c [North] v. [North] To knock down.

a-ɨsɨɛcá [North] v.mid. [North] To be knocked down.

ísíêt num. Eight. Ɛɛ́ta inkíshu árɛ ɨlkɨ́ ísíêt. The teats of two cows are eight. (Pk). Etymology: From Proto-Kalenjin *sisi:t (Heine, Rottland & Vossen 1979:77). Note: C. Ehret disagrees with Heine, Rottland & Vossen; see Ethiopians in East Africans, maybe culture history of the Southern Sudan 1983. Etymology: Ehret: From an Eastern Cushitic language in which Proto-East-Cushitic *z > y. The Kalenjin word is from a language in which the *z was preserved..

a-isíg v. Usage: animals. To be in heat, want to mate.

a-ɨsɨ́g [North] [North] To flee, escape. See: a-ɨsɨ́k ‘To flee, escape’.

a-isigíé [North] [North] To chase, cause to flee.

a-ɨsɨgaá [North] v. [North] To spit forcefully through the teeth. See: a-nataá [North] ‘To spit through the lips’.

a-isiicó [North] v. [North] To be salty or sour.

a-ɨsɨɨ́d v. To pull a liquid or a queue into a line; align; array.

a-ɨsɨɨdaá To shoot a liquid far off through a narrow pipe.

áa-ɨsɨɨdari To follow each other in a line. See: a-yíét ‘To stretch, pull’; a-ɨsɨŋɨɨ́d ‘To pull into line’.

a-isiijó v. To become sour, ferment. See: a-kú ‘To ripen, brew beer’; a-isamís ‘To go bad, sour’.

a-ɨsɨɨshɔ́ [North]: a-ɨsɨɨcɔ́, a-isiicó. v. 1 • To taste sour (eg. milk, lemons). Kɛ́ɨ́sɨ́ɨ̄cɔ̄ kʉná kʉ́lɛ. This milk is sour. (SN).

2 • To taste salty. Kɛ́ɨ́sɨ́ɨ̄shɔ̄ aná kíriŋó olêŋ. This piece of meat is too salty.

3 • To want to argue; want to resist an attack.

a-ɨsɨ́k [North]: a-ɨsɨ́g. v.prog. To run away, flee, escape. Ɛ́ɨ́sɨk. He will run away / escape. Ɛɨsɨkɨ́ta. She is running away. Kɛ́ɨ́sɨ́gâ. They have run away. (S). Kóre peê ɛ́dɔ́l iyioó lósowuaní nɛ́arári áaɨsɨg. When the buffalo saw us, they ran away fleeing. (SN). Kɛ́ɨ́sɨgɨ́ta rónkon. The dik-diks will run away. (SN). For mk, this is not a permanent departure.

a-isikíé v.inst. To run away with.

a-ɨsɨkakɨ́ v.dat. To flee to. See: a-kúɛ́t ‘To run’; a-ipirrí ‘To run away’.

a-ɨsɨkaá v. To spit. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltásât aɨsɨkaá inkamʉlák ɔ́ lkumpaú. The old man is spitting saliva (from the chewing) of tobacco. (Pk).

a-ɨsɨkakɨ́ Syn: a-nɔtaá ‘To spit’. To spit to. See: a-nɔtá ‘To spit close by’.

a-ɨsɨkarrá v.mid. To adorn one's self; be adorned.

a-isikitóí v. To be yellow. Éísikítóí túlélēī ɛná tulélēī. This sodom apple is yellow. (Pk).

a-ɨsɨkɔ́ŋ v. To rebuke; chastise.

a-isíl [North] v.prog. [North] To comb. Káísílíto ngwé. (=nkúé ?) I'm combing my head.

a-isilén v. 1 • To borrow from. Áayewûô ɛldɛ̂ páyian aisilén iropiyianí áainéī. That man has come to borrow money from me. (Pk). This kind of 'borrowing' implies a promise to return the item, or pay back the money. See: a-pará ‘To borrow without promise to return’.

2 • To lend to. Áagɨrâ ɛldɛ̂ páyian aisilén iropiyianí ɛnyɛ́na. That man is lending me his money. (Pk).

3 • To have a debt.

a-isilenú v.dir. To borrow, indebt one's self; lend; rent.

a-ɨsɨlɨ́g v. 1 • To trust.

2 • To expect.

3 • To hope.

4 • To promise.

a-ɨsɨlɨgʉ́ To expect.

a-isilisíl v.prog. To cause suffering to; trouble, afflict, persecute. See: a-ɨtanyamál ‘To trouble’.

a-isilisiló [North] v. [North] To be serrated.

a-ɨsɨ́m v. 1 • To take or do by some degree of force (eg. grab, compel, talk down to s.o., plunder). Áɨ́sɨ́máyie ɨna kɨ́tɛ́ŋ hɔ́ɔ́ nɛ́mɛ́nā áí. I have taken that cow by force (and/or refused to give it back), even though it is not mine. (Pk). Eisimáyie Kónené isilinkiní áinéi. Konene has taken my money by force. (W). See: a-uáp ‘To snatch’; a-yá ‘To take’; a-ɨkɔ́ny; a-ɨbʉ́ŋ ‘To seize’.

2 • To accuse unjustifiably.

a-ɨsɨmaá v.dir. To take sth. away by use of strength; seize.

a-ɨsɨmʉ́ v.dir. 1 • To lie repeatedly.

2 • To insist on, force an idea on.

a-ɨsɨmaríé v.dir v.inst. 1 • To bulldoze one's way to get or do sth.

2 • To take sth. forcefully from s.o.

3 • [North] To kidnap.

a-ɨsɨmakɨ́ v.dat. 1 • To force s.o. to do sth.

2 • To force in.

3 • To compel towards.

4 • To force to accept.

a-ɨsɨmakinó v.dat v.mid. 1 • To plunder or grab from each other.

2 • To struggle against one another.

3 • To force oneself to do sth.

a-ɨsɨná v. To be(come) depressed, troubled, sad; the condition is described as being not happy, sometimes associated with crying, possibly because of a troubling situation. Kɛ́ɨ́sɨ́nā. He will get depressed/He gets depressed (ie. he is that kind of person) (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra aɨsɨná amʉ̂ étómítíókokí élô aɨsʉmá. He/she is looking sad because he/she has been denied a chance to go to study. (Pk). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨsɨ́nā person who is depressed, troubled.

a-ɨsɨnanú v.incep. To become depressed. Kóre peê eyé ŋotonyé Jôn, nɛ́ɨ́sɨnánu Jôn olêŋ. When Jon's mother passed away, Jon was very depressed.

a-ɨsɨnanúó

a-ɨsɨnanúá [West]

a-ɨsɨnaníó [North] v.mid. For W, the term describes a low quiet mood, perhaps after an individual has cried and cried, that results from a particular situation which cannot be reversed or helped by others such as failure, victimization, bereavement, complete loss of one's cattle, etc. The feeling may be brief or prolonged. This feeling may also be shared by sympathetic people who know and care about the individual's state. In W, the word would not describe s.o. who is in a low mood for no reason. The primary sense of this term is to have lack, desperate need, and poverty; but it can also be used with reference to a rich person who is sad and depressed.To become depressed; be mentally obsessing on the depression itself or over the situation that has brought about the depression; be sorrowful. Káɨ́sɨ́nánīō olêŋ. I am very depressed (or lonely). (SN). Múntóki aɨsɨnaníó. Stop being dejected/depressed/sad (eg. said to a child who has experienced loss of his/her goat). (SN). Kéísinánīō amʉ̂ nkitók ɛnyɛ́ nátua ŋolé He is feeling loss because his wife died yesterday. (SN). Kéísinánīō amʉ̂ kɛ́taráyiekí nkíshú ɛnyɛ́naá pɔɔkɨ́. He is poor (needy) because all his cows were raided. (SN). See: a-gɨrá ‘To be quiet’; a-rɔ́k ɔ́shɔ́kɛ ‘To be unsociable’.

a-ɨsɨnɨgá v.mid. 1 • To stiffen one's muscles.

2 • To be uneasy; unrelaxed. See: ɔ-sɨ́nɨg ‘Calf muscle’.

a-isinkán v.prog. To serve; work for; attend. See: o-sinká ‘Slave’.

a-ɨsɨŋɨɨ́d v. To pull a liquid or a queue into a line; align. See: a-sɨɨ́d ‘To pull into a line’.

a-isionisíón v. To walk hurriedly. Usage: colloquial. aisionisíón aɨŋataá ɨlmaŋátī To walk hurriedly away from the enemies. Syn: a-isiosíón ‘To be in a hurry’.

a-isíóŋ v.prog. 1 • To suspend; hang.

2 • To let down.

a-isiorɔ́g v. To dampen s.o's excitement about sth.; demotivate, discourage. Ísíórɔ́gɨ́ta ɛnkɛ́ráí inó, tápala You are demotivating your child, leave it.

a-isiorɔgá v.mid. To be timid, shy; demotivated.

a-ɨsɨpɨ́l v. To isolate; make sth. remain without companion.

a-ɨsɨpɨlá v.mid. To stand alone; live alone.

a-ɨsɨpɨlʉ́ To bring sth. on its own, without companion.

a-ɨsɨpɨlarí To go alone.

a-ɨsɨráí v. 1 • To feel remorse for; feel sorry for; This can also be used for confession in a church, where a person confess to God (before a priest). aɨsɨráí ɨntɔrrɔ̂k To feel sorry for the bad deeds.

2 • To feel or express a desire or hope concerning sth.; wish. Káɨ́sɨ́rai elótótó ɛ Nairobi. I have a desire for the journey to Nairobi. See: a-ŋúár ‘To have a desire for’.

a-ɨsɨrdɨɨ́d [North]: a-ɨsʉrdɛɛ́d. v. 1 • To stretch into a line; lengthen.

2 • To pull apart.

I-siria Escarpment n.prop. Isiria Escarpment. See: o-sírianí ‘Siria Maasai person’.

a-ɨsɨrɨkán v. To hang meat for using later; dessicate ? See: sɨrɨkán ‘Hung meat’.

a-isirikanaá v. To utilize sth. little by little; spend carefully. aisirikanaá ɛndáa peê mésíóki aɨshʉnyɛ́ To use food little by little so that it doesn't run out soon.

a-ɨsɨrɨrɨ́ v.s. 1 • To be straight. Ɛshɔmɔ́ yíéyîô ɛmpárɛ̂t nɛ́yaʉ olkíkwá ɔɨsɨrɨ́rɨ. My mother went to the farm and she brought a (long) straight sugar cane. (W). Kɛ́ɨ́sɨrɨ́rɨ. [kɛ́ysɪ́ɾɪ̀ɾɪ́] They are straight. (S). Eisírīrīū ɛlɛ́ shɛ́tā olêŋ. This tree will become straight. (W). Kɛ́gɨ́ra aisiririé. He is making it straight. See: a-itoriorí ‘To be straight’; a-shó ‘To straighten, be straight’.

2 • [North] To make straight, line up. Kéíksiriríto. He is making them straight. (S -K).

3 • To be mentally normal. Usage: Colloquial. Eyéwuo ɛnkɛráí nɛ́mɛ́ɨ́sɨ́rɨ́rɨ aɨtanyamalɨshɔ́. The child that is abnormal has come to cause problems. (Pk).

a-ɨsɨrkɨ́ny v. 1 • To cause an injury or damage by scouring the outer layer of sth. using a rough or sharp object.

2 • To be slippery. See: a-kɨ́ny ‘To peel off’.

a-ɨsɨrkɨnyarí v.dir v.mid. To slide or slip away. See: a-ɨsɨrkɨ́ny ‘To slide; abrade’.

a-isirŋáŋ v. 1 • To cause temporal shock or inability to continue what one was doing before; hang in the air.

2 • To leave stranded; put ashore on a desolate place and abandon. aisirŋáŋ ɔltʉŋáni te ntîm To leave s.o. stranded in the bush.

a-isirŋaŋá To be stranded. See: a-iŋasíá ‘To worry’.

a-ɨsɨrrɨsɨ́rr v. To urinate drop by drop. Nɛ́ɨ́tɛrʉ enkítok airút, nɛ́ɨ́tɛrʉ aɨsɨrɨsɨ́r ɨnkʉ́lák. The woman started panicking and she started urinating a bit at a time.

a-ɨsɨrɨsɨraá To drop little by little; sprinkle. See: a-lʉ́t ‘To urinate’.

a-ɨsɨ́s v. To express approval of, commend, exalt, glorify. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́râ áaɨsɨs ɛnkÁí áaranyakɨ. The children are glorifying God (by) singing. (Pk). Míntóki aɨsɨ́s kɛwɑ́n amʉ̂ mɨláŋ siî íyīē ɨlkʉlɨ́kāɨ̄. Stop praising yourself because you are not better than others. (Pk). Áɨ́sɨs. I will praise him/them. Áaɨsɨs. I will praise you (sg). Ɨ́sɨs. You (sg) will praise him/them. Kɨ́sɨs. You (sg) will praise me. Kɨ́sɨs. He/They will praise you (sg). Ɛ́ɨ́sɨs. He/They will praise. Áaɨsɨ́s. He/They will praise me. Ɛ́ɨ́sɨs. He/They will praise him/them. Ɛ́ɨ́sɨs ɨntáɨ́. He/They will praise you (pl). Kɨ́ɨsɨ́s. We will praise him/her/it/them. Kɨ́ɨsɨ́s iyíé. We will praise you (sg). Kɨ́ɨsɨ́s ɨntáɨ́. We will praise you (pl). Ɨ́sɨ́sɨ́sɨ. You (pl) will praise him/her/it/them. Kɨ́sɨ́sɨ́sɨ. You (pl) will praise me. Kɨ́sɨs nɨ́ncɛ. They will praise you (sg). Áɨ́sɨ́sa. I praised (s.o.). Ááɨ́sɨ́sa. I praised you (sg). Áɨ́sɨ́sa ɨntáɨ́. I praised you (pl). Áɨ́sɨ́sa nɨncɛ́. I praised them. Ɨ́sɨ́sa. You (sg) praised him/them. Kɨ́sɨ́sa. (1) You (sg) praised me. (2) He praised you (sg). Kɨ́sɨ́sâ. (1) They praised you (sg). (2) You (pl) praised me. Ɛ́ɨ́sɨ́sá. He praised s.o. Ɛ́ɨ́sɨ́sâ They praised s.o. Ɛ́ɨ́sɨ́sâ iyíóók. He/they praised us. Ɛ́ɨ́sɨ́sâ ɨntáɨ́. They praised you (pl). Ɛ́ɨ́sɨ́sá ɨntáɨ́. He praised you (pl). Kɨ́sɨsâ. We praised (s.o.). Ɨ́sɨ́sâ. You (pl) praised him/them. Ɨ́sɨ́sâ iyíóók. You (pl) praised us. Ɛɨsɨsɨ́. He/They will be praised. Áaɨsɨsakɨ́. I have been praised. Kɨ́sɨ́sákɨ. You (sg) have been praised. Ɛɨsɨsákɨ. He/they have been praised. Ɛɨsɨsákɨ ɨntáɨ́. You (pl) have been praised. Áɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta nɨnyɛ́. I am praising him/her. Áɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta nɨncɛ́. I am praising them. Ááɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta. I am praising you (sg). Áɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta ɨntáɨ́. I am praising you (pl). Ɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta nɨnyɛ́. You (sg) are praising him/her. Ɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta iyíóók. You (sg) are praising us. Kɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta. (i) You (sg) are praising me. (ii) She is praising you (sg). Ɛɨsɨsɨ́ta nɨnyɛ́. She is praising him. Ɛɨsɨsɨ́ta iyíóók. She is praising us. Áaɨsɨsɨta. She is praising me. Kɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta nɨ́nyɛ. She is praising you (sg). Kɨ́sisɨta. We are praising (s.o.). Kɨ́sɨsɨta nɨncɛ́. We are praising them. Kɨ́sɨsɨta iyíé. We are praising you (sg). Ɨ́sɨ́sɨ́táta iyíóók. You (pl) are praising us. Kɨ́sɨ́sɨ́táta. You (pl) are praising me. Ɨ́sɨ́sɨ́táta nɨncɛ́. You (pl) are praising them. Kɨ́sɨ́sɨ́ta nɨ́ncɛ. They are praising you (sg).

a-ɨsɨsá v.mid. To be renowned. See: a-rrɛ́p ‘To praise’; a-sɛrɛ́m ‘To worship, to adore’.

a-ɨsɨsaá v. To command a dog to run after s.o. or sth.

a-isísh [Purko]: a-isíj. v. 1 • To coax; woo; use 'good' words to try to get s.o. to do sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨsɨ́sh enkíné mɛtɔ́nyɔra olkúo. The woman is coaxing the goat to like the kid. (Pk).

2 • To inflict pain on an animal to make it care for its young; coax. In S, this word is more likely used for goats, sheep, or people, and a-ɨpɛ́k is more likely used for cows. • With reference to animals, this is done on the rare occasion that an animal despises its young. In S, the method varies by the animal as follows: for cows, air is blown into the the birth canal. For goats, their tail is shoved tightly into the birth canal, and perhaps a strap is tied tightly in the mouth. For sheep, the mouth is tied tighly with a strap, and the animal is tethered, and not allowed to graze for a day or so. In Pk, this is done by putting salt into the birth canal of a cow, or putting salt on the young of a sheep or goat. Syn: a-ɨpɛ́k ‘To coax a despising mother’.

a-isishokí v.dat. To coax for.

a-isíú v. 1 • To be empty. Kéísiu ɛnkáji. The house is empty.

2 • To be open. Kéísiúta. It is open. (S).

a-isiuisíú v. To have openings in many places (eg. several doors and windows).

a-isiusíú v. To blow wind. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɔ̂p aisiusíú amʉ̂ kétíī osiwúó ɛnkɔ̂p. The land is blowing wind. (lit: The land is blowing-wind because there is wind (in) the land.) (Pk). See: a-kʉ́t ‘To blow wind’.

a-isiwuokí v. 1 • To eat some food in the morning prior to the right time of eating.

2 • [North] To sleep without eating food; fast.

a-ɨsogɛ́t [Chamus] v. [Chamus] To cry. See: a-ɨshɨ́r ‘To cry’; a-ɨcɨ́r [North] ‘To cry’; a-isogisóg ‘To sob’.

a-isogisóg [North] v. [North] To sob, cry with heavy breathing.

a-ɨsɔkɔrʉ́ v. To work to earn; work for. aɨsɔkɔrʉ́ ɛndáa To work to earn food. See: ɛ-sɔ́kɔr ‘Market; workplace; job’.

a-ɨsɔ́m Variant: a-ɨsʉ́m. v. 1 • To read. Kéyíólo pápâ aɨsɔ́ma mpála. My father knows how to read papers/books. (SN).

2 • [North] To go to school. Borrowed word: Swahili. See: a-ɨsʉ́m ‘To read’.

a-ɨsɔmɨ́s v. To be unfresh (as of milk). "Lɔ́ mʉrraní, ɛ́kʉlɛ́ naáropíl íyíéú anáa ɛ́kʉlɛ́ naáɨ́sɔ̄mɨ̄s? Oh warrior, do you want milk that is fresh, or milk that is unfresh?

a-ɨsɔmɨ́t v. To be sour. Ɛɨsɔ́mɨt kʉná lɛ. This milk is sour. (W).

a-ɨsɔmɨ́t v.prog. To pester; harass. See: a-isorú ‘To harass continually’.

a-ɨsɔmpɨrá v. To swim. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní aɨsɔmpɨrá tɛ nkárɛ. The boy is swimming in the water. (Pk). See: a-ár ɛnkárɛ́; a-sʉjarɛ́; a-pór ɛŋkárɛ́; a-lɔ́p (ɛŋkárɛ́) ‘To swim’.

a-isór v. 1 • To poke about.

2 • To do a rough, incomplete job. This could apply to making a rungu for an impending fight that will be thrown away afterwards, but must be ready quickly, or even making a quick lunch before leaving the house.

3 • To clean up by removing what is not necessary or required. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aisór ɨntaré agɛlʉ́ ɨnaamuêî. The man is removing the unhealthy (or sick) goats and sheep. (Pk).

a-isoroó This could be in a race, when chased, or in leaving a lame cow behind.To leave the rest behind.

a-isordonú [North] v.incep. [North] To get muddy. Kéísórdónó. He got muddy. (S). See: o-sordó ‘Muddy silt’.

a-isorú v. To pester. This can be done to a particular person or group of people. See: a-ɨsɔmɨ́t ‘To pester’.

a-ɨsɔsɨ́ɔ́ [North] v.prog. 1 • [North] To make sth. complete, finish constructing. This could be a house, a calabash -- but only in finishing initial construction, not in repair.

2 • [North] To restore an animal that can't get up by bringing it food and water. Kɛ́ɨ́sɔsɨɔnɨ́ta. He is bringing grass for his cow. (S).

a-isosíón v. 1 • To hurry up. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní aisosíón aló ɨntaré. The boy is hurrying to go and look after the goats/sheep. (Pk).

2 • To be efficient (eg. in work). ɔltʉŋáni oisósion i) an effecient person ii) a fast person. This refers to a long-term, permanent property. Ant: a-maaɨ́ ‘To be docile, sluggish’. See: a-isionisíón ‘To walk hurriedly’.

a-isót v. To drink in sips; sip. aɨsɔ́t kʉlɛ́ To sip milk.

a-isotokí This is usually done by warriors. When they get into a home, of a certain clan, the warrior of that clan will take upon himself to feed the rest. He will visit each house in the homestead to gather gourds of milk for the other warriors. For each gourd, a warrior who opens and take the first sip, aisotokí, passes it on to another who will drink the contents but leave just little, ɔl-mɔ́ŋɔ́, that will be taken back with the gourd.To sip for (ahead of).

a-isotíé To drink along with; eat together with.

a-isotú v. 1 • To sip.

2 • To take milk and other foods after a period of eating meat in the bush. See: a-ɨtashaló ‘To take milk after a meat-eating period’.

a-ɨsuaakɨ́ [North] [àɪ̀swaakɪ́] v.dat. [North] To splash onto. See: a-ɨsúák ‘To splash’.

a-isuaayá v. 1 • To splash about, "make a splash". Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aisuaayá ɛnkárɛ́ tɛ bɔ́ɔ. The child is splashing out water outside the house. (Pk).

2 • To pour out violently, dump out into the open (as when rinsing out a cup).

3 • To sprinkle around. See: a-isúák ‘To splash’; a-ibukoó ‘To pour away’.

a-isúák v. To splash about, make a splash; sprinkle. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aisúák kʉlɛ́ tɛ bɔ́ɔ. The child is splashing out milk outside the house. (Pk). See: a-isuaayá ‘To splash about, "make a splash"’.

a-ɨsʉ́c [North] v. [North] To wash dishes. This cannot be used for washing clothes. See: a-ɨsʉ́sh₁ ‘To clean a calabash’; a-ɨsʉ́j ‘To wash sth.’.

a-isudoó v. 1 • To hide sth. physical. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí asiudoó ɛmbúku tɛ nkɨ́lâ. The child is hiding the book in the cloth. (Pk).

2 • To put aside for safekeeping. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́ra asiudoó intóto ɛnyɛ̂. The children are putting aside their pebbles for safekeeping.(Pk).

a-isudoríé To hide from s.o.

a-isudoró To be hidden.

a-isudorí To hide oneself. Néísudóri, nɛ́jɨŋ ɛnkɨtɨ́ gúmótó. It hid, it entered into a small hole. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí nátaará ɛnkáɨ́ asiudorí. The child who beat the other is hiding. (Pk). Kéísudóri táatá. He/she is hiding now. Kéísudórí táatá. He/she will be hidden. (SN).

a-isudoriyíé To use sth. as a hiding place for sth. else. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní asidudoriyíé embúku ɔlbɛ́nɛ́. The boy is hiding the book in the bag. (Pk).

a-isudokí To hide sth. for s.o. See: a-nʉ́k ‘To hide information’.

a-ɨsʉgaá v. 1 • To sniff; inhale. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛmpapá aaɨsʉgaá ɔlcaní. My father is trying to sniff the medicine. (W). See: ɛ-naɨsʉgɨ́ ‘Snuff’.

2 • [North] To sniffle.

a-ɨsʉgʉ́m v.prog. To coerce; cause s.o. to do sth. through pressure or necessity physically or emotionally. aɨsʉgʉ́m mɛ́ɨ́nɔsá ɛndáa nɛ́mɛ́nyɔ́r To coerce to eat food that he doesn't like. Borrowed word: Swahili, 'sukuma'.

a-ɨsʉgʉmakɨ́ To coerce s.o. to do sth.

a-ɨsʉgʉsʉ́g v. 1 • To sob. Ɛɨsʉgʉ́sʉg ɛnkɛráí teníārɨ̄. A child will sob when beaten.

2 • [North] To whimper, weep quietly.

3 • To pull in air audibly through the nose; sniff. Ɛgɨ́ra oldîâ aɨsʉgʉsʉ́g amʉ̂ eiŋúáyie ɛndââ. The dog is sensing an odor of food by audibly inhaling through the nose. See: a-ɨsʉgaá ‘To inhale’.

a-ɨsʉ́ɨ́ [àɪ̀swɪ́] v. 1 • To roast, singe, scorch, so as to be able to peel off an outer layer of skin or bark. Ɛ́ɨ́sʉɨ ɨláyiok ɛlʉ́kʉ́nyá é nkíní áanya. The boys will singe/roast (CHECK) the goat's head for eating. The skin must be on the piece roasted (usually the head), but singeing is not necessarily done for the purpose of removing the skin. (S).

2 • [North] To warm up before singing and dancing, by jogging and shouting. In S, this is done in a straight line away from the group and back, one at a time. In K, the jogging is done in circles.

a-ɨsʉɨyá To be singed. See: ɛn-aɨsʉɨ́ ‘Burnt head’.

a-ɨsʉɨshɔ́ v. To be sour (eg. milk), bitter (eg. unripe fruit). Ɛɨsʉɨ́shɔyú kʉ́lɛ náɨ́rragâ ɨnkɔ́lɔŋɨ kúmōk. The milk that lays out for many days will become sour. Milk, when old, can be either a-ɨsuɨshɔ́ 'sour', or /a-dúá/ 'bitter'. Whether it becomes 'sour' or 'bitter' depends upon where the milk comes from. If it comes directly from the cow, then the milk turns 'sour', and its sour form is suitable for serving. However, if the milk comes out of a carton, then it is not considered fresh and as soon as it becomes old, it is no longer considered to be suitable for any sort of consumption. Óre ɔlŋanayíói lɛɨtʉ́ ɛkʉ́ náa kɛ́ɨ́sʉ́ɨshɔ. A fruit that is not ripe is sour. (Pk).

a-isuishíé, a-isuijíé To make sour; make bitter. See: a-dúá ‘To be bitter’; a-isiijó ‘To be sour’.

a-ɨsʉ́j v. 1 • To wash sth. aɨsʉ́j ɨnkɨlání tɛ nkárɛ To wash clothes with water.

2 • To wash clothes.

a-ɨsʉjá 1 • To be washed.

2 • To wash self, take a bath, wash hands.

a-ɨsʉjayú To be washable. See: a-itukó ‘To wash’. a-itukú: ‘wash’.

a-isukúd v. To make s.o. squat, crouch.

a-isukudó v.mid. To squat; crouch.

a-isukudó [North] v.mid. [North] To squat.

a-ɨsʉkʉ́t v.s. To be sour; salty. Ámaâ kɛ́kʉlɛ́ naárropîl íyíéú anáa kɛ́kʉlɛ́ nááɨ́sʉkʉ̂t? Do you like fresh milk, or unfresh milk? Tɔrrɔ̂k kʉ́lɛ náaɨsʉkʉ̂t. The milk that is sour is not good. (W).

a-ɨsʉkʉtán [North] v. [North] To go sour.

a-ɨsʉ́l₁ v. 1 • To excel, be the best. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíóní nányɔk aɨsʉ́l inkulîê tɛ sukúul. The boy who works hard is excelling in the class. (Pk). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨ́sʉl a person who is the best/excells.

2 • For sth. to especially or particularly be the case. Nɛ́ākʉ̄ kéírímo ɔltʉŋáni ɛnkómom nɛ́ɨ́sʉ̄l inkúmeishin. Somebody will have a spotted face, and particularly the nose. (Pk).

a-ɨsʉ́l₂ v.prog. 1 • To whistle (either through the teeth or the hands). Ɛ́ɨ́sʉ́lɨ́ta. He is whistling. (W). Ɛɨsʉ́lākɨ̄. He will whistle to him. (W).

2 • To whistle to. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨsʉ́l inkíshú etií shoó. The man is whistling to the cows while herding the cows. (Pk).

a-ɨsʉlɨcɔ́ [North] [North] To whistle.

a-ɨsʉ́m v.prog. 1 • To read, study. Áɨ́sʉ́mɨ́ta embúku sídáí. I'm reading a good book. Ɨ́sʉmá embólúnotó eoŋúán. You should study chapter four [eg. for the exam]. (W).

2 • To teach. Kɛ́gɨ́ra áaɨsʉmɨ aké íyīē subjects kúmok olêŋ. They are teaching many subjects. Borrowed word: Swahili.

a-ɨsʉmɛ́ v.mid. To be educated, learnèd. ɔɨsʉ́mɛ one who is educated, learnèd. See: a-ɨsɔ́m ‘To read’.

a-ɨsʉmásh v.s. To be hungry. Áɨ́sʉ́māshā olêŋ. I became very hungry. (W). Áɨ́sʉ́māshū. I will become hungry. (W). Mayíéú náló inkíshú táatá amʉ̂ alo aɨsʉmásh. I don't want to go look after cows today because I will feel hungry. (W). See: ɛ-sʉ́mash ‘Hunger’.

a-isunkúr v. To pretend; be hipocritical. See: mákár ‘Pretend’; a-itaakunó ‘To pretend’.

a-ɨsʉ́ŋ v. To fill up to the brim. aɨsʉ́ŋ ɛnkárɛ́ tɔ ltôô To fill up the barrel with water.

a-ɨsʉŋá To be filled up.

a-ɨsʉŋʉsʉ́ŋ v. 1 • To sound as if the nose is pinched.

2 • To speak through the nose or when you have a cold. See: a-ɨsʉ́ŋ ‘To fill up’.

a-isúr v.prog. 1 • To poke, prod. aisúr olpááshíé metúpukú ɔlasʉráí To prod the fence so that the snake will get out. Áísúríto. I am poking it. (Pk).

2 • To speak badly of s.o. or sth. aisúr ɔltʉŋáni peê mɛ́gɛ́lʉ́nɨ̄ To speak badly about a person so that he/she is not elected. aisúr entítō peê mɛ́yámɨ́ To speak ill of a girl so that she does not get married (Pk). Áísúrito. I am speaking badly of/poking/combing sth. See: a-inórr ‘To slander’. Ant: a-rrɛ́p ‘To praise, talk good about’.

3 • To comb hair. aisúr ɨlpápɨ́t peê esidanú To comb the hair so that he/she looks nice (Pk).

4 • To stoke the fire to stop it from dying out.

5 • [North] To do sth. very early in the morning. Káísúr lotóto aló Nairóbi. I will go very early in the morning to Nairobi. (S).

a-isurokí To poke into, thrust into.

a-isurú v.dir. [North] To try, test.

a-ɨsʉrbʉ́b v. To draw in or away by the force of suction. aɨsʉrbʉ́b ɛnkárɛ́ To draw in water by suction.

a-ɨsʉrdɛɛ́d [North] v. 1 • [North] To lengthen.

2 • [North] To tear up sth. large. Wagner (n.d., p. 119) notes this may refer to the work of a wild animal who has torn open the intestines of his prey and spread them all over. See: a-ɨsɨrdɨɨ́d ‘To lengthen’.

a-ɨsʉrdɛɛ́ny v. To treat with contempt; mock. aɨsʉrdɛɛ́ny ɔltʉŋáni To mock a person.

a-isureén v. To cut up meat and dry it. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aisureén inkírí. The man is cutting and drying meats. See: a-sureén ‘To cut up meat’.

a-isurokí [North] v. 1 • [North] To walk quickly, be off quickly.

2 • To slip or slide into.

3 • [North] To burn off. See: a-isúr ‘To prod’; a-pɨ́k ‘To put into’.

a-isuruanú [North] v.incep. [North] To become sky blue, silvery.

a-isurutianú [North] v.incep. [North] To become bronze or brass-coloured.

a-isus v. To fry or roast fermented corn over an open fire, until it is all brown in color.

a-ɨsʉsʉnkát v. To have a quick intelligence; be active; be smart.

a-ɨsʉ́sh [North]₂ v. [North] To make or command a dog to run after s.o. or sth.

a-ɨsʉ́sh₁ v. 1 • To clean a calabash.

2 • To clean a container.

3 • To annihilate; wipe out.

a-ɨsʉshá v.mid. To be cleaned as in calabash.

a-isuujinó v. 1 • To be cowardly.

2 • To have social weaknesses (eg. to not interact well, be unable to argue out one's opinions and concerns, be unable fight). See: o-suují ‘Coward’.

a-isuutó v. To be unhappy, dull.

a-ɨ́sh v.prog. 1 • To finish; end; be complete. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkíguran aɨ́sh ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ kɨ́dɔ̂l pɔɔkɨ́. The play is ending before we see it all. (Pk). Kótoyó alɛ́ ránkī lapatín aré oóɨshâ. This paint dried two months ago. (SN). Note: See usage note at a-ɨdɨ́p. See: a-ɨdɨ́p ‘To finish’; a-itíŋ ‘To finish’.

2 • To die; vanish. Ɛ́ɨsh ɛlɛ́ tʉ́ŋání. This man will die. (He is ill and in the process of dying.). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlkúóô ómuei aɨ́sh. The sick kid is dying. (Pk). Ɛ́ɨ́shá. He is dead. See: a-yɛ́ ‘To die’; a-itianyá ‘To die’; a-ishú ‘To be alive’.

1 •

2 •

a-ɨshaá 1 • To take away everything.

2 • To fit.

a-ishíé To bring it to an end; finish.

a-ɨshʉ́ v.dir. In some suffixed forms: ɨshʉn. To finish sth.; complete. Ɛɨ́shʉ ɛnkárɛ́. He will finish the water. Ɛ́gɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨshʉ́ kʉlɛ́ naátií enkúkúrí. The child is finishing the milk that is in the calabash. (Pk). Náɨ́shʉ̄̀ ɨlarín aáre. I finished two years [in school]. (C). Níkipuo áaɨshʉ̄̀ táatá iwíkií uní. We will go and stay [there] for (to complete) three weeks. (C). Áíshūā ŋolé. I finished it yesterday. Ɛɨshúá ɔlápúrróní ɛnkɛɛnɛ́ ɛnyɛ́. The thief completed his jail term. (Pk). See: a-ɨdɨ́p ‘To finish sth.’.

a-ɨshʉnyɛ́ v.dir v.mid. To be finished. Ɛɨshʉ́nyɛ̄̀. ~ Ɛ́ɨ́shʉ́nyɛ. It is finished (eg. the work, the sugar). (K). Nɛ́ɨshʉ́nyɛ̄̀ ɛnkátiní âî téínê. [ɛnkátiní àì] My story ends there. Kɛ́ɨshʉ́nyɛ ɛsʉ́kari. The sugar is finished. Káaɨshʉ́nyɛ ɔlkásî. My work is finished.

a-ɨshakɨ́ 1 • To do everything possible vis-à-vis s.o. Áɨ́sháka. (i) I have filled it. (ii) I have said it all. (iii) I have given it all to him. Ɛ́tányá ɔlpáyian ɛpalɨkɨ́ enkitók ɛnyɛ́ hɔ́ɔ́ nɛ́ɨshaká ɛsáyíátá ɛnyɛ́ pɔɔkɨ́. The man has refused to forgive his wife even though she has done all the desperate pleading for it with him that she can. (Pk).

2 • To give the whole of; give fully. aɨshakɨ́ inkíshú To give all the cows. Káaishakíne ncân. The whole rain has rained on me (and I am completely wet.) (S).

a-ɨsharí 1 • To disappear entirely, pour out wholly.

2 • To die, be dead. Ɛgɨ́ra Jôn adɛmʉ́ ŋótónyé naɨshárɨ. Jon is remembering his mother who has passed away (ie. died). (W).

a-ishakenú v.dir. To testify. Kélóíto aɨshakenú tɛ nkíguana táatá. He is going to testify in the meeting. (Pk).

a-ishakenokí v.dat. To be a witness to.

a-ishakenoó v.dir. To testify (publicly). Éntolíkí ɨltʉ́ŋáná méítokí áapuo áaishakenoo imónko tɔɔ́ nkíguɛnaritín. Tell the people to stop testifying lies in meetings. (Pk). See: shákénisho ‘Testimoney’.

a-ɨshál v. 1 • To be wet. Usage: clothes, people. Kɛ́ɨ́shal. It is wet. (S).

2 • To be alive. Usage: trees. Kɛ́ɨ́shal. It is alive. (S).

a-ɨshám [North]: a-ɨcamɨcám, a-ɨshamɨshám. v. 1 • To taste (without swallowing). nɨ́ákʉ́ enduarán kʉ́lɛ̄ oo nkíshú áinéí tɛ nɨ́nchām. and the milk of my cows be bitter if you taste.

2 • [North] To smell.

3 • To try.

a-ɨshamɨ́shám [àyʃìāmǐʃíám.] To taste sth., taste thoroughly. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkáyíárání aɨshamɨ́shám ɛndáa. The cook is tasting the food. (Pk). See: a-ɨnyɔrɨnyɔ́r ‘To taste’.

a-ɨshankárr v. To argue, quarrel, haggle. Nélo aɨshankárr ɨlɔmɔ́n nɛ́laikinôî áatoliki ɛsɨ́pátá. He argued until he could not be told the truth. (lit: He goes to argue talk and he was failed to (be) told the truth.) (Pk). See: a-ɨlɛpɨlɛ́p ‘To make noise’; a-ɨtanyamál ‘To bother’.

a-ɨshankarrakinó v.dat v.mid. To argue with each other, argue together.

a-ishankíl v. To loiter; wander. See: ɔl-cánkílí ‘Loitering donkey’.

a-ɨshankúl v. To splash, stir up water. See: shankúl ‘The sound made by an object that dips into water’.

a-ushaŋitíé v. To waste, fritter away.

a-ishiaá v. To be iconic; have a form that directly indicates function; worth. Kéíshíaa peê eitobiríéki ingumót. It is obvious (visually clear) that the function of this is to make holes [referring to a knife].

a-ishiarí To develop properly. oshî aké náashiári that always go properly (C). See: a-ishiaakinó ‘To coincide with; be appropriate’; a-narɛ́; a-iririkí; a-nyɔrɛ́ ‘To be suitable’; ɨ-lálá lɛ́ kishiaá ‘Upper front teeth’.

a-ɨshɨaakɨ́ v.dat. To put sth. just right.

a-ishiaakinó v. 1 • To be appropriate, suitable, proper. Kéíshiaakínō níkinyotóto áapuo ɛnkají ɔɔ́ Kent It is appropriate that we begin going to the house of Kent. Óre ɔlpayíán ɔ́ enkitók ɛnyɛ́ náa osésen obô nɛ́ākʉ̄ kéíshiaakínō nɛ́nyɔ̄rrā. A husband and his wife are one body and they should love one another. Kéíshiaakínō nɛ́ya intóiwúó naata ɛnkɨ́dɨ́mátá ɨnkɛ́ra sukúul. Parents with the ability should take their children to school. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛná báɛ̂ aishiaakinó peê ɛ́ɨ́dɨ́pɨ̂ tené. It is suitable for this matter to be settled here. (Pk).

2 • To coincide with.

3 • To be suitable. Kéíshíáákíno. It is suitable. (S).

4 • To be directly opposite, or directly in line with sth.; aligned. For example, as when two people sit face to face.

a-ishiaakinoré 1 • To correspond to; be in line with. Éíshíáákínore olcáni ɛŋápɛ́. The tree is in line with the house-pole. (Pk). Kéíshiaakínoré. It is in line with it/him/her.

2 • To be opposite.

3 • To concide with.

a-ishiaakɨ́ 1 • To do sth. right, correctly. Kéíshɨááká enkítíbírata enkají. He has made the house in the right way. (S). Káɨshɨááká lomón latílíka. The information I have given is right. (S).

2 • To attach or position securely; direct unwaveringly toward; put sth. where it belongs (eg. directly in the center).

a-ishiaakinoré v tr. 1 • To coincide with spatially, be in line with, be opposite to. Eishiaakínoré olcáni ɛŋápé. The tree is in line with the house-pole. (Pk).

2 • To coincide with temporally, correspond to. Eéwuo ɛnkɔ́jɔŋáni aishiaakinoré ɛrɨ́shátá ɛ́ncān. The coming of mosquito has come to correspond to the rainy season. (Pk). See: a-narɛ́; a-iririkinó; a-nyɔrɛ́ ‘To be suitable’; ɛ-naishía ‘What is required’.

a-ishiaát v. To be fit; beautiful. See: shíáát ‘To be fit; beautiful’.

a-ishíák v. 1 • To find, come upon.

2 • To be opposite.

a-ishíám v. To taste.

a-ishiamishám To taste sth. See: ɔl-cháméí ‘Taste’.

a-ɨshɨásh v. To smash.

a-shɨashá v.mid. To be smashed, be flat.

a-ɨshɨ́m v.prog. 1 • To chew and suck juice out of sth. (eg. from bones, leaves, sugar cane). Áɨ́shɨ́mɨ́ta olkikúá. I am chewing the sugar cane. (W).

2 • Pierce. Ɨ́ncɨmɨshɨmákɨ aɨtɛrʉ́ ɔlkɨdɔŋɔ́ɨ ɔmɛshɔ́mɔ aɨpáŋ tɛ lʉkʉnyá. Pierce me starting from the tail upto the end of the head.

a-ishír v. To prosper. See: a-bʉ́l ‘To increase’.

a-ishiró v.mid. To be prosperous.

a-ɨshɨ́r v.prog itr. 1 • To weep, cry. Nkɛ́ráí narɔnyɨ́táɨ́ náɨ́shɨrɨta. It is the child who is being shaved that is crying. (SN). Nélo aɨshɨ́r mɛ́ɨ́shɔrɨ enkitók ɛnyɛ́ bótór. He went to cry to be given back his senior wife.. Káɨ́shɨ́rʉ̀ erététo táatá. I will cry for help today.

2 • To make a high pitched noise, such as metal striking metal. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltualá lé sekenkêî aɨshɨ́r. The metalic bell is making a high-pitched sound. (Pk).

3 • To complain, with expectation of sympathy. Eyéwuo olmórûô ɔ́ata esíle aɨshɨ́r metúduŋokiní. The debtor has come to complain so that he may have the debt reduced. (Pk).

a-ɨshɨrakɨ́ 1 • To cry for.

2 • To appeal to, beg, implore.

a-ɨshɨrrɨshɨ́r, a-ɨshɨrɨshɨ́r 1 • To whimper. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí kɨ́tɨ aɨshɨrrɨshɨ́r. The little child is whimpering. (Pk).

2 • [North] To cry many times. See: a-ɨshɨrʉ́ ‘To seek help from’.

a-ɨshɨrtɨ́t v. 1 • To be slick. Kɛ́ɨ́shɨ́rtɨt ɛná mártî. This cliff is slick.

2 • To slide, skid. Ágɨ́rā aɨshɨrtɨ́t tɛ mártī. I am sliding from the cliff. Syn: a-ɨdɛkɛ́t ‘To be slick’.

a-ɨshɨrʉ́ [North] v.dir. To seek help or aid from. Eishírúá ɛnkɛráí ŋɔ́tɔ́nyɛ́ The child has gone to seek help from her mother. Kɛ́ɨ́shɨ́ɛ́rʉa. He has come for help. (S). Kɛ́ɨ́shɨ́rɨ́tʉ́a. They have come for help. (S). Káaɨshɨráka. He has come to me for help. (S). See: a-ɨcɨ́r [North] ‘To cry’.

a-ɨshɨrrɨshɨ́r See: a-ɨshɨ́r ‘To weep’.

a-ishíú In some suffixed forms: ishiun. v itr. To recover from illness, heal; be well. Kɛ́jɨ̄ŋ aké némūēyū pɛ́nyɔ néíshīū. It just enters him and he becomes a bit sick and he recovers. Áíshíúwúó dúóó. I recovered today. Eishíutúo ɨntáre. The sheep have recovered. Kéíshíúa lkɨ́rɔ́bɨ̂. He has recovered from cold. (S).

a-ishiunyé v.inst. To cause s.o. recover from illness; heal, cure. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛlɛ́ sháni ŋejúk aishiunyé iltámueiyia. The new medicine has cured the sick. (Pk). Eishíúnyīē ɔltʉŋáni ɨlɔ̂ sháni. The person has gotten healed using that medicine. Eishíúnyīē olábáání ɛnkɛ́ráí. The treater has healed the child.

a-ishuyíé v.inst. To live because of; depend on sth. or s.o. to live. See: a-itomwáí; a-apatɛ́ ‘To cure’; a-bák ‘To treat’; a-ɨtɔpɔ́k ‘To give health’; a-itagól ‘To make strong’.

a-ishó [For at least some speakers: [àyshíó] (K)] PF: toíshē [toíshīē]. v.apass. 1 • To give birth, bear offspring. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ aishó ti aúluo. The cow is giving birth outside the kraal. (Pk). Néjî, etoíshē ɛnapá tɔmɔnɔnɨ́. It is reported that the woman who was pregnant has given birth. (K). Kétoíshe. She gave birth. (Pk W). Kétiíshe. She gave birth. (S). Etoíshē, nélau. She has given birth, and lost (the child; ie. the child died).

2 • To bear fruit. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlcáni aishó ayíú ɨlŋanayíó kúmok. The tree is bearing many fruits. (lit: The tree is bearing [intransitive] to bear [transitive] many fruits.) (Pk). See: a-iú ‘To give birth’.

a-ɨshɔ́ [North]: a-ɨcɔ́. In some suffix forms: a-ɨshɔ́r. v.prog. 1 • To give, deliver, bestow, donate, furnish. Náa kɛ́ɨ́shɔ̄ ɔláyíóní entítō inkíshú. And the boy will give cows to the girl. (W). Ɛɨshɔ́ ɔlpáyian ɔlmʉ́rráni inkíshú. The old man will give the warrior cows. (W). Áaɨshɔɔ́ náají ɔlashʉmpáí ɛntarubíni ɛnyɛ̂ maɨŋórie ɨltɔmíá oókito ɛnkárɛ́. The European gave me his binoculars to observe elephants drinking water. (Pk). Káaɨshɔɔ́. He gave it to me. (S). Áaɨshɔɔkɨ́ oltúpa lápɨ́k ɔlcaní. I have been given a bottle that I will keep (my) medicine in. (Pk). Áɨ́shɔ́ɔ Nkɛ́ppɛ́n ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I gave the cow to Nkeppen. (W). Áíshóóyie ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I gave a cow. (W). Áɨ́shɔ́ɔ́yɔ̄ ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I am giving a cow. (W). Áaɨshɔrɨta oldîâ. She is giving me the dog. (W). Kɨ́ncɔ́rɨ́ta oldîâ. You are giving me the dog. (W). Ɨ́ncɔ́rɨ́ta oldîâ nɨnyɛ́. You are giving the dog to him. (W). Ááɨ́shɔ́rɨ́ta oldîâ. I am giving the dog to you. (W). Áɨ́shɔ́rɨ́ta ɔlpayíán ́ɛnkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. I am giving the cow to the man. (W). Shɔ́mɔ íyaʉ́ enteré peê eidoŋíéki isekétek lɨ́kɨ́ncɔ́rɨ. Go and bring a mortar for the grinding of traditional medicine that will be given to you. (Pk). Ómo apá enkêr náíshooyiokí. The sheep that was given away was light brown.

2 • To emit, cite. Nɨ́kɨncɔrʉ iróreí lɔɔ́ lMáásâɨ̂. We will give you Maasai words [to respond to].

3 • To perform, do.

4 • To let, allow, permit. Nɛ́ɨ́shɔ aké peê élô. And he let him go. Náa ɛ́mɨncɔ́ táatá ɨlashɔ́ epúó ɛndâ sɛ́dɛr. And don't let the calves go to that side (of the hill) today. (Pk). Óre nɛ́nâ lɛ́ nɨ́ncɔ ekú. That milk, you let it coagulate. (KS). Tɔ́bɔla ɨ́nâ kíné peê ɛɨshɔrʉ mɛ́tanaa olkúó. Hold that goat by mouth so that it can allow its kid to suckle. (Pk). aɨshɔ́ ɛnkɛ́ráí mɛshɔ́mɔ ɔ́pɛny to let the child go alone. Ɛ́tɔ́n doí mɛ́ɨ́shɔ́ ɛncalán é tómónisho ɨ́nâ kitók epukú tiáji. The weakness of the postpartum stage does not allow that woman to come out of the house. (Pk). Kɛ́yā ɔláshɛ̂ ɛnɛ̂ kerretí mmɛɨshɔ́ élô. The lamb is sick at the two protruding hoof-like pieces of flesh on the hooves so it cannot walk. (Pk). Nɛ́ɨ́shɔɔ́shɔ ɔlpáyian ɔlmʉ́rráni inkíshú. The old man gave cattle bit by bit to the warrior (ie. a few at a time, over a long period of time). (W). See: a-irúk; a-nyɔrraá ‘To permit’.

a-ɨshɔɔ́ síádí To leave sth. behind. Áɨ́shɔ́ɔ síádí ɨmbáa tɔrrɔ̂k. I have left bad things behind. (lit: I have given my backside to bad things.).

a-ɨshɔɔyɔ́ 1 • To give away.

2 • To betray. See: áa-ishoro ‘To give one another’.

a-ɨshɔ́ ɔlmʉmáî This is the first stage in a marriage engagement process.To give an oath.

a-ɨshɔrʉ́ To hand in; give out towards point of reference. See: a-ishoró ‘To give (Middle); to be in good moods’.

-ɨ́shɔ́ [North]: -ɨcɔ. PF: -íshie. In some suffixed forms: -ɨ́shɔ́r. voi. 1 • Antipassive verb suffix, typically indicating ability or habitual action. Disallows expression of the Object of an otherwise transitive root. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpayíáni aitarruó esíái ɛ́ masho aarɨshɔ́. The man is ruining the ceremony by fighting (people). (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtɨpɨ́j ɔlayíóni lɛnyɛ́ peê ɛɨrɨshɨ́shɔ. The man is inspiring his son to fight back. (Pk). Ɛnyáɨ́shɔ́ olkónoi. [ɛnyɛ́ɪ́shɔ́] The olkónoi eats (people). (W). ɔltʉŋáni ɔyɛ́kɨ̄shɔ̄ a person who is troublesome. Néduŋishó ɔláyíóní tɛ ntîm. The boy was cutting in the forest. (W). Kérícō rrárrat ɛ́ ltupá. Pieces of a broken bottle do hurt. (SN). Ɛtamíshie. He ate. Káyíéú náítóki aasishoré Mɛɨpɔnyɨ́. I want to work with Meiponyi. (Pk).

2 • Nominalizer. enkítísho babyhood.

a-ishók v. To herd; take care of. aishók inkíshú To herd cows.

a-ishokú To herd in order to get sth. in return. aishokú entítō To herd in order to be given a girl. This is normally done by a young man (after graduating from warriorhood) who wants to get married. He will herd s.o. else's livestock for a number of years and in return will be given a girl to marry. He will not be compensated in any other form, except marrying a girl from that family. Herding might stop immediately after marriage, although some families might request the newly-married man to "help" them, but he is not "required" to. See: shoó ‘Herding’.

a-ishololó v.mid. To watch, keep guard.

enk-ishón n. 1 • Life.

2 • Luck. See: enk-íshúí ‘Life’.

a-ɨshɔŋɨshɔ́ŋ v. 1 • To slope down.

2 • To get close to the end of sth.

a-ɨshɔɔbɔ́ [North] v.mid. [North] To be naked. See: sɨpáti ‘Being naked’.

a-ɨshɔɔbɔkinó [North] n. [North] To do sth. without being prepared for it.

a-ishóp [North]: a-ishopó, a-icopó. v.prog. To dress; wear; put on clothes or ornaments. Néíshōp ɨlkɨlánī. They wear robes (made of skin). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aishóp ɛnkɨlâ ɛnyɛ́ sídáí. The child is wearing his best shirt. (Pk). Néíshóp ɨnkɨ́laní ɛ́nyɛ. Their clothes are too big for him. (lit: Their clothes will wear him/her.). Káke ɛshɛ́ta áaɨtɔbɨrakɨ intukutukí náaīshopito ɛlɛ̂ mʉrraní. The concave shoes that this warrior are wearing are well made. (Pk). Éshóp kɛwɔ́n. He will dress himself (eg. with effort) (W).

a-ishopíé v.inst. To make s.o. dress themself.

a-ishopó v.mid. To be dressed, get dressed, dress self. Kéíshíópō nánga. He will put the coat on. (S). Íncopó ɛnkɨlá ɛ́síai Put on the work clothes.

a-ishopokí v.dat. To dress s.o. Eishopokíní oshî ilmerégēshī olconí peê mɛ́ɨ́tɨ́ámákɨ́ ɨntarɛ́. The rams are dressed with skin aprons so they don't mate with the sheep.

a-ishoró v.mid. Usage: plural. To give sth. to one another. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨlcɔ́rɛta áaishoro ɨnkashó. The friends are giving to one another a heifer. (Pk). See: a-ɨshɔ́ ‘To give’.

a-ishorunó v.dir v.mid. 1 • To have been given in this direction.

2 • To be allowed; lawful.

3 • To be in good moods. Mɛárɨ̄shɔ̄ olpáyian amʉ̂ kéíshorúnō dúóó táatá. The man will not beat/fight because he is in good moods today.

áa-ishoro olesérē To say goodbye.

a-ishú [West]: a-ishíú. [North]: a-icú. v.s. 1 • To live, be alive. Eishú. He is alive. Kéíshú ɔltʉ́ŋání pɔ́ɔ̄kɨ̄ ɔ́ɨ́rɔ. Every person that speaks is alive. (Pk). Íncu. You are alive. (S). Kéícu. [kéytʃu] He is alive. (S). Eshú. It is alive. (W).

2 • To be a good person in everything.

a-ishuushú To be alive but at the point of death.

a-ɨshʉ́ To finish sth. See: a-ɨ́sh ‘To finish; die’.

a-ishúɛ́l v. To beat with a stick. See: shúɛl ‘The sound made by a stick’.

enk-íshúí n. Life, breath of life. Enkishaákɛ. Life is good. See: a-ishú ‘To live’.

enk-íshúí intárasí Usage: Christian. Eternal life. See: enk-ishón ‘Life’.

a-ishukushukoó v. To throw sth. away. See: a-ɨtʉraá ‘To throw away’.

a-ishukuún v.prog. To participate in eating meat one has not participated in contributing. aishukuún ɨlmʉ́rran To participate in eating meat that belongs to warriors.

a-ishulugó [North] v.mid. [North] To be isolated. See: a-liyíó ‘To be isolated’.

a-ɨshʉnɛ́t v. To give thanks and honour. See: ɛn-cʉ́nɛ́t ‘Thanks’.

a-ishúr v.s. To go without hurt; be saved. Áíshur. I will be saved.

a-ishuró v.mid. 1 • To be saved.

2 • To be successful. Áíshúro tɛ súkuul. (i) I was successful in school. (W) (ii) I was saved in school. (lk). Eishúrô tɛ nkiŋorúnotó. (i) They were successful in the search. (W) (ii) They were saved from the trouble of looking for sth. (K). Note: The progressive is disallowed with this verb.

a-ishurá v. To get burned by excessive heat so as to affect color or taste; overcook. See: a-ɨ́k ‘To get burned by heat’.

a-ɨshʉrá v.mid. To be overcooked. Ɛyshʉ́rā. It (might be somewhat) overcooked. Ɛyshʉ́rɛ. Ɛyshʉ́rāyū. It will become overcooked.

a-ɨshʉrtʉ́t v. 1 • To can; beat.

2 • To strip bare; remove the outer covering.

a-ɨshʉrtʉtʉ́ To remove from its cover.

a-ɨshʉrtʉtarí To go unscathed.

a-ishúsh [North] v. [North] To walk like a drunkard (whether due to intoxication or not); stagger.

a-ít v.prog. To speak a language badly, speak like a foreigner with an accent. Áítíto I speak with accent. Ɛgɨ́ra olmeekí aít tɛ nɛ́ɨ́rɔ Maâ. The Kikuyu is speaking with an accent when he speaks Maa. (Pk).

a-ɨ́t v.prog. 1 • To do in intervals or installments. Káɨ́tɨ́tā. I am doing (sth.) in installments. Kááɨt. I will do to you (sth.) in installments. This could be used for paying a bride price in installments, paying a debt in installments, writing a paper in sections.

2 • To pull out meat from boiling water. Káɨ́tɨ́ta. I'm pulling the meat out. (S).

a-ɨtaá To carry away one at a time.

a-ɨtʉ́ v.dir. To remove items one at a time. The directional verb form takes the item unloaded as the grammatical Object. The items unloaded are of a size one can carry. The source from which items are removed is not like an enclosed bag, but could be a city, a school campus, a car, a table, etc. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨtʉ́ ilolân to síkíria. The woman is unloading the luggage from the donkey. Ɛshɔ́mɔ ɛnkɛráí aɨtʉ́ ilkuóo oótií ɔlálɛ́. The child is taking out the kids/lambs one at a time. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨtʉ́ inkikompení tɛ mɨ́sâ adány The baby is removing cups one at a time from the table to break them. Ɛɨ́tʉ. He will take one out one at a time (from end of set). See: a-ɛ́t ‘To empty a container by removing items one at a time’.

ɨta- Variant: ɨtɛ-; ɨtɨ-; ɨtɔ-; ito-; ɨtʉ-; itu-. cause. Causative prefix for class I verbs, meaning "make s.o. do [main verb action]". See: -íé ‘Causative suffix for class II verbs’.

-ɨtâ Variant: -tâ; -itô. ***CHECK***: -itîê. asp. Plural perfect(ive) or subjunctive suffix, used for third person plural in certain affix combinations, and with first person plural for some irregular verbs. Ɛtʉ́mʉ́sánɨtâ kʉndá áídashén olêŋ. Those shoes have become very old. (W). Kítureitâ. We were afraid. Kɨ́tuatâ. We died. Ɨ́kɨ́ntɨbɨrɨtâ. We mended it. (S). Kɨ́tabaɨtâ ... We were as big as ... kítayioloitô ... We knew how to ... Kɨ́tanyaɨtɛ́. We refused. kɨ́mbaitîê. We hated. See: ^ or [F]; Falling tone on last syllable of verb ‘Plural perfect(ive)’.

-ɨ́ta Variant: -íto. asp. Progressive aspect: to be in the process of. Kɛ́ányɨ́ta nɨnyɛ́. He/She is waiting for him/her. (W). Áípótíto. I am calling (s.o.) (W). Álóíto sokóni. I am going to market. (W). Káɛ́lɨ́ta mála. I am smearing the calabash (right now, or throughout the week) (eg. to make it strong). (SN). Álépíto ɛnkítɛ́ŋ ŋolé. Yesterday I was milking a cow. (W). Áapotito. He/She is calling me. (W). entóki najóítōī sth. that is being said (W). See: a-gɨrá ‘To be quiet; be in the process of’.

a-ɨtaá₁ v. 1 • To convert sth. into sth. else; make into. Eyáwúá ŋolé nɨ́nɨ́ oltulét olotó ailísh aɨtáá enkúkúrí. Yesterday my mother brought a gourd in its natural state so as to make a usable gourd out of it. (Pk). Áɨ́táa ɔlkáráshá ɛncáti. I will convert the cloth into a shirt. (W). Kááɨ́táa aɨsɨ́nani. I will make you poor.

2 • To cause to be, cause to behave as if it were so.

3 • To assume sth. to be sth. else. Áátáá inkeé ewúátá. I assumed the sticks to be a fence. [Possibly I found out later it was not a fence.] (W). Áaitaá ɔlaɨgúɛ́nani. He thought I was the "chief". (W).

a-ɨtaá kɨtɨ́ To belittle s.o. or sth. Kɨ́ntáá kɨtɨ́. You have belittled me. (W).

a-ɨtaá₂ PF: ɨ́táyie. v. To carry away one at one time, take away, remove. Ɛgɨ́ra entitó aɨtaá ilkeék ayá ají. The girl is taking the firewood one piece at a time to the house. (Pk). See: a-ɨtáɨ́ ‘To remove’; a-yá ‘To carry’.

a-ɨtaɨkɨ́ To take away from, pull out.

a-ɨtaác [North] v. [North] To hang sth. up.

a-itaakinó [North] Variant: a-ɨtaakɨnɔ́. v. To pretend. See: a-itamakirríó [North] ‘To pretend’.

a-itaakunó Variant: a-itaakuúk. v. 1 • To pretend. Syn: a-ɨtaakuúk ‘To pretend’. See: a-akʉ́ ‘To become’.

2 • To show off. Kéítaakúnó ɔlmʉrraní kɛ́ɨ́dɨm ataára ɔlŋátúny ɔ́pɛny. The warrior pretends that he can kill a lion on his own. See: a-dɛɛ́ny ‘To act proud’; a-ɨtɔkɔɔ́s ‘To show off, flirt’; a-ŋɨ́d ‘To be proud’; a-ɨpɛɛ́j ‘To show off’; a-ɨká ‘To be suspended; puffed up’.

a-ɨtaalán v. To make mistakes, disorganize. Óre oshî nɨnyɛ́ náa kéítáálan intarasí pɔɔkɨ́. As for him (her), he (she) always makes mistakes. (Pk). See: álánó ‘Ineptitude’; álani ‘Clumsy, inept’.

a-itaalaú v. To confuse. Tápala ɔlbuaá amʉ̂ kéítáálau ɨltʉ́ŋáná. Stop the noise because it confuses people. (Pk).

a-ɨtaalíp v. To invite a person into a new stage by giving him/her milk or blood. See: a-ɨtɔɔmɔ́n ‘To invite, welcome’.

a-ɨtaarriyíán v. To show, tell, instruct, give advice on how to do sth. better, so that the addressee becomes more adept. Áɨ́táárríyīānā entítō alikí ɛnáɨ́koní tenéyierishôî. I showed the girl how cooking is done. See: a-ikók ‘To advise, exhort’. Usage: a-ikók focuses more on moral behavior, while a-itaarriyíán focuses more on mental or physical skill. See: árriyíá ‘Skilled’.

a-ɨtaás v. 1 • To use. Káyā ɛnâ motí aló aɨtaás eyíárárɛ́. I am taking this cooking pot so that I can use it for cooking. (Pk).

2 • To make s.o. do sth.

3 • [North] To do sth. for s.o.

4 • [North] To give sth. that is very important. Káɨ́táása. I gave him sth. (important) (as a loan or gift). (S).

a-ɨtaayá v. 1 • To delegate the responsibility of looking after sth.; leave with. Eshɔmɔ́ ɛntásât aɨtaayá ɨnkɛ́ra ti áɨ́ âŋ. The woman has gone to delegate the responsibility of taking care of children in another home. (Pk).

2 • To lend living things temporarily (cows, children).

3 • [North] To put sth. in a river (etc.) which then carries it away.

a-iták To send s.o. who is visiting somewhere to bring sth. for you.

a-ɨtabaɨkɨ́ v. 1 • [North] To take to, cause to reach.

2 • To accomplish.

a-ɨtabakɨ́ [North] v. [North] To deliver sth. See: a-bakí ‘To reach’; a-ɨtabaɨkɨ́ ‘To take to’.

a-ɨtabayá v. 1 • To observe a rule. Éírúkó entitó mɛ́yamɨ aɨtabayá ɔlkúáak. The girl has accepted to be married to observe the cultural rule. (Pk).

2 • To carry to the bitter end. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨtabayá enapa natejo kɛɨrɨsh ɔlɨkaɨ. He is carrying to the bitter end the fact that he will fight the other. (Pk).

3 • To take s.o. to a place; [North] To take s.o. to a place. See: a-bayá ‘To arrive there’.

a-itacé [North] v. 1 • [North] To stand. Kéítáce. He is standing. (S). Káítáco. I stood. (S). Ɨ́ntácó. Stand! (S). See: a-ɨtashé ‘To stand’.

2 • To stop, wait.

a-itaceyíé [North] 1 • [North] To cause to stop.

2 • [North] To cause s.o./sth. to stand up.

a-itadoú v. 1 • To make affordable.

2 • To drop.

a-itadoyíó v. To let down, lower, drop sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlcáni aitadoyíó ɨntapʉ́ka ɛnyɛ́na. The tree is dropping its flowers. (Pk).

a-ɨtagá [North] v. [North] To stand in the way of being able to see sth.; block, shadow.

a-itagaá To shadow.

a-ɨtagól [North]: a-ɨtogól. v.prog tr. 1 • To strengthen, make hard. Káítogolíto. I am making it hard. (S).

2 • To encourage.

3 • To inflate the price, raise the price. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtagól enkinyiaŋá ɛ́ nkɨ́tɛ́ŋ. The man is hiking the price of the cow. (Pk).

a-ítagolúó v.mid. To be courageous. Íntagoluoyú! Be courageous! (Pk). Íntagolioyí! Be courageous! (SN). ɔltʉŋáni oitagólūō person who is courageous.

a-ɨtagól ɛnkɔ́shɔkɛ Ɨ́ntagoluoyú ɛnkɔ́shɔkɛ! Pull yourself together! Aitagól ɛnkɔshɔkɛ hɔ́ɔ́ nɛ́tanyámala. He pulled himself together even though he was troubled. (Pk). See: a-gól ‘To be hard’.

a-ɨtáɨ́ [Moras as àytáy] In some suffixed forms: -ɨtaɨn. v. 1 • To remove sth., take sth. off.

2 • [North] To pass urine or stool. aɨtáɨ́ nkʉlá to pass urine (S).

3 • [North] To harvest; pick fruit; cut grass. See: a-ɨtaá ‘To carry away, remove’.

a-ɨtaɨkɨ́ To remove, take away from, pull out.

a-ɨtakɨ́ [North] [North] To remove sth. for s.o.; distribute. See: a-ɨtaʉ́ ‘To remove’.

a-ɨtainyé [Purko]: a-ɨtainyíé. v dtr. 1 • To take out by means of sth. Ɨncɔ́ɔ̄kɨ̄ ɛndâ ʉ́ma maitáínyíé enkiriŋó. Give me that fork so that I may use it to remove meat. (Pk). Ɛ́gɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitainyé ɔltɨ́dʉ olkikúêî tɛ nkɛ́jʉ. The man is removing the thorn from his leg using a needle. (Pk).

2 • To make sth. out of sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitainyé inkɨkʉ́ ɔlpááshé. The man is making a fence from the thorny branches. (Pk). Ɨncɔɔ́kɨ enconí náɨ́táínyíé inamʉ́ka. Give me a piece of hide for making sandals. (Pk).

3 • To make sth. from sth. originally used for another purpose; recycle. E.g. make a rungu out of a post.

a-ɨták v. To request s.o. who is visiting somewhere to bring sth. along for you. aɨták enkitók nálô sokóni To send a woman that is going to the market to bring sth. for you.

a-ɨtaakɨ́ To ask s.o. to guard sth. for you temporarily. See: a-ɨtaayá ‘To send’.

a-ɨtakɨ́ [North] v.dat. 1 • [North] To remove sth. for s.o.

2 • [North] To distribute. See: a-ɨtaɨ́ ‘To remove’.

a-ɨtál [North] v. [North] To make s.o. miss out on sth.

a-ɨtaláán v. To confuse.

a-italayíó [North] v. [North] To keep quiet when called, pretend not to hear and thus not answer. Kéítáláyie. She has kept quiet. (S).

a-ɨtám [North] v. 1 • [North] To cause or permit to devour. Eg. allow animals to graze in a given place, allow a dog to bite s.o.

2 • [North] To allow a fire to burn. Usage: metaphorical.

3 • [North] To cause shame.

4 • [North] To trade, barter, trade off. See: a-ám ‘To eat’.

a-ɨtamaaɨ́ [a-ɨtamaay] v. 1 • To imitate, do like s.o. else. Ɛɨtamááyá ɔlmɔdáí oyékenyî. The stupid person has imitated the baboon.

2 • To ask what you already know. See: a-ɨkɔrɔ́j ‘To harass by asking what you already know’.

a-itamakirríó [North] n. [North] To pretend. See: a-itaakinó [North] ‘To pretend’.

a-ɨtamán v dtr. To put sth. around sth. else, surround with, encircle with. aɨtamán ɨnkɨkʉ́ ɛnkáŋ peê mépúkú inkíshu to surround the kraal with thorny branches so the cows won't come out (Pk).

a-ɨtamanyʉ́ v. To mark out the foundation for a new house or village. Ɛshɔmɔ̂ ɨntásatí áaɨtamanyʉ ɛnkají. The women have gone to mark out the foundation of the house. (Pk). Nɛ́ítamanyʉnɨ́ ɛnkají. The house is designed. (Pk). Building a house is part of the woman's traditional work.

ɔl-kɨ́támányúnotó Foundation. See: a-igér ‘To mark, brand designs’; a-ɨgɨ́s ‘To mark, carve’.

a-ɨtamé v tr. To hurt; make feel pain; punish. aɨtamé olkíkuei ɔ́taremó ɛnkɛjʉ́ To be pained by the thorn that stung (his) foot.

a-ɨtamók v dtr. 1 • To make familiar with. aɨtamók ɨnkɛ́ra sukúul ɛnyɛ̂ ŋɛ́jʉ́k to familiarize the children with their new school (Pk).

2 • To train s.o. physically, exercise s.o. aɨtamók ɛnkɛráɨ́ kɨtɨ́ elótótó ɔɔ́ nkɛjɛ́k to make the little child get used to walking (Pk).

3 • To familiarize oneself. See: a-mokú ‘To become accustomed to’; a-ɨtɔdɔ́l; a-ʉtakɨ́ ‘To show’; a-ɨtayioló ‘To make familiar with’.

a-ɨtamúéí v. 1 • To make ill. aɨtamúéí ɛndáâ naŋu ɔltʉŋáni Food that is rotten makes people sick. (Pk).

2 • To nurse a sick person. aɨtamúéí ɔltʉŋáni ɔshɨ́wúá ayiaŋakɨ́ olkíné to nurse a convalescent person by slaughtering a goat for him/her (Pk). aɨtamúéí ɔltʉŋáni oishíwúó ayiarakɨ́ ɛndáa sídáí to nurse a convalescent person by cooking nutritious food for him/her (Pk).

a-ɨtanák v. To suckle, cause to suck. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɨ́tɛŋ aɨtanák ɔláshê. The cow is suckling the calf. (Pk). Ɛ́ntɛrɛʉ intaré mɛshɔ́mɔ áɨ́tanak ilkuoóo. Take the sheep/goats so that they can have their lambs/kids suckle. (Pk). See: a-nák ‘To suck’.

a-ɨtanáp v. 1 • To give orders, instructions; command (lit: to make one carry sth.). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtanáp ɛnkayíóni nálô shoó. The man is giving instructions to the boy that will go herding. (Pk).

2 • To give last words before leaving for a journey or death. See: a-ʉtakɨ́ ‘To show’.

a-ɨtanyaanyʉ́k [North]: a-ɨtʉnyʉnyʉ́k. v. 1 • To make alike, make equal. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltʉ́ŋání aɨtanyaanyʉ́k ɨnkɨlaní peê étûm aishópo. The man is making the clothes alike so that he can wear them. (Pk).

2 • To compare. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtanyaanyʉ́k ɨnkashɔ́ peê ɛ́yâ nabô. The man is comparing the heifers so that he can take one. (Pk).

a-ɨtanyaanukíé To liken to. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtanyaanyukíé ɛnkɛ́ráí ŋɔ́tɔ́nyɛ́. The man is likening the child to the mother. (Pk).

a-ɨtanyamál v. To make trouble for; bother, interrupt; disturb. Ɛ́gɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨtanyamá ŋɔ́tɔ́nyɛ́ aɨshɨ́r. The child is troubling the mother by crying. (Pk). Néyookí aló aɨtanyamál ɨlʉlɨ́kaɨ. He went early (in the morning) to trouble others. (Pk). Ááɨ́tányámal? May I bother you? (eg. interrupt you in to ask sth.).

a-ɨtanyamalɨshɔ́ To bother, be bothersome. See: a-nyamál ‘To be busy, fuss’; a-yɛ́k ‘To tire, trouble’.

a-ɨtáŋ v. 1 • To move in an unsteady, irregular, stoopy manner, as an old person might move. Mɛɨdɨmári, kɛ́ɨ́taŋɨ́taŋ te nélo. He cannot walk, he jerks when he moves.

2 • To show little bursts of movement or life, especially of a dying animal. Kɛ́ɨ́taŋɨ́taŋ amʉ̂ ɛ́táá kɛ́yɛ. It is making little bursts of life because it's just about to die.

a-ɨtaŋɨtáŋ To keep on showing little bursts of life as it dies.

a-ɨtaŋór v. 1 • To make fire a shot.

2 • To complicate or cause more problems.

3 • To cause s.o. to be accused. See: a-ŋór ‘To stab’.

a-ɨtapaác [North] v. 1 • [North] To trade, exchange. See: a-ilokí [North] ‘To exchange’.

2 • [North] To reverse. See: a-paacá [North] ‘To be different’.

a-ɨtaparɨparíé [North] v. [North] To ignore.

a-ɨtapóŋ v. To mislead. Éísídáí oshî encólíek ɔ́ɔ ltʉ́ŋáná léméíush amʉ̂ imɛɨtapoŋóó ilkʉlɨ́kāɨ̄. Companionship of well-behaved people is good because it does not mislead others. (Pk).

a-ɨtapʉ́k v. To flower; blossom. See: ɛn-tapʉ́kái ‘Flower’.

a-ɨtár v. To hurt s.o. accidentally with sth. Aɨtár ɔltʉŋáni ɔlɨkâɨ̂ ɔlálɛ́m ɛgɨrá aɨshɔ́. The man hurt the other accidentally with a sword while giving. (Pk). See: a-ikum ‘To hit’; a-ikobíé ‘To hurt with’.

a-ɨtarás v. 1 • To cause to hold.

2 • To spread.

a-ɨtarasaá v.dir. 1 • To hand over to another person, give away. aɨtarasaá olórika (i) To hand over the chair (ii) To hand over the leadership.

2 • To deliver to an enemy; betray.

3 • [North] To attack.

a-ɨtarasakɨ́ v.dat. 1 • [North] To infect s.o.

2 • [North] To cause to attack on behalf of another tribe.

3 • [North] To pierce sth.

a-ɨtarasʉ́ v.dir. 1 • To hand in sth. towards the point of reference.

2 • [North] To infect.

a-ɨtarɛ́ v.prog. To escort s.o.; accompany. Ɛɨtárɛ́ɨ́ta Páapa ɛnkanáshɛ áí. My father is escorting my sister. (W). Ɛɨtáríá. He escorted him. (W). Ɛɨtárɛ́ɨ́shɔ́ empapá káke eshukúnye. My Dad is escorting, but he will come back. (W).

a-ɨtarín v. To like sth. momentarily, especially after it has been introduced for the first time or one has been away from it for a while. aitarín ɛngárri ŋéjúk To like (momentarily) a new car. See: ɔl-tárin ‘Momentary love’.

a-ɨtarʉ́ [North] v.dir. [North] To cause a miscarriage. A bull can cause this by mounting a pregnant cow.

a-itaruoó [àɪ̀tàrwóó] v.dir. 1 • To make a mistake.

2 • To spoil, ruin.

3 • To do wrong; wrong s.o.

a-ɨtarrikí v. To answer rudely to s.o. (lit: To make a plan go wrong for s.o.). Mesídáī tenéítarríki ɛnkɛráí intóiwúó ɛnyɛ́nā. It is not good for a child to speak rudely to his parents. See: a-rrikí ‘To have things go wrong’.

a-ɨtarrɨyɨ́án v. 1 • To counsel, advise, instruct.

2 • To make skilled.

a-ɨtarrú v. To interrupt s.o. when doing sth. Míkíntókī aɨtarrú ɨncɔɔ́kɨ aás esíáai. Stop interrupting me, let me work. (Pk).

a-ɨtarruoó 1 • To err; make a mistake. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aitarruó esíái naɨshɔɔ́kɨ. The child is erring (in) the work that she is given. (Pk).

2 • To destroy, ruin, spoil. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpayíáni aitarruó esíái ɛ́ masho aarɨshɔ́. The man is ruining the ceremony by fighting people. (Pk).

a-ɨtasapʉ́k v. To make big; make strong; fatten; enlarge, magnify. aɨtasapʉ́k ɛnkáŋ i) To enlarge the home (by having more children or wives) ii) To build a large kraal (eg. to accomodate more cows). aɨtasapʉ́k ɛnkɛ́ráí To fatten the child. Somebody fat is perceived as strong and capable of lifting heavier things. This word cannot be used for animals; instead a-itopír 'to fatten' is used.

a-ɨtasapʉkɨshɔ́ To be fattening. Mɨ́nɔs aké nɛ́na kírí naapîr amʉ̂ ɛ́ɨ́tásápúkisho. Don't eat those fat meats because they are fattening (make one become big/fat).' (W).

a-ɨtasɨ́m v. To try to do sth. Syn: a-tɛ́m ‘To try’. See: ɛn-tásɨm ‘Fetish’.

a-ɨtasúr v. 1 • To make dense.

2 • To introduce danger to a place; endanger. Ɛɨtásur ilowuarák ɛnkɔ́p mɛtáa ɨmɛɨ́māyū The lions will bring danger (so) that this land cannot be passable. (Pk).

3 • To infect; contaminate. Mɨ́ntásur ɛnkárɛ́ apɨ́k oldíîp mɛtáa meókoyu. Don't contaminate the water by putting acaricide into it so that it cannot be drunk. aɨtasúr emuoyíán To infect a sickness.

a-ɨtashalʉ́ v. To eat primarily milk and non-meat foods, after a time spent in the bush eating meat. See: a-isotú ‘To take milk after a meat-eating period’.

a-ɨtashé [North]: a-ɨtacé. PF, SUBJN: ɨtasho. v.prog. 1 • To stand, stand up. Áɨ́táshe. I am standing. (W). Ɨ́ntáshe. You are standing. (W). Ɛɨtáshe. He is standing. (W). Kɨ́ntashe. We are standing. (W). Ɨ́ntáshéshe. Y'all are standing. (W). Ɛɨtáshe. They are standing. (W). Einyó ɔltʉ́ŋání ɔ́tɔnɨta aɨtashé. The person who was sitting has stood up. (Pk). Káɨ́táshe. I'm standing. (S). Káɨ́tashéíto. I was standing. (S). Néjō aɨtashé tɛ kʉtʉ́k ají, When he tried to stand at the door, Ɨ́ntashó! Stand up! Shɔ́mɔ ɨ́ntashó tɛ idîê. Go stand over there!

2 • To stop, halt. aɨtashé náají ɔltʉ́ŋání óloito. Someone who was walking stopped. (Pk).

3 • To contest a leadership or political seat. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlɔ́pɛny olórika aɨtashé aŋór olórika lɛnyɛ́. The chairman is contesting again to defend his seat. (Pk). Note: This stem looks as if it contains the Class I Causaive prefix, as ɨta- would be the expected Causative form for a +ATR stem with either /e/ or /o/ as the root vowel.

ɨ́ntashó 1 • Stop!

2 • Let me..; excuse me ..; permit me.

a-itasheikí 1 • To stand for.

2 • To take care of; look over.

a-ɨtaʉ́ [North]: itaí. v. 1 • To undress. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨtaʉ́ ɛnkɨlâ. The child is undressing. (Pk).

2 • To remove. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨtaʉ́ ɨnkamʉ́ka. The child is removing her shoes. (Pk). Áītāūō ɛremɛ́t tɔlárrō. I removed the spear from the buffalo. (W). Káítáí ndetí. [káytáy] I will remove weeds. (S). This could be used for removing a stick from a tree, a radio from a room, or clothes from one's body, etc.

3 • To subtract.

a-ɨtayú ɛnkiyiô To miscarry. Néítayíó entitó ɛnkiyiô. The girl has miscarried. See: a-laá ‘To undress’; a-shʉ́t ‘To remove sth. from a tight covering’.

a-ɨtayá v. 1 • To accuse falsely.

2 • To overfeed to the extreme (eg. a child.). aɨtayá ɛndáa [áytáya] To make him/her die of being overfed. The idea of 'overfeeding' comes from the sense of 'die' associated with a-yá. See: a-yá ‘To carry’.

a-ɨtayú In some suffixed forms: a-ɨtayún. v. 1 • To remove, take out. Ɨ́ntayú enkiriŋó tɛ móti. Remove the chunk of meat from the cooking pot. (Pk). See: a-ɨtaɨ́ ‘To remove’.

2 • To give out; donate; offer. aɨtayú ɔsárgɛ́ to donate blood.

3 • To make. Eitáyīō enkítok óríkíe tɔɔ́ ɨyashɛtá. The woman has made marks (in the dirt) with the lattice sticks. Ɨ́ntayú ɔlkási lé únōtō. Do the work of the installation-ceremony. Note: = hypothesis -dp Note: Mol 1996:144 suggests that the 'make' sense is the Causative+Ventive form of a 'be'.

a-ɨtayú inkík To defecate.

a-ɨtayú ɨsɨ́nkɨ́r

a-ɨtaɨ́ isíŋkir [North] To fish (lit: to remove fish). See: a-ɨbʉ́ŋ ‘To catch’; a-rrésh i-sínkir; a-ŋorú ‘To fish’.

a-ɨtáyu enkiyîô To miscarry. See: a-iú ‘To bear offspring’.

a-ɨtɛ́ [North] v.prog. [North] To remove. Káɨ́tɛ́ɨ́ta nkɛ́ráí lalâî. I am removing the child's tooth. (SN). Káɨ́tɛ́ɨ́ta lalái lɛ́ nkɛ́ráí. I am removing the child's tooth. (SN). Káɨ́tɛ́ɨ́ta nkɛ́ráí. I am removing the child (eg. from the house, from danger). (SN). Káɨ́tɛ́ɨ́ta nkinyinyéret. I am sweating. (lit: I am removing sweat.).

ɨtɛ- cause. Variant form of the Class I Causative prefix. See: ɨta-.

a-itedíák [North] [àìtèdyák] v. 1 • [North] To shoot off target. Íntédíaa. You shot off target. (S).

2 • [North] To make a mistake; err.

a-ɨtɛɛnɨkɨ́ v. To accuse falsely (lit: to tie to).

a-ɨtɛɛ́ŋ v. To cause s.o. to lack by taking away sth. that is yours or that is within your power; deprive. See: a-eŋú ‘To be deprived of’.

a-iteikí v. To expect; be suspicious about. áítéíkī ajó ílōtū. I expect that you will come.

a-iteishó v. To be on the early stage of pregnancy. See: a-nʉtá ‘To be expectant; pregnant’.

a-itejó v. To do sth. to an object in such a way that a sound is emitted; make sth. sound; followed by ideophonic word (lit: to make say). Néítejo osíwuo, huuu! The wind took them, huuu! Páa kéítejo ɔlárínkóí tiáborí ɛnkalʉ́ɛ́na, pau! So he did to [whacked] Olarinkoi below the ear. Pau! See: a-jó ‘To say’.

a-iteleikí v. To put on top of. aiteleikí ɔsíkiria iltóoí to put the water barrel on the donkey (Pk). See: a-ɨkaabakɨ́ ‘To temporarily cover, loosely put a top on’; a-pɨ́k ‘To put’.

a-ɨtɛlɛkɨ́ [North] v. [North] To place or lay on a surface. See: To lie down.

a-itelekinó v.mid. To be on sth. Éítélékínó ɨlɔ́ɔm shʉ́mátá óripie. The rafters are on top of the unfinished house. (Pk).

a-ɨtɛlɛlɛ́k v. 1 • To make sth. easy, affordable, cheap; facilitate. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtɛlɛlɛ́k esíái nagol. The man is making hard work easy. (Pk). See: a-lɛlɛ́k ‘To be easy’; a-ɨtadoú ‘To make affordable, drop’.

2 • [North] To simplify.

a-itemoó v. To cover.

a-itemoró To be covered. See: a-ɨpɨsɨ́ŋ ‘To cover’.

a-ɨtɛŋɛ́l v. To remove. See: a-ŋɛ́l ‘To deviate’.

a-ɨtɛŋɛ́n v. To educate, teach, instruct, inform, give new knowledge, enlighten. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlaɨtɛŋɛ́nani aɨtɛŋɛ́n ɨnkɛ́ra ɛnkɨkɛná. The teacher is teaching children mathematics. (Pk). Kɛ́ɨ́tɛ́ŋɛn ŋɔtɔnyɛ́ entítō ɛnyɛ́ peê méíser. A mother will advise her daughter not to misbehave. Usage: a-ɨtɛŋɛ́n focuses more on intellectual knowledge with no particular immediate expectation about change in behavior. A-ikók focuses more on instruction about wise behavior, with expectation of change in behavior. A-ʉtaá is a closer synonym to a-ikók because a-ʉtaá also expects action to follow.. Ant: a-mɔ́d ‘To cause s.o. to be a fool’.

a-ɨtɛnnɛɨshɔ́ v.apas. To teach, educate, be a teacher. See: a-ʉ́t ‘To point at’; a-ɨtɔdɔ́l ‘To show’.

a-ɨtɛ́r v. 1 • To start, begin sth. Ɛgɨ́ra aɨtɛrʉ́ sukúul enkilasí nabô. The child is beginning standard one in school. ... náa kɛ́ɨ́tɛ́rʉ tenéyioloúnō ɔlkɨjanáí ó entítō ... begins when a man and a woman know each other (W).

2 • To start, begin. Eitérúá awaŋʉ́ amʉ̂ eilepúá ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ. It is getting light because the sun has risen.

a-ɨtɛrʉnyɛ́ To come first. Óre aké peê éyíéŋí ɛlɛ̂ kérr, nɛ́ɨ́tɛrʉ́nyɛ ɨntɔmɔnɔ́k ɛnkáŋ. When this castrated ram is slaughtered, all the women come first. See: a-ŋás; a-ŋasʉ́ ‘To begin’.

a-ɨtɛrrɛ́ v.s. 1 • To faint, typically involving falling; be unconscious. Ágɨ́ra aɨtɛrrɛ́. I am fainting. (W). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨtɛ́rrɛ̄ person who is unconscious.

2 • To fall or collapse, as in fainting. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨtɛrrɛ́ aósh ɛnkɔ́p. The child is falling as in fainting to hit the ground. (Pk).

3 • To not be consistent and orderly.

a-ɨtɛrrʉnyɛ́ To come fainting.

ɔl-aitérriani Variant: ɔl-aɨtɛ́rrani (W). A person who faints. See: a-batatá ‘To fall’; a-sʉlarí ‘To fall off’; a-urorí ‘To fall’; a-ikururumorí ‘To fall’.

o-ítí Nom sg: o-ití. Acc pl: i-ít. Nom pl: i-ít. n. A common tree used for forage, housebuilding, carving, traditional medicines, and fumigating calabashes. Acacia mellifera. Used by the Iloodokilani at circumcision feasts.

ɨtɨ- Variant: iti-. cause. Variant form of the Class I Causative prefix. See: ɨta-.

a-itíák v. 1 • To let s.o. fall down. See: a-batát; a-irraayá; a-ɨrriaayá ‘To make s.o. fall down’.

2 • To let s.o. down.

3 • [North] To get out of the way of sth. in order to avoid being hit.

4 • To abandon.

a-ɨtɨakɨ́ [North] [àɪ̀tyakɪ́] v. [North] To imagine, surmise.

a-itíál v. To be perplexed, amazed, astonished.

a-itíám v. 1 • To move quickly in such a way that all legs leave the ground at the same time; jump from one place to another; hop. Éítiam oltúáa. A frog hops. Ɛgɨ́ra aitíám oltúaa. The frog is hopping. Éítíámá tɛ ndapásh aló oltírén. It has hopped from bed to the floor. Eotíki ɛnkáyíóní aitiamíé ɛndápásh. The boy will keeping on hopping on top of the bed intentionally. See: a-ipíd ‘To jump’.

2 • To jump as in dancing/singing. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlmʉrraní aitíám tɔ sinkólio. The warrior is jumping as he sings. (Pk).

3 • [North] To jump with pain or anguish.

4 • [North] To relieve oneself. Note: This verb is intransitive as shown by: *Éítiam ɛnkáyíóní ɛndápásh. 'The boy will keep on hopping on top of the bed.' Compare with Instrumental Applicative example above. See: a-itiamakɨ́ ‘To mount on; serve a cow’.

a-itiamakɨ́ v.dat. 1 • To serve (a cow), impregnate (cattle); mount (for the purposes of copulation). Usage: Typical of animals; euphemistic for humans. Eteréwúá ɔlpáyian ɔlɔɨŋɔ́nɨ oitíámākɨ̄ inkíshú. The man has brought a bull that will mount/serve the cows. Eitiamákinyíé olméregesh ɨntaré He has made/used the ram to mount/serve the sheep. Ɛ́tʉ́pʉ́shá ɛlɛ́ ɔ́ɨ́ŋɔ́nɨ́; ɛgɨ́ra aitiamakɨ́ inkíshú. This bull has been rutting; it is mounting on cows. (PK). See: a-tɔnɨkɨ́ ‘To impregnate’; a-ɨdakɨ́ ‘To mount’.

2 • To hop onto; jump at, jump to. Eitíámákɨ́ oltúáa atúa ɛnkárɛ́ tɛnɛ́dɔl ɔltʉŋáni. The frog jumps into the water when it sees a person. See: a-itiám ‘To hop’.

a-itiamakinó To have been served.

a-itianyá v. 1 • To die, pass away. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlgɨ́ramâ lɛ nkâŋ aitianyá. The owner of the home is dying. (Pk). In Pk (km), this is what would happen to an old person.

2 • To collapse through famine. Ɛgɨ́ra inkíshu aitianyá tɔ lámeyu. The cows are dying during the dry season. (Pk). See: a-yɛ́ ‘To die’; a-ɨ́sh ‘To die’.

a-ɨtɨbɨ́r [North] v. 1 • [North] To construct, make, create, prepare. Kɛ́ɨ́shɨááká ɛnkɨ́tɨ́bɨ́rata ɛnkají. He has made the house in the right way. (S).

2 • [North] To repair or mend sth. broken. See: a-ɨtɔbɨ́r ‘To create sth.’.

a-ɨtɨbɨrʉ́ [North] v.dir. [North] To make by curving or modeling; form.

a-ɨtɨbɨrakɨ́ [North] v. [North] To do sth. correctly or successfully.

-ítie num. Plural Perfect(ive) or Subjunctive suffix. Ánótó apá kʉnâ kíshú, tɛ ɛnapá kɨmɨnatá nɨ́kɨ́ntʉ́rráítie. I got these cows when you made me get lost. Óre peyíê ɛakʉ́ kɨ́taŋamaitîê... When we receive... See: -ɨta.

a-ɨtɨɛmʉ́ [North] Variant: a-itemú. v. 1 • [North] To satisfy, suffice, be enough. Káaitemu ndáa. The food will satisfy me. (SN). Káaitemúá ndáa. The food satisfied me. (SN).

2 • [North] To fit well. See: a-imú ‘To be satisfied’; a-baɨkɨ́ ‘To reach’.

a-ɨtɨ́ɛ́ny [North] [àɪ̀tyɛ́ɲ] v. [North] To weaken an animal.

a-itiɛnyá Variant: a-itianyá. v.mid. To collapse through tiredness, weakness, famine, etc. See: a-ɨtɛrrɛ́ ‘To faint’.

a-itíéú [North]: a-ɨtɨ́ɛ́ʉ́. v v.aux+Sbjn-Infinitive. To dare, be able to face-up to s.o. Mɛáta ɔltʉŋáni óítīēū. There is no one who dares (to do sth.). Ɛ́ncɔɔ́kɨ matára ɔlárínkóí amʉ̂ káítīēū. Let me kill Olarinkoi because I can face him. Máítíéú ashɔ́mɔ tɛ mísimísī áányʉ́ mɛtáwaŋá. I fear going in the darkness; I will wait until it is bright. (W). See: a-itieú ‘To grow daring’.

a-itieú v. To become or grow daring. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔláyíóní aitieú ɔlɨkâɨ̂. The boy is growing daring.

a-itieushó v.apass. To become daring. ɔltʉŋáni oitíéúshō a person who grows daring. See: a-itíéú ‘To dare’.

a-ɨtɨgɨ́r v. 1 • To calm, silence. This can be done to a child, radio, warrior, etc. The main idea is to make sth. less loud.

2 • To console, comfort. Áɨ́tɨ́gɨr ɛnkɛ́ráí naɨshɨrɨ́ta. I will calm the crying child. See: a-gɨrá ‘To be quiet’.

a-ɨtɨɨ́l v. To be silvery, shiny, glittery, bright. Kɛ́ɨ́tɨ́ɨl ɛná kɨ́lasi. This glass is shiny. Áímínie olgísóí láí ɔɨtɨ́ɨl. I lost my shiny ring. This does not mean that the item just reflects light. See: a-ɨtɨntɨ́l ‘To shine brightly’; a-ɨmɛrlɛ́l ‘To glitter, shine’.

a-itijiaá v. To eat sth. cautiously because of dislike. Syn: a-bɨrɨ́ ‘To eat cautiously’.

a-itík v.prog. 1 • To nauseate. Áaitikitó ɛɨlatá nátookó. I'm feeling nauseated because of the oil that I ingested. (lit: The oil that I drank is nauseating me.).

2 • To pound; hit hard. Éítíkó osóít ɔmɛtádanya. He pounded on the stone until it broke.

3 • To struggle with indecision.

a-itikitík 1 • To pound; hit hard.

2 • To nauseate.

a-itikó v.mid. 1 • To be pounded.

2 • To be undecided.

3 • To make the pounding sound.

a-itíl v. To remain adamant; unmoved. See: a-tɔ́n ‘To stay’.

a-ɨtɨmɨŋán [Purko]: a-ɨtɔmɨŋán. v. 1 • To make blunt. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔláyíóní aɨtɔmɨŋán ɔlálɛ́m lɛnyɛ́. The boy is making his sword blunt. (Pk).

2 • To deafen. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛná buatá aɨtɔmɨŋán ɨltʉ́ŋáná. This loud sound is deafening the people. (Pk). This may or may not be permanent, and may be as simple as closing one's ears.

a-ɨtɨmɨrrɨmɨ́rr v. 1 • To pretend to give sth. but not give. aɨtɨmɨrrɨmɨ́rr ɛndáa To pretend to give food but not do it.

2 • To cause s.o. sell repeatedly. See: a-mɨ́r ‘To chase; sell’.

a-itinkín v. To dislike; favor less. ɨ́nâ kɨ́tányáányúkoto ɔ́ lpayíán oitínkīnō ɛnkayíóni natoíūō that example of a man who has disliked his son (KS).

a-ɨtɨntɨ́l v. To shine brightly; glisten. See: a-ɨtɨɨ́l ‘To shine brightly’; a-wáŋ ‘To shine’; a-ɨmarlál [North] ‘To glisten, glitter’.

a-ɨtɨnyɨ́k v. To bring together. Káɨ́tɨ́nyɨ́kɨ́ta. I'm bringing them close together. (S). Káɨ́tɨnyɨ́kakɨ́ nkitábu nkikómpe. / Káɨ́tɨ́nyɨk nkikómpe oó nkitábu. I'm bringing the cup and book together. (S). This is done by moving either one. Ɛ́mɨntɨ́nyɨ́kʉ́ ɨ́nâ kɛ́ráí amʉ̂ kɛ́áta olmarenké. Don't invite that child because she lies. (W).

ɨn-tɨ́nyɨka n. Homes that are built closely together.

a-itíŋ v. To come to an end, finish. Eyéwuo entúmô aitíŋ peê edoyíó ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ. The meeting ended when the sun set. (Pk). Eyéwuo esíáî aitíŋ népuo ɨltʉŋaná inkáŋítie. The work came to an end when the people went to their homes. (Pk). Neitiŋ eba neija Thus it has reached the end. Usage: a-itíŋ can have several meanings: for geographical items like a river or forest, it means that it has been passed; one has walked to the end of it, so it is behind and no longer ahead. With reference to grass, it means that the cows have eaten it all up. Of a people group, the Middle form may indicate they have been wiped out. It could be said of a person who has committed a crime, and a mob or a policeman has just found and punished him.. Eítíŋé. They will be wiped out.

a-itíŋíé To bring sth. to an end. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitiŋíé ɛnkigúána. The man is bringing the meeting to an end. (Pk).

a-itíŋokí To end at a place. Eyéwuo ɔlkɛ́jʉ aitiŋokí ɛnaɨpɔ́sha. He came (eg. driving) to end at the ocean/lake. (Pk). See: a-ɨdɨ́p; a-ɨshʉ́ ‘To finish’.

o-itíŋí adj. Ultimately, (in) the end. Ɛtabáíkīā taá táatá ɔlpurrishóí oitiŋí Today the thief has reached the ultimate end. [ie. he is dead]. (Pk). See: a-itíŋ ‘To come to an end’.

a-ɨtɨŋɨ́d v. To please, make happy. See: a-ŋɨdá ‘To be happy’.

a-itiŋíé [North] v. [North] To pursue the end, track down.

a-ɨtɨpát v. To be related to.

a-ɨtɨpatɨshɔ́ Usage: Colloquial. To be related to a tribe different from Maasai.

a-ɨtɨpɨ́j v.prog. 1 • To cut to a point, sharpen, make sth. tapered at the end. Káɨ́tɨ́pɨ́jɨ́ta. I'm sharpening it. (S). Káaɨtɨpɨjáka. He has made it sharp for me. (S). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔmʉrraní aɨtɨpɨ́j ɔljɨpɛ́t. The warrior is tapering the skewer. (Pk).

2 • To make s.o. brave, inspire s.o. to fight. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtɨpɨ́j ɔlayíóni lɛnyɛ́ peê ɛɨrɨshɨ́shɔ. The man is inspiring his son to fight back. (Pk). See: a-pɨ́ ‘To be pointed; be fierce’.

a-ɨtɨpɨtɨ́p v.prog. To drop the first drops of rain; drizzle. Kɛ́ɨ́tɨpɨ́tɨpɨ́ta. The first small drops of rain are falling. (S). Kɛ́ɨ́rɔ́bɨ táatá amʉ̂ kɛ́gɨ́ra aɨtɨpɨtɨ́p. It is cold today because it is drizzling. (Pk). See: a-idís ‘To drizzle’; a-ɨrʉjʉrʉ́j ‘To drizzle’; ɛn-cán ‘Rain’.

a-ɨtɨ́r v.prog. 1 • To break off completely (eg. a chain, rope, flow of a river). Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkárɛ aɨtɨ́r amʉ̂ etudúŋe ɛnkɔ́ŋʉ ɛ́ ncɔ́rrɔ. The water (flow) has broken because the source has been cut. (Pk).

2 • To get away from the rest of the team or move from your place to somebody's place mostly to cause chaos.

3 • [North] To jump a long distance (of a small animal, eg. a grasshopper). Kɛ́ɨ́tɨ́rɨ́ta. He is jumping. (S). See: a-ipíd ‘To jump’.

a-ɨtɨrrakɨ́ To move from one place to another to cause chaos.

a-itirís [North] v. 1 • [North] To equalize.

2 • [North] To level off.

a-itirisioré [North] 1 • [North] To compare in heighth or length.

2 • [North] To equalize in heighth or length.

a-ɨtɨ́rr v. 1 • To break off, cut off, stop the flow of sth.

2 • [North] To flip away.

a-ɨtɨrrɨŋá v.mid. To be calm, patient. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔltamueyíáí aɨtɨrrɨŋá mɛtábakɨ. The patient is calm so that he can be treated. (Pk). Ɛɨtɨrrɨ́ŋɛ nkɛráí náshām. The child I love is calm. (SN). Kɛ́ɨ́sʉ́pat nkɛráí náɨ́tɨrrɨ́ŋa. A child who sits calmly is good. (SN). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨtɨrrɨ́ŋā a person who is calm/patient. See: a-ŋɨrɨ́ ‘To perservere’.

a-ɨtɨsɨ́á [North] [àɪ̀tɪ̀syá] v. [North] To get impatient, get tired of waiting.

a-ɨtɨsɨ́ny v. To make holy; cleanse. See: a-sɨnyá ‘To be holy’.

a-ɨtɨsɨ́p v. To get information, either clearly, or a second time; confirm.

a-ɨtɨshɨ́p v. To please, amuse. Ɛɨtɨ́shɨp. He will please / amuse them. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨtɨshɨ́p mɛ́nyɛ́ anyɔ́k tɛ nkísuma. The child is pleasing his/her father by working hard at school. (Pk). See: a-ŋidá ‘To be happy’.

ó-ítīēū Nom sg: ó-ítīēū. n. S.o. who can face-up to s.o. else.

a-itíéú To dare.

a-itó v. To go back. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitó ɛnkáŋ oó nkíshú. The man is going back to his home where cows are. (Pk). See: a-shukó ‘To go back’; a-rriny ‘To bring sth. back’; a-ɨbɛlɛkɛny ‘To turn sth. over’.

ɨtɔ- Variant: ito-. cause. Variant form of the Class I Causative prefix. See: ɨta-.

a-ɨtɔbɨ́r v.prog. 1 • To make sth.; create. Ɛɨtɔ́bɨr. He will make/prepare it. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aɨtɔbɨ́r ɛngárri tɛ ɛsárŋāb. The child is making a car from the mud. Áɨ́tɔ́bɨr embúku. I will make a book. (W). Káke ɛshɛ́ta áaɨtɔbɨrakɨ intukutukí náaīshopito ɛlɛ̂ mʉrraní. The concave shoes that this warrior are wearing are well made. (Pk). Olconí oshî eitobiríéki olkɨlâ. Ceremonial skin is made from hide. Emúá tɔrrɔ́nɔ̂ ɔ́ lcaní oleléshūā tenéítobíéki iloríkān. Oleleshua is a bad type of tree from which to make chairs. Note: A-ɨtɔbɨ́r is not commonly used with reference to making a house, though it is used for repairing a house. See: a-ás; a-ikó ‘To do’; a-ɨtaá ‘To convert, make into’; a-shɛ́t ‘To build’.

2 • To repair, fix sth.

3 • To prepare, arrange. Áɨ́tɔ́bɨ́rɨ́ta ɛndáā ɛ téípa. I am making dinner. (W). Ááɨ́tɔ́bɨ́rākɨ̄ ɛndáa. I will prepare food for you. (W). Tápala ɛnkɨ́yágɨ́yag, shɔ́mɔ tɔ́tɔna intɔ́bɨrakɨ́. Stop bobbing your head as you walk, go and sit well. (Pk). Óre naá táatá ɛlɛ̂ payîân néínyiotóto nɛ́ɨ́tɔbɨ̂r ɛnkapʉtɨ́. Now this man planned to arrange marriage negotiations [for his daughter]. (Pk).

3 • To divine and fix somebody's problem; heal. Only an oloibóni could properly do this. Ɔláŋéní aké óyíóló ɛnaɨkoní tɛnɛ́ɨ́tɔbɨrɨ́ ɛnkáŋ natasakutóki. It is only the wiseman who knows how to undo a curse lodged at a certain home. (Pk). Ɛɨbʉ́ŋá Jôn olóírirúá, nérīkī enetíī ɔláɨ́tɔ́bɨ́rání peê epúéí áaɨtɔbɨr. Jon became mad (crazy); then he was taken to the healer so that he could be healed. (W).

4 • To do. Ɛshɔ́mɔ aɨtɔbɨ́r esíái ɛnyɛ́ pɔɔkɨ́. He went to do all his work. (Pk).

a-ɨtɔbɨrakɨ́ To do sth. well, do satisfactorily. Mmetumóki ɛná áyíóní atɔtɔ́na aɨtɔbɨrakɨ́ amʉ̂ ɛ́tɨ́jɨ́ŋá ɔldʉ́taɨ́ ɔltúlii This boy cannot sit well because he has a boil on his buttock. (Pk). Ɛkɨgɨra oshî táatá atúm ɛncán aɨtɔbɨrakɨ́. Nowdays we are getting rain regularly. (Pk). Tádamʉ́ ɔltʉŋáni líyíólo aɨtɔbɨrakɨ́. Think of a person who you know well.

a-ɨtɔbɨ́r e-síáai To work (lit: to do work). See: a-ás e-síáai ‘To work’; a-asɨshɔ́ ‘To work’.

a-ɨtɔdɔ́l [North]: a-ɨtɔdɔ́l. v. To show s.o. sth. Ɛshɔmɔ́ aɨtɔdɔ́l ɔlɔmɔ́nɨ enkóítóí. He went to show the visitor his way. (Pk). See: a-dɔ́l ‘To see’; a-ʉt ‘To point at’.

a-ɨtɔdɔ́r v. To hit s.o. until the skin is broken and blood comes out. See: a-dɔ́ ‘To be red’.

a-itoduayá v. To show off.

a-itóí v.prog. 1 • To dry sth., make dry. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aitóí ɛnkɨ́lâ ɛnyɛ́ nashál tɛ nkɔ́lɔŋ. The child is drying her wet cloth in the sun. (Pk). Eitóyīō ɛnkɔ́lɔŋ ɨlkárash. The sun dried the cloths. (W). Káítóíto. [káytóyto] I am making it dry. (S).

2 • [North] To wet with rain. See: a-itoyió ‘To rain on’; a-lɔ́ ‘To spread to dry’.

a-ɨtoíp v. 1 • To cover with sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aitoíp ɛnkɛ́ráí naɨrʉ́ra ɔlkarashá. The woman is covering the sleeping child with a bedsheet. (Pk).

2 • To overshadow. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkátampôî aitoíp ɛnkɔ́p. The cloud is overshadowing the ground. (Pk). See: a-pɨsɨ́ŋ; a-pukúr; a-isiáp; a-itemoó ‘To cover’.

a-ɨtɔɨtɔɛ́ [North] v. [North] To use very economically.

a-ɨtɔjɔɔlá v. To interpret. Meyíólo ɨlMaasáɨ́ áaɨtɔjɔɔlá. The Maasai do not know how to interpret them (ie. certain stories). (KS).

a-itók v. 1 • To heat until fully cooked, boil. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔláyíárání aitók ɛndáa peê emelonú. The cook is cooking the food until it is ready so that it can be delicious. (Pk).

2 • To make food ready by cooking. Usage: food. This can be done to solid foods only, not liquids such as water, and once completely finished. Káɨ́tɔ́ɔ. I have made the food ready. (S).

3 • To magnify especially bad or sad news about sth.; exaggerate. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitók ɨmbáa tɔrrɔ̂k naátoniŋó. The man is exaggerating the sad issues he heard. (Pk). See: a-rowuajíé ‘To heat sth.’; a-irewejé ‘To boil’; a-yɨ́ɛ́r ‘To cook’.

a-itokí PF: a-nyaaká. In some suffixed forms: a-itokín. v.aux+simple-infinitive. 1 • To do again, repeat, continue. Áítóki. I will do it again. (W). Áítúku inkikompení aitokí. I washed the cups again. Tɛ́ɛna enetuduŋó ɛnkalɛ́m méítokí awó. Put a bandage on the area that the knife has cut so that it won't keep bleeding. (Pk). Ágɨ́ra aitokí. I'm doing it again. (W). See: a-ɨgɨ́l ‘To repeat’; a-nyaaká ‘To have repeated’.

2 • [North] To exist, be sth. See: a-atá ‘To have; exist’; a-tií ‘To be at; exist’. néítokí néjokí... Again he told them...

a-ɨtɔkɨtɔ́k [North]: a-ɨtɔkʉtɔ́k. v. To boil. See: a-itók ‘To cook’.

a-itokitokíé v.apl. This indicates a more rapid boil than a-ɨrowuajíé.To boil sth.; cause sth. to boil.

a-ɨtɔkɨtɔkʉ́ v.dir. To boil for oneself.

kʉlɛ́ naɨ́tɔkɨ́tɔk Fresh milk from the cow. Ɛ́yakákɨ kʉlɛ́ naɨ́tɔkɨ́tɔk. Bring me milk that is fresh from the cow (boiling).

a-ɨtɔkɔɔ́s v. To show off; flirt. Ɛkɛ́ɨ́tɔkɔ́ɔs intóyíe náatií ɛmányátá. Girls in the ceremonial home flirt. See: a-dɛɛnyá; a-ŋɨdá ‘To be proud’; a-ɨpɛɛjá ‘To flirt’; a-ɨká ‘To be suspended; puffed up’; a-ɨtaakunó ‘To pretend’.

a-ɨtɔkʉtɔ́k [North] PF: -ɨtɔɔtuaa. [ɪtɔɔtwaa] v itr. [North] To boil. Kɛ́ɨ́tɔɔ́tuaa. It has boiled. (S). See: a-ɨtɔkɨtɔ́k ‘To boil’.

a-itokutokíé [North] [North] To cause to boil.

a-itoliló v.s. 1 • To be sad, depressed. Káítólílo. I am sad. (Pk). Kéítolílo. He/she is sad. (Pk). Áítólíle. I was sad. (Pk). Eitolíle. He/she was sad. (Pk). This condition is characterized by remaining quiet, withdrawn, not engaging with other people who are around, looking remorseful and having a sullen facial expression.

2 • To look worried; stay worried. ɔltʉŋáni oitolílō person who is sad, depressed, worried.

a-ɨtɔlɔ́k v. 1 • To cause to intersect.

2 • To put across. See: a-lɔ́k ‘To intersect’.

a-ɨtɔlɔlɔɨkɨ́ v. To hold loosely; handle irresponsibly. This can refer to not working hard for getting cows grass -- just letting them go. Míntóki aɨtɔlɔlɔɨkɨ́ inkínyíáŋúnotó ɛndáa amʉ̂ kɛ́ɨ́tanyámal ɨnkɛ́ra esúmâsh. Do not handle the buying of children's food irresponsibly because they will starve. (Pk).

a-itomúáí [aitomwáí] [Chamus]: a-ɨtamʉ́ɨ́. v. 1 • To cure (lit: to make sick).

2 • To care for a sick person. Káytɔ́mʉ́yia. I cared for him. (S). See: a-ishíúnyé ‘To cure’; a-aparɛ́ ‘To cure’.

a-ɨtɔ́ŋ [North]: a-itóŋ. v.prog. To drip; leak. Ɛ́ɨ́tɔ́ŋɨ́ta. It is dripping. (W). Átódúa ɨ́nâ dáa natɛyɨɛrákɨ áatumoki nɛ́ākʉ̄ káaɨtɔ́ŋ ɨnkámʉlak. I saw that food which was well cooked, and I started salivating. (W) (lit: ... and my saliva started to drip.).

a-ɨtɔŋʉ́ v. To falsely accuse. Ɨ́wa dúóó ɛntáʉ́ inó idia ɔ́ŋátá peê teníló ayɛ́ nímíkílótú nánʉ́ aitoŋú. Take your "small heart" far away (from me) so that if you die you don't tarnish my name. (Pk).

a-ɨtɔɔmɔ́n v. To invite, welcome, offer hospitality. Kɨ́ntɔɔ́mɔn aké ɨntáɨ́ ánaa aké. We welcome you always. See: a-omón ‘To beg, ask, pray’.

a-ɨtɔɔrɨkɨ́ v. To cause to occur at or form an end or termination.

a-itoósh v. 1 • To knock, push s.o. into line.

2 • To make things knock one another. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨláyiok áaitoosh iŋúsidin ɛnyɛ̂ ɛgɨ́ra áaigurran. The boys are knocking their sticks together as they play. (Pk).

3 • To cause s.o. to fail or have misfortune. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɛráí aitoósh ɛnkáɨ́ mɛtálaikinoyú esíái. The child is causing the other to fail doing her work. (Pk). See: a-ɨpɔ́n ‘To bump into sth., push’.

a-itopír v. To fatten an animal. See: a-ɨtasapʉ́k ‘To fatten (a non-animal)’; a-pír ‘To be fat’.

a-ɨtɔpɔ́k v tr. To give health. See: a-pɔ́k ‘To revive, rejuvinate’.

a-ɨtɔrɛ́ v.prog. To rule, command, be in command, govern. Áɨ́tɔ́rɛ́ɨ́ta. I am ruling it. (W). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtɔrɛ́ ɛnkâŋ ɛnyɛ́. The man is ruling his home. (Pk). Ɛáta ɨ́nâ kítok léwáísho amʉ̂ nɨnyɛ́ náɨ́torɛ ɛnkáŋ ɔ́pɛny. That woman has (the responsibilities of) manhood because she takes care of the family all alone. (W). Nɛ́mɨr ɨlɔ lɨkáí ɔɨŋɔ́nɨ bási nélótú aɨtɔrɛ́ inkíshú. He (a bull) chased that other bull, then he came to rule the cows. (W). ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨtɔ́rɛ̄ɨ̄shɔ̄ person who is in command.

a-itorioó v.dir. 1 • To straighten sth.; stretch out. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitorioó ɛnkɨlâ nanunúko. The man is straightening a folded cloth. (Pk).

2 • To escort s.o. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aitorioó ɛnkáɨ́ nagɨ́ra ashukó. The woman is escorting the other one who is returning. (Pk).

3 • [North] To do one thing and forget about others; focus. Káítorioóyie lkási. I'm focused on this work. (S). See: a-itoriorí ‘To be straight’.

a-itoriorí v.dir v.mid. 1 • To be straight.

2 • To lay down. See: a-itorioó ‘To straighten’; a-ɨsɨrɨrɨ́; a-shó ‘To be straight’.

a-itorís [North]: a-itɨrɨ́s. v. 1 • To equalize, divide into equal parts. This might be done to provide equal shares of a limited resource to several people. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitorís inkíshú oó nkitúáak ɛnyɛ́na. The man is equalizing the cows of his wives. (Pk).

2 • To make correspond. Kɛ́nárɛ̄ aké néítorisiokiní ɛmpɨ́kátá ɔɔ́ ntóyie esukúúl ɛnɔɔ́ láyíók. The number of girls that go to school should equal that of boys. (Pk).

a-itorít v. 1 • To be half full or half empty.

2 • To make equal, equalize.

3 • To meet half way; to be half way.

a-itoritíé 1 • To make equal with.

2 • To fill half way.

3 • To meet halfway with.

a-itorité [North] v. [North] To be exactly half full.

a-ɨtɔrɔgɔ́ny v. To grab; take advantage of people. ɔltʉŋáni ɔɨtɔrɔ́gɔny person who grabs; takes advantage of people.

a-itoroníó [North] v. [North] To be thirsty or hungry. See: a-rón ‘To go without water’; a-pukoó ‘To go without food’.

a-ɨtɔruorí v. To have a nap.

a-itorrokí [North] v. [North] To wrong s.o.

a-itotí v.prog. 1 • To feed, cause to eat. One does not usually use this verb for feeding cattle. Éítótíto ɛnkɛ́ráí kɨtɨ́ aɨshɔ́ ɛndáa. I am feeding the little child to give it food. See: a-daá ‘To eat, feed (intr)’; a-nyá ‘To eat (tr)’.

2 • To support. The central idea involves caring for s.o. with reference to food, to make sure they have enough. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitotí ɛnkolíâî ɔ́ laláshɛ otúá. The man is supporting the widow of his late brother. (Pk).

a-itoyió [North] v. [North] To rain on. Káaitoyíó. [káàytòyyó] It has rained on me. (S).

a-itú v.dir. To come back. Eitú. He will come back. Eítu. He will come back. (W). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aitú amʉ̂ ɛshɔmɔ inkáŋítie. The man is coming back because he went to other homes. (Pk). See: a-shúk ‘To return’.

a-ɨtʉ́ v. 1 • To unload sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨtʉ́ ílólân to síkíria. The woman is unloading the donkey. (Pk).

2 • To do sth. one at a time. Note: For mk, the concept of loading is acceptable, but not necessary. Just that sth. is done 'one at a time.' Ɛshɔ́mɔ ɛnkɛráí aɨtʉ́ ilkuóo oótié ɔlálɛ́. The child is taking out the kids/lambs one at a time. (Pk). Ɛɨ́tʉ. He will take one out one at a time (from end of set). Ɛɨ́tʉ. He will take one out one at a time (from end of set). (W).

ɨtʉ- cause. Variant form of the Class I Causative prefix. See: ɨta-.

a-ɨtʉdʉ́p v. 1 • To make effective. See: a-dʉ́p ‘To be effective’.

2 • [North] To kindle using a live fire as source.

a-ɨtʉdʉ́t v. 1 • To make s.o. choose from two or more options. See: a-dʉ́t ‘To choose’; a-shɨlʉ́ ‘To choose’; a-gɛ́l ‘To divide, sort out’.

2 • To offer for comparison, make s.o. compare two or more things. Ɛɨtʉ́dʉt. He will compare / prefer it. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtʉdʉ́t ɔlɨkâɨ̂ ɨnkashɔ́ aɨŋɔrʉ́ ɛ́wáyâ. The man is making the other compare several heifers to choose one to take. (Pk).

a-itujúŋ v. To bequeath. Néítujûŋ ɔlpáyian ɨnkɛ́ra ɛnyɛ́nak inkíshú. The old man is making his children inherit the cows. (W). Ɛgɨ́ra olgírímâ lɛ́ nkaŋ aitujúŋ ɨlayîôk lɛnyɛ́na. The head of the home is bequeathing (to) his sons. (Pk).

a-itujuŋishó v.apass. To plan for the disposition of one's wealth and family when death is anticipated. Néɨ́tujuŋísho ɔlpáyian inkíshú ɛnyɛ́nak. The man is dividing up his cattle (to give to various people). (W). This is done by both men and woman when one is older or has reason to anticipate dying soon. Central things discussed are: disposition/apportionment of property; (traditionally) marriage arrangements for your children; arrangements for settling debts. It typically may include what will happen to the family at large: eg. which son will be responsible for which wife, whether one son should be the overall caretaker for the family at large, etc. See: a-júŋ ‘To inherit’; en-kítújúŋore ‘Will’.

a-itúk [North] v. 1 • To wash sth. (eg. clothes). See: a-ɨsʉ́sh₁ ‘To wash dishes; clean a calabash’.

2 • [North] To wash hands. See: a-itukú; a-ɨsʉ́j ‘To wash sth.’.

a-itukó v.mid. To take a bath. See: a-ɨsúj ‘To wash sth.’.

a-itukú v. 1 • To wash, clean sth. Eitúkū entitó ɔlayíʉ́ni. The girl will wash the boy. Ɛgɨ́ra entitó aitukú ɛnkɛráí kɨtɨ́. The girl is washing the little child. (Pk). Áaitukóki entitó ɔlayíʉ́ni. The girl will wash the boy for me. Ɛ́táá ɛná áji ololá aitúku ánaa aké. This house has become a burden, to clean it every day. Kóre tɛ nɛ́tashá ŋolé ánáátá kinotô ɛnkárɛ́ nekíntukúyie inkíshú. If it could have rained yesterday, we could have gotten water that we (could) spray/wash cows with. (W). Álóíto aitukú inkíshú. I am going to spray the cows. (W).

2 • To wash sth. off of self; bathe. See: a-itukó ‘To take a bath’.

3 • To wash or cleanse oneself from evil or from curses.

a-itukúó v.mid. To take a bath. See: a-ɨsʉj ‘To wash sth.’.

a-ɨtʉkʉ́j v. To challenge.

áa-ɨtʉkʉja To challenge each other.

a-itukúó v. To take a bath. See: a-itukó ‘To take a bath’.

a-ɨtʉkʉrrʉ́ v. 1 • To shame, insult.

2 • To flatly refuse to give; repulse.

a-itukutukó v. To bluff. Note: see synonyms at See: a-purú; a-ilalankúsh; a-kúsh ‘To bluff’.

a-itulú [North] v. [North] To light. See: a-inók ‘To kindle (a fire)’; a-ɨwúáŋ ‘To flash’.

a-itulúb v. [North] To cause to be greedy. Párákúóísho náítulûb ltʉ́ŋáná. It is wealth that makes people greedy. (SN). See: lúbo ‘Greed’.

a-ɨtʉlʉlʉ́ŋ v. 1 • [North] To sense danger and make an escape.

2 • To cause to complete.

3 • To make complete.

4 • To sum up.

a-itumokí v. See: a-tumokí ‘To succeed, have the opportunity to do’.

a-itumutikí v. To delay s.o. from sth. Eyéwuo ɛncân aitumutikí ɨltʉ́ŋáná ɛ́ɨ́tʉ̂ épúô inkáŋitie. The rain has come to delay people from going home (on time). (Pk). See: a-imutikí ‘To delay into the evening’; a-imutíé ‘To be late, linger’; a-tɔ́n ‘To sit, delay’.

a-itún [North] v. [North] To grab, hold firmly.

a-itúny v. 1 • To step on, trample.

2 • To despise; oppose.

3 • [North] To shoot, but not deep enough.

4 • [North] To hit without breaking the bone (as with a blunt object).

a-ɨtʉnyʉnyʉ́k [North] v.prog. [North] To compare. Káɨ́tʉ́nyʉ́nyʉk kʉnâ taré. I will compare these goats. (SN). Ɨ́kɨ́ntʉnyʉ́nyʉk kʉnâ taré. We will compare these goats. (SN).

a-itunyunyukíé [North] v. [North] To compare.

a-ituŋeikí v. 1 • To pull sth. off sth. else. Ɛgɨ́ra oldîâ aituŋeikí ɔlɨkâɨ̂ enkirriŋó. The dog is pulling off meat from the other. (Pk).

2 • To discourage s.o. from holding on to or doing sth. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aituŋeikí ɔlɨkâɨ̂ ɛndúátá tɔrrɔ́nɔ̂. The man is discouraing the other from doing sth. evil. (Pk). See: a-nʉ́t ‘To slip out of one's hand’; a-pál ‘To leave off, stop doing sth.’; a-ituŋuaá ‘To make s.o. leave sth. behind’.

a-ɨtʉŋʉ́ v. To make sth. smell bad. This could, for example, be done by putting smelly socks into shoes.

a-ituŋuaá [North]: a-ituŋaá. v. 1 • To make s.o. leave sth. behind. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtuŋuaá ɨntasatí ɛndáa nanɨpɨ́ta. The man has made the woman leave behind the food they were carrying. (Pk).

2 • To rescue, save. Néírorie Dáudi ɔlaitóriani iróreí lɛ́lɛ sínkólíó ɨna ɔlɔ́ŋ natalákúá nɨnyɛ́ ɔláítóríání aituŋuáá ɛnkáɨ́ná ɔɔ́ lmaŋátí lɛnyɛ́ná pɔɔkɨ́. And David spoke to the Lord the words of this song in the day that the Lord rescued him from the hand of all his enemies. See: a-pál ‘To stop, leave off doing sth.’; a-nʉ́t ‘To let sth. slip from the hand’.

a-itupukú v. To bring out of the house. Éntupukú! Come out of the house! (Pk). See: enk-ítúpúkúnotó ‘The ritual of bringing a child out of the house prior to circumcision’.

enk-ítúpúkúnotó Nom sg: enk-itupukúnotú. n. The ritual of bringing a boy or girl out of the house, usually several weeks prior to circumcision. This is a sign of preparation for adulthood. See: a-itupukú ‘To bring out of the house’.

a-ɨtʉpʉrʉpʉrán v. To make sth. complete. See: a-pʉrpʉraná ‘To be round, spherical; complete’.

a-ɨtʉpʉ́sh v. 1 • To put into an emotional state.

2 • To put into an emotional state of daring to fight. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtʉpʉsh ɨlɔɨnɔ́k lɛnyɛ́na aramát. The man is rearing his bulls until it is daring to fight. (Pk). See: a-pʉ́sh ‘To be in an excitable state’; a-pɨ́ ‘To be sharp, brave’.

a-ɨtʉraá v. To lose. Nɨ́mɨ́ncɔ́ aké ɛlɛ̂ wúshúwúshí elô aɨrrɨtá inkíshú amʉ̂ kɛ́ɨ́tʉ́raa. Do not let this transgressor go herd cows because he will lose them. (Pk). Ɛshɔmɔ́ pápaaí aasaayá ɛndâ áŋ naituráyie enkiyîô. My father has gone to visit that family that has lost a child. (W). See: a-ɨturraá ‘To lose, throw away’.

a-ituré [West]: a-ɨtʉrɛ́. v. 1 • To startle; frighten; scare. Eitúréíshó ɛná mísimísī. This darkness is frightening. (W). See: a-ituriá [North] ‘To frighten, shoo away’.

2 • To threaten. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aituré ɛnkɛráí mɛ́ɨ́nɔsá ɛndáa. The woman is frightening the child so that she may eat the food. (Pk).

a-ɨtʉrɨáá To scare away.

a-ituriá [North] v. v. [North] To frighten. See: a-ituré ‘To frighten’.

2 • v. [North] To shoo away.

a-ituríé [North] [North] To frighten with, scare with.

a-ɨtʉrʉ́j v. 1 • To break a taboo, defile, pollute.

2 • To cause to swell.

a-iturúk Variant: a-ɨturúk. v.prog. 1 • To precede, go in front; lead. Ɛshɔmɔ̂ ɨlaɨkɨtálak áaituruk áaleen ɨlmaŋátī. The spies have gone ahead to scout out the enemy. Kóre ɔpá kɨ́ndʉ́rrɨ́tâ áapuo enetií ɛnkárɛ, ɔlálɛ́ loó nkíshú âŋ náaiturukito, nɛ́sʉjakɨ́ ɔlálɛ lóo nkíshú ɔɔ́ Ɛmpapá, nɛ́ɨ́sɨadákɨ ɔlálɛ lóo nkíshú oó Lemeín. When we were moving to where water is, then the group of our cows was the first one, followed by a group of Empapa's cows, then lastly the group of Lemein's cows. (W). Ɛshɔmɔɨtɔ́ impûôt áaituruk peê ɛsʉjʉ́ oltîm. The forward group of warriors is leading, followed by the backs.

2 • [North] To pass and get in front of s.o. or sth. See: ɛ-naitúruk ‘The most important thing; leader’; dʉkʉ́ya ‘Ahead’; a-siooyó ‘To arrive early, first’; a-ŋás ‘To do first, arrive first’.

o-itúruk n. First. See: a-iturú ‘To precede’.

a-iturukúm [North] v.s. [North] To be pregnant. Kéíturúkūm ɛná kítók. This woman is pregnant. (S). In some S varieties, this verb can be used of animals or people. In other S varieties, this verb is used only for animals. See: a-áp ‘To be pregnant (of animals)’; a-nʉtá ‘To be pregnant’; a-iroishí ‘To be heavy’.

a-iturukumú v.incep. To become pregnant.

a-ɨtʉrʉkʉ́ny v. To close eyes.

a-ɨtʉrʉpakɨ́ v. To get filled up, swollen, plump; especially the teats or breats with milk. Káke nɨ́ntɛr adɔ́l ajó etubúlūā inê; nɛ́ɨ́tʉrʉpákɨ kunén, ɨlʉkʉ́ny aké ɔɔ́ irkimojík, But you first see that part has grown; it plumps up here, the tips (heads) of the fingers . See: a-rʉ́p ‘To heap up’.

a-ɨtʉrraá v.dir. 1 • To throw away; abandon. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aɨtʉrraá osiapírdi. The woman is throwing away the old cloth. (Pk). Ɛ́máytʉrrāī siî iyyoók enkírōīshī aké pɔɔkɨ́. Let's also throw away all the heaviness.

2 • To lose. Maɨtʉrráá aná rrarráti. I will not lose this piece. (SN). See: a-ɨtʉraá ‘To lose’.

3 • To lose s.o. in death (ie. they died). Usage: With human object. aɨtʉrraá enkiyîô to have a child die. See: a-náŋ ‘To throw’; a-ishukushukoó ‘To throw away’; a-imirkikoó ‘To throw away’.

a-iturrúrr v.prog. To gather, bring, collect together into one group; heap up. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlayíóní aiturrúrr ɨntarɛ́ amʉ̂ ésíápírdátɛ. The boy is gathering together the goats/sheep because they are scattered. (Pk). Néíturrúrro pɔ́ɔ̄kɨ̄. They all gathered together. Eiturrúrrote ɨnkátampo. The clouds have gathered together. (Pk). Kéítúrrūrrī ɨnkayîôk áâ ɨláɨ́bártak. Boys are gathered together who are new initiates. Káítúrrúrríto soitó. I am collecting stones together into a pile. (SN). Káítúrrúrró soitó ŋolé. I collected stones together in a pile yesterday. (SN). See: l-túrrúrr [North] ‘Crowd’; a-bɔsʉ́ ‘To collect, gather’; a-sót ‘To collect, gather, put together’; a-ŋɛrʉ́ ‘To gather fruits’.

a-ɨtʉsʉnyaá [North] Variant: a-ɨtɨsɨnyaá. v. [North] To straighten, stretch out.

a-ɨtʉshʉ́l [North]: a- ɨtʉcʉ́l. v. 1 • To mix two or more things together so they are not (easily) distinguishable, or so they become homogenized. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlpáyian aɨtʉshʉ́l inkinejí ɔ́ nkɛrrá. The man is mixing the goats and sheep together. Óre peê ɨntʉ́shʉl kʉlɛ́ ɔ́ sárgɛ́ nɛ́ākʉ̄ ɔsaróí. When you mix milk and blood it becomes ɔsáróí.

2 • To add, put together. Óre peê ɨntʉ́shʉl nabô ɔ uní nɛ́ākʉ̄ oŋúán. When you add one and three it becomes four. Ɨ́ntʉshʉlakɨ́ kʉlɛ́ ɛnkárɛ́. Add milk to water. Usage: This can be used for mixing two complete individuated amounts of the same kind of thing together. However, you could not use this for requesting s.o. to add some more tea to a cup that already had some in it.. See: a-ɨpʉ́rj; a-kúr ‘To mix’.

a-itutokí [North] v. [North] To pour out most or all of a non-liquid substance (eg. sugar, flour).

a-itutú v. To make empty of contents at once.

a-itutúó To fall little by little from a container.

a-itutúm v. 1 • To put together two or more things that remain distinguishable; cause to meet. aitutúm ɨnkɛrrá ó nkinejí peê atumóki aɨrrɨ́ta tenébo. To put together sheep and goats so that I can look after them together.

2 • To introduce. Kááítútúmōkī ɔlaláshɛ láí. I will introduce you to my brother.

3 • To reconcile; bring together warring groups. Eitútúmó ɔláígúɛ́nání ɨltʉ́ŋáná ɔɔ́taarátɛ. The chief has reconciled the people that fought. Usage: You can use this for making people meet, but not for mixing flour and sugar, milk and water. You can't use it for addition in math. This cannot be used for adding more of the same kind of thing, unless the two amounts are conceptualized as individuated. Thus, you would not use it for asking s.o. to add more water to a bucket that already had some water in it.. See: a-ɨtʉshʉ́l ‘To mix, add’.

a-ituwuoó [North] [àìtùwòó] v.dir. [North] To move s.o. away.

a-íú In some suffixed forms: a-íún. PF [Southern Maa]: -toíwūō. PF [Samburu Maa]: -tiiwua. v.dir. 1 • To bear offspring or fruit; give birth. Ɛgɨ́ra enkítok aíú ɛnkɛráí. The woman is bearing a child. (Pk). Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlcáni aishó aíú ɨlŋanayíó kúmok. The tree is bearing many fruits. (Pk). Kéyu nkítók âi nkɛ́ráí. My wife will bear a child. (S). Nɛ́manyɨshɔ́ néiuní ɨnkɛ́ra. They will have children. (W). Eyíú ɛntánkɨlɛ ɛnkɛ́ráí. The mother gives birth to a child. (W). Eíúno. It has already been born/It is born. (W). Eyíúnī ɛnkɛ́ráí. The child will be born. Eyíúnī ɛnkɛ́ráí. The child will be born. / The child is being born (right now). (W). Eínī ɛnkɛ́ráí The child will be born. Ɛlɛ̂ oshî ɛtaŋasákɨ áayiu níkíntókíní iyíé. It is this one who was given birth to first and you later on. (Pk). Néjî etoíūō entítō. It is said that she has given birth to a girl. Áátóíūō tɔ lárî lɛ́ nkálifu nabô ɔ́ îp naáudó ɔ́ ntomoni naápishana ɔ́ naápishana. I gave birth to you in the year 1977. Ɛ́tɨ́ɨ́wúá. She bore him/her. (S). Eitáyīō enkiyíô She miscarried. (lit: She gave birth to a deceased child.).

2 • To beget, become the father of.

a-ishó To give birth, bear (fruit). Note: Antipassive form of a-íú(n) or a-í(n) See: a-iní ‘To be born’.

a-iul v. 1 • To swing, swerve. Ɛgɨ́ra aíúl empíókî tɛ nkoitóí. He is swerving the vehicle on the road. (Pk).

2 • To stir. This is usually done with ol-kípire.

3 • To go all over the place. Usage: informal. ɔltʉŋáni oíúlō a person who moves from one place to another.

a-iulokí 1 • To get to the point.

2 • To stir for.

a-iulú ɛnkɨ́má This is mostly ceremonial.To make fire with a firestick.

a-iúrr [North] v. 1 • [North] To stumble in speech. See: a-ɨdaŋɨdáŋ ‘To stumble in speech’.

2 • [North] To make a slip of the tongue. Káíúrro. I said sth. unintended. (S).

a-iurraúrr [North] [North] To blurt out; make a slip of the tongue while speaking quickly (S).

a-iurruúrr v. v. To move repeatedly from side to side; shake; wag.

2 • v. To be a wimp; lack confidence.

a-iurruurríé v.inst. To shake.

a-iutuutíé [North] v.inst. [North] To use sth. to rub with. See: a-iutu'út ‘To grind, scrape, make smooth’.

a-iutu'út [West]: a-iutuut. v.prog. 1 • [West] To grind grain. Eiútúútokí ɨlpáêk ŋolé. The corn was ground yesterday. (W). Note: lk (K) and mk (S) reject grain as the object of this verb.

2 • To smooth or cleanse sth. Áítú'ut ɛndáp ɛ́ nkɛjʉ́. I will smooth the sole of my foot. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aiutu'út ɨndápi ɔɔ́ nkɛjɛ́k. The woman is cleansing the soles of her feet. (Pk).

3 • To scrape or remove sth. by scratching it off. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aiutu'út olconí aɨtaʉ́ ɨlpápɨ́t. The woman is scratching the skin to remove the hair. (Pk). See: a-idɔ́ŋ ‘To grind grain’; a-iyí ‘To file, sharpen’; a-yutuyút ‘To rub’; a-jút ‘To rub, wipe’.

a-iuyiaúí v. To be disturbed; troubled; disordered; worried. See: a-ɨŋasíá ‘To be worried’.

a-ɨwarrɨwárr v. To be blurred; vague; indistinct; unclear; fuzzy. Kɛ́wārrɨ̄wārr ɨná báɛ tɛ iyíook. That issue is not clear to us.

a-ɨwarɨwarakɨ́ v.dat. To see sth. vaguely.

a-ɨwarɨwarʉ́ v.dir. To be fuzzy; blurry.

a-iwúáŋ v. 1 • To go aside, get out of the way (eg. to let s.o. go by); take a turn. Kɛ́ɨ́wúáŋá. He has stepped aside. (S). Ɛgɨ́ra shʉmatá aɨpʉsʉ́ amʉ̂ ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkátampɔ áaiwuaŋa. The sky is becoming blue because the clouds are clearing off. (Pk).

2 • To take a side route. Kéíwúáŋga. He has taken a different path. (S).

3 • To get away from.

4 • To depart, as in death. Usage: respectful. Kéíwúáŋa. He has died. (S). This would be said if the deceased were not very old. See: a-yɛ́ ‘To die’.

5 • [North] To flash (of lightening).

a-iwuaŋíé v.inst. 1 • To remove from the path of traffic; put aside. Ɛgɨ́ra ɛntásât aiwuaŋíé ɔltîm peê ɛɨpáŋ intárɛ. The woman is removing the (last of) the gate branches so that the goats/sheep may go. (Pk). See: a-ɨtɛŋɛ́l ‘To remove’.

2 • To move away with.

3 • To call s.o. aside.

a-iwuaŋú v.dir. 1 • To split off and join another group.

2 • To split off, branch towards.

a-iwuasú [North] v.incep. [North] To become patchy. See: wúâs ‘Having a big patch on side’.

a-ɨwúát v. To shake.

a-iwuatiwúát [North] Acc sg: a-iwuotiwuot. Variant: a-ɨwuatʉwúát. v. 1 • To move sth. smoothly to and fro or to another side. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlmóílaâ aiwuatiwuatá The beetle is moving slightly.(Pk).

2 • To shake continuously and gently.

3 • [Chamus] To change sth. See: a-ɨbɛlɛkɛ́ny ‘To turn’.

a-ɨwuatʉwúát [North] v. 1 • [North] To turn around (of people, etc.).

2 • [North] To turn sth. around end to end. See: a-iwuatiwúát ‘To move sth. to and fro’.

a-iwúc [North] v. 1 • [North] To stagger.

2 • [North] To leave one's family and go about as a vagabond. See: a-iwúsh ‘To loiter, transgress’.

a-iwuerrikonú [North] Variant: a-wuerrikonú. v.incep. [North] To become pinkish-tan. See: wuerrikói [North] ‘Pinkish-tan’.

a-iwúl v. 1 • To move sth. (eg. a club) back and forth.

2 • To move straight towards.

a-iwuló v.mid. To move from place to place without rest. See: a-ijúl ‘To decant’.

a-ɨwúɔ́t [North] PF: -tuwuo. v. 1 • [North] To migrate, change residence, move. Kátúwuo. I have migrated. (S). Íkítuwúó. We have migrated. (S). See: a-ɨdʉ́rr ‘To migrate’.

2 • [North] To change sth. áaɨwuotɨwuot ɨltʉ́ŋáná to change people.

a-iwuowuokí To tap (liquid) into sth. Néíwuowúóki ɔsárgɛ́ ɛnkʉ́tʉ́k. He tapped the blood into his mouth.

a-iwúsh v. 1 • To loiter. Ɛshɔmɔ́ olkirikóí aiwúsh tɔɔ́ ldʉ́kayí. The loiterer has gone to loiter in the shops. (Pk). This is mainly negative, especially with respect to young people.

2 • To transgress; have bad habits; be out of line, not follow the usual pattern, be defiant. Ɛgɨ́ra ɨnkɛ́ra áaiwush áany ɛ́nɨ̂ŋ intóiwúó ɛnyɛ̂. The children are transgressing by disobeying their parents. (Pk). Ɛshɔmɔ́ ɛnkɛráí náíwushúwush aɨrragaá ɨnkáŋítie. The wayward child has gone to sleep away in other homes. (Pk).

a-iwushíé 1 • To lead astray, cause s.o. to be badly behaved.

2 • To deceive. See: a-looló ‘To loiter’; a-ɨmɛ́k ‘To transgress’.

a-iyá [North] Variant: a-iyaná. v. [North] To be a colour. Kéíyâ. It is coloured. (S). Ííyááa. You all are coloured. (S).

íyáa interj. Possible response if one has not heard another person clearly; huh? what?

ɛnk-ɨ́yágɨ́yag n. Bobbing of head while walking, like a bird. Tápala ɛnkɨ́yágɨ́yag, shɔ́mɔ tɔ́tɔna ɨ́ntɔbɨrakɨ́. Stop bobbing your head as you walk, go and sit well. (Pk). See: a-yág ‘To pause’; a-yagɨyág ‘To walk leisurely’.

ɨ́yáɨ́ [North] [North] Nom sg: ɨyáɨ́. [North] Acc pl: ɨ́yā, ɨ́yaí, ɨ́yân. [North] Nom pl: ɨ́yâ. n. 1 • [North] Crested porcupine. Hystrix.

2 • [North] Porcupine quill, used especially by uncircumcised boys to make ornaments. See: ɔ-yɨ́yáí; ɔ-yɔ́yáí ‘Porcupine’.

a-ɨyɛ́t [North] v. [North] To unpack, unload.

a-ɨyɔ́p v. To cover. Nájo ájóki oleyieyîô máyɔparɛ ewúéji peê kɨsɨ́k. I tried to tell my brother that we should go hiding ourselves along somewhere so that we disappear.

a-ɨyɔpɨyɔ́p 1 • To have intercourse. Usage: vulgar.

2 • To cover again and again.

a-iyupuyúp v.prog. 1 • [North] To shake or bob as you move.

2 • To blaze. Íyupiyupié ɛnkímá. Make the fire blaze! Ɛgɨ́ra ɛnkɨ́ma aiyupuyúp olêŋ. The fire is blazing so much. (Pk). See: a-ɨnɔ́k ‘To light’; a-kʉ́t ‘To blow’.

a-iyí v. To whet, sharpen on a stone. Ɛgɨ́ra ɔlmʉrraní aiyí ɔlálɛ́m. The warrior is sharpening his sword (on a stone). (Pk). Éyaʉ́ enkií nikíyiíyie ɔlálɛ́m. Bring a whetting stone for sharpening the knife. (Pk). Nétūm ireméta naágɨrá áayiyi átɛ́. He found spears that were sharpening themselves. This is for metal sharpening, and is now done mostly on a stone. In the past, metal was sharpened by rubbing it on ash that had been spread on the dung on the top of a house. Kéíyíó. He sharpened it. (S). See: a-ɨtipɨ́j ‘To sharpen’.

íyia [Purko]: íyíâ. excl. I beg your pardon? What did you say? Íyíâ! Amʉ̂ ɛɨtʉ́ doí aníŋ enítéjo. I beg your pardon, because I did not hear what you said. (Pk).

iyíé Nom sg: íyīē. pn. 2nd person singular accusative pronoun; you. This free pronoun form is used in discourse to emphasize that the subject of the sentence is second person nominative singular 'you'. Ɛ́kíretú iyíé. We (will) help YOU. (Pk). Ááílúgo iyíé. I hit you. (W). Ídúŋ íyīē. YOU (sg) will cut. Kílúgo íyīē. You hit me. (W). Tápala aké íyīē amʉ̂ káaɨtɨsɨnyákɨ ɛnkaí esíáai. Do not mind (lt. just leave it [if there are doubtful things]) because God will make this work holy/blameless for me. (Pk). See: kɛwán ‘Self, reflexive’.

iyíói [North] [iyyói] [North] Nom sg: íyioi. [North] Acc pl: iyíó. [North] Nom pl: íyio. n. [North] A bald hyena species, perhaps the aardwolf.

iyíóó [North] Acc sg: iyióó. [North] Nom pl: iyióó. pn. We, us. Kóre peê ɛ́dɔ́l iyíóó lósowuaní nɛ́arári áaɨsɨg. When the buffalo saw us, they ran away fleeing. (SN). Kɔ́dɔ́l lŋatúny iyióó. The lion will see us. (SN). Kɨ́dɔlɨta iyióó lŋátúny. We are seeing the lion. (SN). See: iyíóók ‘First person plural pronoun’.

iyíóók Nom pl: iyioók. [North] Acc sg: iyóó. pn. First person plural pronoun; we, us. Papâ ɔ́ɨ́kʉná injí iyíóók. It is our father who has done this to us. Kɛ́ār doí iyíóók ɛlɛ̂ tʉ́ŋání. This man will indeed kill us.

ɨ́'ɨ [North] [ɪ́ʔɪ̀ with nasalized vowels] interj. [North] No. See: á'ā ‘No’.